CN101576656B - Display methods and apparatus - Google Patents

Display methods and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN101576656B
CN101576656B CN 200910203629 CN200910203629A CN101576656B CN 101576656 B CN101576656 B CN 101576656B CN 200910203629 CN200910203629 CN 200910203629 CN 200910203629 A CN200910203629 A CN 200910203629A CN 101576656 B CN101576656 B CN 101576656B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
shutter
voltage
interconnect
pixel
display
Prior art date
Application number
CN 200910203629
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN101576656A (en
Inventor
A·麦卡利斯特
N·W·哈古德
R·巴顿
S·刘易斯
Original Assignee
皮克斯特罗尼克斯公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US65582705P priority Critical
Priority to US60/655,827 priority
Priority to US67605305P priority
Priority to US60/676,053 priority
Priority to US11/326,784 priority patent/US7742016B2/en
Priority to US11/326,900 priority
Priority to US11/326,784 priority
Priority to US11/326,962 priority
Priority to US11/326,696 priority
Priority to US11/326,696 priority patent/US9158106B2/en
Priority to US11/326,962 priority patent/US7755582B2/en
Priority to US11/326,900 priority patent/US8159428B2/en
Application filed by 皮克斯特罗尼克斯公司 filed Critical 皮克斯特罗尼克斯公司
Priority to CN200680005808.2 priority
Priority to CN200680005808.22006.02.23 priority
Publication of CN101576656A publication Critical patent/CN101576656A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN101576656B publication Critical patent/CN101576656B/en

Links

Abstract

The invention relates to methods and apparatus for forming images on a display utilizing a control matrix to control the movement of MEMs-based light modulators.

Description

显示方法和装置 A display method and apparatus

[0001] 本申请是申请日为2006年2月23日、名称为“显示方法和装置”的第200680005808. 2号发明专利申请的分案申请。 [0001] This application is filed February 23, 2006, a divisional application entitled "Method and apparatus display" Patent No. 200680005808.2 filed invention.

技术领域 FIELD

[0002] 总体上本发明涉及图像显示器领域,本发明尤其涉及用于控制结合在该图像显示器中的光调制器的电路。 [0002] The present invention particularly relates to an optical modulator for controlling the image display in incorporated in the circuit of the present invention relates generally to the field of image display.

背景技术 Background technique

[0003] 用机械的光调制器构成的显示器是基于液晶技术的显示器的一种有诱惑力的可供选择的替代方案。 [0003] displays, light modulators based on a mechanical configuration of an alternative choice is an attractive display of the liquid crystal technology. 机械的光调制器快速得足以用良好的视角和大范围的色彩及灰度显示视频内容。 Mechanical light modulators fast enough to display video content with good color and gray-scale and wide range of viewing angle. 机械的光调制器在投影显示应用中已经取得成功。 Mechanical light modulators have been successful in projection display applications. 然而使用机械的光调制器的背光显示器却还没有表现亮度与低功率的足够有诱惑力的组合。 However, the use of a mechanical light modulators backlit display still did not show sufficiently attractive combinations of brightness and low power. 在所属技术领域内需要快速、明亮、低功率的机械作动的显示器。 Need in the art fast, bright, low-powered mechanically actuated displays. 尤其需要可以高速且以低电压驱动的机械作动的显示器以提高图像质量和降低功耗。 In particular, high speed and need the display to be driven at low voltage mechanically actuated to improve image quality and reduce power consumption.

发明内容 SUMMARY

[0004] 这样的显示器可以用与一个控制矩阵结合的、基于MEMS的快门组件的一个阵列形成,该控制矩阵包括被配置用于打开和关闭结合进该快门组件中的快门的开关和电极。 [0004] Such a display may be used in conjunction with a control matrix based on an array of MEMS shutter assembly is formed, the control matrix includes a shutter switch and an electrode of the shutter assembly is configured for opening and closing the intake binding. 在一个方面,本发明涉及一个显示装置。 In one aspect, the present invention relates to a display device. 在一个实施方案中,该显示装置包括一个像素阵列。 In one embodiment, the display device comprises an array of pixels. 该像素阵列包括具有多个孔径和对应于这些孔径的多个快门的基片(substrate)。 The pixel array includes a plurality of apertures and the substrate (Substrate) corresponding to the apertures of the plurality of shutters. 每个像素都包括至少一个孔径和一个对应于该孔径的快门。 Each pixel includes at least one aperture corresponding to the aperture and a shutter. 该显示装置还包括一个连接到该基片的控制矩阵。 The display apparatus further includes a control matrix connected to the substrate. 对于该像素阵列中的一个像素,该控制矩阵包括一个开关、一个快门打开电极和一个快门关闭电极。 For a pixel in the pixel array, the control matrix includes a switch, a shutter-open electrode and a shutter-close electrode. 该开关和电极使得能够选择性地横向于该基片运动该像素的快门,以调制射向该像素的光以形成一个图像。 The switches enable selective electrode and transverse to the substrate movement of the shutter pixel, the pixel modulating the light directed to form an image.

[0005] 在各种实现方式中,该开关可以是一个晶体管、一个二极管或者一个变阻器。 [0005] In various implementations, the switch may be a transistor, a diode, or a varistor. 在一个实施方案中,该开关被配置用于控制一个施加到该快门打开电极上的电位。 In one embodiment, the switch configured to control a potential applied to the shutter-open upper electrode. 在另一个实施方案中,该开关被配置用于调整一个施加到该快门关闭电极上的电位。 In another embodiment, the switch is configured to adjust a voltage applied to the shutters closed on the electrode. 在又一个实施方案中,该控制矩阵包括一个用于该像素的第二开关,从而一个开关控制一个施加到该快门打开电极上的电位而该第二开关控制一个施加到该快门关闭电极上的电位。 In yet another embodiment, the control matrix comprises a second switch for the pixel, a switching control so that a voltage applied to the shutter-open electrode and the second on a switch control applied to the upper electrode of the shutter-close potential.

[0006] 该控制矩阵还可以包括一个存储元件用于存储快门运动指令。 [0006] The control matrix may further comprise a storage element for storing a shutter movement instructions. 在一个实施方案中,对于每个快门打开和快门关闭电极,该存储元件各包括一个电容器。 In one embodiment, for each of the shutter open and shutter-close electrode, each of the storage element comprises a capacitor. 可供选择的替代存储元件包括,但是不限于,SRAM或者DRAM电路。 Alternatively alternative storage elements include, but are not limited to, SRAM or DRAM circuit.

[0007] 在一个实现方式中,该控制矩阵还包括一个用于该像素的写赋能互连。 [0007] In one implementation, the control matrix also includes a write-enable interconnect for the pixel. 该写赋能互连被配置用于接收和传递一个写赋能电位,如果把该写赋能电位施加于一个像素,就使得能够向该像素写数据。 The write-enable interconnect is configured for receiving and transmitting a write-enabling voltage, if the write-enabling voltage applied to one pixel, so that it is possible to write data to the pixels. 在一个实施方案中,把多个像素安排成一个扫描线。 In one embodiment, a plurality of pixels arranged in a scan line. 在一个扫描线中的像素共享一个公共的扫描线互连。 Pixels in a scan line share a common scan-line interconnect. [0008] 在一个实施方案中,该控制矩阵还包括一个作动电压互连。 [0008] In one embodiment, the matrix further comprises a control actuation voltage interconnect. 该作动电压互连接收和向一个像素传递一个其幅度足以作动一个快门的电位。 The actuation voltage interconnect and transmitted to a receiving a pixel having a magnitude sufficient to actuation of a shutter potential. 在其他实现中,该控制矩阵还包括一个与该作动电压互连截然不同的数据互连。 In other implementations, the control matrix further comprises a data interconnect actuation voltage interconnect the distinct. 这样一个截然不同的数据互连向该像素传递运动指令,该运动指令又调整向该快门施加作动电压。 Such a distinct transmission data interconnect to the pixel motion commands, the motion commands and to adjust the voltage applied to the shutter actuator. 在一个实施方案中,该控制矩阵包括两个数据互连、一个快门打开互连和一个快门关闭互连。 In one embodiment, the control matrix includes two data interconnects, a shutter-open interconnect and a shutter-close interconnect.

[0009] 该显示装置可以包括分开的数据电压源和作动电压源。 [0009] The display device may include a data voltage source and a separate actuation voltage source. 在一个两种电压源都包括的实施方案中,该作动电压源输出一个比该数据电压源幅度高的电压。 In one embodiment, two types of voltage sources are included, the actuation voltage source outputs a voltage higher than the voltage amplitude of the source data. 例如该作动电压源输出的幅度可以是该数据电压源的输出的幅度的至少两倍、四倍或者五倍。 For example, the magnitude of the actuation voltage source outputs may be at least twice the amplitude of the voltage output from the data source, four times or five times.

[0010] 更加具体地,在一个每像素两个开关的实施方案中,譬如在以上所述的一个实施方案中,该第一开关电连接到该快门打开互连、一个第一电容器和该作动电压线。 [0010] More specifically, in one embodiment, each pixel of the two switches, such as in one embodiment described above, the first switch is electrically connected to the shutter-open interconnect, the first capacitor and as a dynamic voltage line. 该像素中的该第二开关电连接到该快门关闭互连、该第二电容器和该作动电压互连。 The second switch is electrically connected to the pixel of the shutter-close interconnect, the second capacitor, and the actuation voltage interconnect. 响应于通过该快门打开互连向该第一开关施加一个电压,该第一开关促进该第一电容器放电,从而作动对应的快门。 In response to a voltage applied to the first interconnect opening by the shutter switch, the first switch of the first capacitor is discharged promote thereby actuating the corresponding shutter. 响应于通过该快门关闭互连向该第二开关施加一个电压,该第二开关促进该第二电容器放电,从而作动对应的快门。 In response to the shutter-close interconnect through a second switch to a voltage is applied, the second switch facilitate this second capacitor is discharged, thereby actuating the corresponding shutter. 在一个可供选择的替代实施方案中,响应于通过该快门打开互连向该第一开关施加一个电压,该第一开关促进该第一电容器充电,从而作动对应的快门。 In an alternative embodiment an alternative embodiment, in response to a voltage applied to the first interconnect opening by the shutter switch, the first switch facilitate charging the first capacitor, thereby actuating the corresponding shutter. 响应于通过该快门关闭互连向该第二开关施加一个电压,该第二开关促进该第二电容器充电,从而作动对应的快门。 In response to the shutter-close interconnect through a second switch to a voltage is applied, the second switch the second capacitor is charged to promote, thereby actuating the corresponding shutter.

[0011] 在各种实施方案中,该控制矩阵包括一个全局公共互连。 [0011] In various embodiments, the control matrix comprises a global common interconnect. 该全局公共互连连接到该像素阵列的至少两行和两列中的像素。 The global common interconnect connected to the pixel array at least two rows and two columns of pixels. 该全局公共互连可以起一个使得能够几乎同时作动多行像素的全局作动互连的作用。 The global common interconnect may enable a play substantially simultaneously actuating a plurality of rows of pixels global actuation interconnect role. 该全局公共互连还可以起支持在该像素阵列中的快门上提供OV的平均DC电压的作用。 Provide an average DC voltage of OV on the global common interconnect may also be supported in the pixel array from the shutter effect.

[0012] 在一个第二方面,本发明涉及一个包括一个像素阵列和一个控制矩阵的显示装置。 [0012] In a second aspect, the present invention relates to a display comprising an array of pixels and a control matrix device. 该像素阵列包括具有多个孔径和多个快门的基片。 The pixel array comprises a substrate having a plurality of apertures and a plurality of shutters. 每个像素都包括至少一个孔径和至少一个对应于该孔径的快门。 Each pixel includes at least one aperture and at least one aperture corresponding to the shutter. 每个快门具有至少一个基本上将该快门的运动限制到一个与由该基片限定的平面平行的平面的机械支承件。 Each shutter has at least one substantially limit the movement of the shutter to a mechanical support with the plane defined by the plane parallel to the substrate. 该控制矩阵连接到该基片用于调制射向该基片的光以形成一个图像。 The control matrix connected to the substrate for modulating a light directed to the substrate to form an image. 对于一个像素,该控制矩阵包括一个快门打开电极、一个快门关闭电极和一个开关,该开关用于选择性地控制向该快门打开电极和该快门关闭电极中的一个施加一个电压,以在对应于该像素的快门与该快门打开电极和该快门关闭电极中的该一个之间产生一个电场,从而基本上在该运动平面内横向于该基片静电地驱动该对应的快门。 For a pixel, the control matrix includes a shutter-open electrode, a shutter-close electrode, and a switch which is used to selectively control the shutter of the shutter-open electrode and a voltage applied to the electrodes in a closed, corresponding to the the shutter opens the shutter pixels and the shutter-close electrode to generate an electric field between the electrodes in the one, so that the moving substantially in a plane transverse to the substrate corresponding to the shutter driving electrostatically.

[0013] 在一个第三方面,本发明涉及在一个显示器上形成一个图像的方法。 [0013] In a third aspect, the present invention relates to a method for forming an image on a display. 在一个实施方案中,该方法包括选择该显示器的一个扫描线。 In one embodiment, the method includes selecting a scan line of the display. 该扫描线包括多个像素。 The scan line comprises a plurality of pixels. 该方法还包括选择性地调整一个像素的一个快门打开作动器和/或一个快门关闭作动器上的一个电压, 从而使得该快门打开作动器或者该快门关闭作动器能够在限定于一个基片中的一个孔径的附近横向地运动一个对应的快门。 The method further comprises selectively adjusting a pixel of a shutter-open actuator and / or a voltage on a shutter-close actuator, so that the shutter-open actuator or the shutter-close actuator can be defined in a vicinity of the transverse movement of a sheet aperture corresponding to a shutter group. 该方法还包括向该多个像素导引光以形成一个图像。 The method further comprises directing light to the plurality of pixels to form an image.

[0014] 在一个实施方案中,调整该电压包括对一个电容器充电。 [0014] In one embodiment, the adjusting comprises a voltage charging the capacitor. 在另一个实施方案中,调整该电压包括使一个电容器放电。 In another embodiment, adjusting the discharge voltage includes a capacitor. 在另一个实施方案中,调整该电压包括向一个开关施加一个具有第一幅度的第一电位,以调整施加一个具有显著地较大幅度的第二电位。 In another embodiment, adjusting the voltage comprises applying a first potential to a switch having a first amplitude, to adjust the application of a significantly more substantial having a second potential. 在该实施方案中,该第二电位的幅度大得足以作动该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器中的该一个。 In this embodiment, the amplitude of the second electric potential is large enough to make the movable shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close actuator of the a.

[0015] 在另一个实施方案中,调整该电压包括在一个对应于一个像素的存储元件上存储一个快门运动指令。 [0015] In another embodiment, adjusting the voltage comprises storing a shutter movement in a pixel corresponding to one instruction storage element. 在各种实现方式中,该存储元件可以包括一个电容器、一个SRAM电路或者一个DRAM电路。 In various implementations, the storage element may comprise a capacitor, an SRAM circuit or a DRAM circuit.

[0016] 在一个实施方案中,使该快门打开作动器或者该快门关闭作动器能够运动一个对应的快门包括激励一个作动器。 [0016] In one embodiment, so that the shutter-open actuator or the shutter-close actuator can be moved corresponding to a shutter actuator comprises a excitation. 在另一个实施方案中,该使能包括显著地降低激励该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器中的该一个所需要的一个附加的最小电压改变。 In another embodiment, the enabling comprising excited significantly reduce the shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close an additional minimum voltage change of the actuator in a desired one. 后续施加一个全局作动电压提供作动这些像素所需要的保持最小电压改变。 Subsequent application of a global actuation voltage required for actuating the pixels kept minimum voltage change.

[0017] 在另一个实施方案中,该方法包括选择安排成一个第二扫描线的一个第二系列像素。 [0017] In another embodiment, the method includes selecting a second one arranged in a second series of scan line pixels. 该第二系列像素具有对应的快门打开能量储存器和快门关闭能量储存器。 The second series of pixels having a corresponding shutter-open and shutter-close energy reservoir energy storage. 对于在该第二扫描线中的像素中的至少一个,该方法还包括使一个第二快门打开作动器或者一个第二快门关闭作动器能够在该基片中的一个第二孔径的附近横向地运动一个对应的第二快门。 In the vicinity of the pixel of the second scan line in at least one, the method further comprises a second shutter-open actuator or the shutter-close a second actuator capable of a second aperture in the base sheet a lateral movement corresponding to the second shutter. 然后施加一个全局作动电压以基本上同时地启动该对应的快门的横向运动。 Then applying a global actuation voltage to start substantially corresponding to the lateral movement of the shutter simultaneously.

[0018] 在一个第四方面,本发明涉及一个包括一个像素阵列和一个用于控制这些像素的控制矩阵的显示装置。 [0018] In a fourth aspect, the present invention relates to a display comprising a pixel array and control means for controlling a matrix of pixels. 该像素阵列包括一个具有多个孔径和多个对应的快门的基片。 The pixel array comprises a plurality of apertures and a corresponding plurality of substrates having shutters. 在该阵列中的每个像素包括至少一个孔径和对应的快门。 Each pixel in the array comprises at least one aperture and corresponding shutter. 该快门被配置用于横向于该基片运动。 The shutter is configured for movement transverse to the substrate.

[0019] 对于该像素阵列中的一个像素,该控制矩阵包括一个写赋能互连、一个作动电压互连、一个开关和一个数据电压互连。 [0019] For a pixel in the pixel array, the control matrix includes a write enabling interconnect, an actuation voltage interconnect, a switch, and a data voltage interconnect. 该写赋能互连使该像素阵列中的一个像素能够接收快门运动指令。 The write-enable interconnect that one pixel in the pixel array is capable of receiving a shutter movement instructions. 在一个实施方案中,在该像素阵列中的多个像素一称为一个扫描线,共享一个公共的写赋能互连。 In one embodiment, the plurality of pixels in a pixel array is called a scan line share a common write-enabling interconnect. 该作动电压互连提供一个足以使这些快门能够横向运动的电压。 The actuation voltage interconnect to provide a sufficient lateral movement of the shutters can be a voltage. 在一个实施方案中,该使能够横向运动可以包括直接激励一个连接到一个快门的作动器。 In one embodiment, the lateral motion may enable a direct excitation comprise a shutter connected to the actuator. 在另一个实施方案中,该使能够横向运动包括显著地降低启动这样一个作动器的作动所需要的电压改变。 In another embodiment, the lateral motion comprises enabling significantly reduce such a voltage change start actuator actuation required. 在这样的实施方案中,该需要的最小电压改变经一个全局作动互连施加。 In such an embodiment, the minimum voltage change needed by applying a global actuation interconnect. 在一个实施方案中,该作动电压互连由多个像素,譬如该像素阵列的一个列中的像素,共享。 In one embodiment, the actuation voltage interconnect a plurality of pixels, such as a column of the pixel array in the pixel sharing. 该开关,例如,一个晶体管、变阻器或者二极管,选择性地基于从该数据电压互连接收的一个电压管理向该快门施加来自该作动电压互连的电压。 The switch, for example, a transistor, a varistor or a diode, voltage is selectively applied from the voltage interconnect to the shutter actuation is managed based on a voltage received from the data voltage interconnect. 如果快门被作动,该快门相对于该基片横向运动以选择性地使光穿过其对应的孔径,从而形成一个图像。 If the shutter is actuated, the shutter with respect to the lateral movement of the substrate to selectively aperture therethrough corresponding to the light, thereby forming an image. 在一个实施方案中, 在一个像素中,一个电阻器分开该开关和该作动电压互连。 In one embodiment, in one pixel, a resistor switch and the separate the actuation voltage interconnect.

[0020] 在一个实施方案中,该显示装置还包括一个作动电压源和一个数据电压源。 [0020] In one embodiment, the display apparatus further comprises a voltage source actuation and a data voltage source. 由该作动电压源输出的电压的幅度显著大于由该数据电压源输出的电压的幅度。 The magnitude of the actuation voltage source outputs a voltage amplitude of the voltage is significantly greater than the voltage output by the data source. 在一个特定的实施方案中,该作动电压源输出一个其幅度大于该数据电压源输出的电压的幅度的两倍的电压。 Twice the voltage amplitude of the voltage in a particular embodiment, the actuation voltage source outputs a voltage having a magnitude larger than the source data output. 在另一个实施方案中,该作动电压源输出一个其幅度大于该数据电压源输出的电压的幅度的四倍的电压。 Voltage amplitude voltage In another embodiment, the actuation voltage source outputs a voltage having a magnitude larger than the source data outputted four times. 在又一个实施方案中,该作动电压源输出一个其幅度大于该数据电压源输出的电压的幅度的五倍的电压。 Voltage amplitude of the voltage in a further embodiment, the actuation voltage source outputs a voltage having a magnitude larger than the source data outputted five times.

[0021] 在另一个实施方案中,该控制矩阵包括用于一个像素的一个第二数据电压互连。 [0021] In another embodiment, the control matrix includes a pixel for a second data voltage interconnect. 该第二数据电压互连控制一个第二开关。 The second data voltage interconnect controlling a second switch. 向该第一数据电压互连施加一个预定的电压使得能够打开一个对应的快门,并且向该第二数据电压互连施加一个预定的电压使得能够关闭该快门。 Applying a predetermined voltage to the first data voltage interconnect such that to open a shutter corresponding to, and a predetermined voltage is applied so that the shutter can be closed to the second data voltage interconnect. 在一个可供选择的替代实施方案中,一个像素包括一个连接到该像素中的快门的一端的弹性构件,以在不施加该作动电压的情况下相对于该基片横向地运动该快门。 In an alternative embodiment an alternative embodiment, one pixel comprises a resilient member connected to one end of the shutter pixels, in the case without application of the actuation voltage of the shutter moving laterally subphase to the substrate.

[0022] 在一个实施方案中,一个像素包括一个存储元件用于存储预期的当前快门位置或者将来的快门位置。 [0022] In one embodiment, a pixel including the current position of the shutter element is a memory for storing the intended shutter position or future. 该存储元件可以包括一个电容器、一个SRAM电路和/或一个DRAM电路。 The memory element may include a capacitor, an SRAM circuit and / or a DRAM circuit. 当该电容器起一个存储元件的作用时,该控制矩阵通过将该数据电压互连上的电压存储在该电容器上存储一个预期的快门位置。 When the capacitor acts as a memory element, the control matrix by the data voltage stored in the voltage on the capacitor storage interconnect a desired shutter position.

[0023] 在该控制阵列对于一个像素包括一个电容器的一些实施方案中,该快门响应于该电容器的充电横向运动。 [0023] In some embodiments, the control array comprises one capacitor for one pixel, the lateral movement of the shutter in response to the charging of the capacitor. 在其他实施方案中,该快门响应于该电容器的放电横向运动。 In other embodiments, the shutter discharges the capacitor in response to lateral movement.

[0024] 在一个第五方面,本发明涉及一个包括一个像素阵列和一个控制矩阵的显示装置。 [0024] In a fifth aspect, the present invention relates to a display comprising an array of pixels and a control matrix device. 该像素阵列包括一个具有多个孔径和对应于这些孔径的多个快门的基片。 The pixel array comprises a plurality of apertures and a plurality of shutters corresponding to the apertures of a substrate having. 该快门具有至少一个基本上将该快门的运动范围限制到一个平行于由该基片限定的平面的运动平面的机械支承件。 The shutter has at least one substantially limit the range of motion of the shutter to a mechanical support member parallel to a plane defined by the plane of movement of the substrate. 对于一个像素,该控制矩阵包括一个写赋能互连、一个作动互连、一个开关和一个数据电压互连。 For a pixel, the control matrix includes a write enabling interconnect, an actuation interconnect, a switch, and a data voltage interconnect. 该数据电压互连承载一个用于控制该开关的电压,从而调整在一个连接到一个相应的快门的作动器上施加由该作动电压互连承载的电压,从而使该相应的快门能够基本上在该运动平面内进行静电驱动的运动。 Carrying a data voltage interconnect for controlling the voltage of the switch, so that adjustment in a connected to a respective shutter actuator voltage generated by the actuation voltage interconnect carrier is applied, so that the respective shutter can be substantially the electrostatically driven movement in the plane of motion.

[0025] 在一个第六方面,本发明涉及一种在一个显示器上形成一个图像的方法。 [0025] In a sixth aspect, the present invention relates to a method of forming an image on a display. 在一个实施方案中,该方法包括向安排成一个扫描线的多个像素施加一个写赋能电压,并且向该扫描线中的像素中的至少一个施加一个作动电压。 In one embodiment, the method includes applying a plurality of pixels arranged in one scan line of a write-enabling voltage, and is applied to at least one scan line of a pixel actuation voltage. 该方法还包括选择性地向一个对应于该扫描线中的一个像素的开关施加一个数据电压,以控制向该像素中的一个作动器施加该作动电压,从而调整一个连接到该作动器的快门的位置。 The method further comprises selectively applying a data voltage to a switch corresponding to the pixels of a scanning line in order to control the application of the actuation voltage to the pixel in one actuator to adjust the actuator is connected to a the position of the shutter. 在一个实施方案中,该作动电压的幅度是该数据电压的幅度的至少两倍。 In one embodiment, the magnitude of the actuation voltage is at least twice the amplitude of the data voltage. 在另一个实施方案中,该作动电压的幅度是该数据电压的幅度的至少四倍。 In another embodiment, the magnitude of the actuation voltage is at least four times the amplitude of the data voltage. 该快门通过在一个基片附近横向运动改变位置。 The lateral movement of the shutter by changing the position in the vicinity of a substrate. 在一个实施方案中, 该方法包括将该作动器接地,从而使得一个弹性的恢复力能够把该快门横向地驱动到一个静止位置。 In one embodiment, the method includes grounding the actuator, so that an elastic restoring force able to drive the shutter transversely into a rest position. 在另一个实施方案中,响应于向这些像素施加一个全局作动电压发生横向运动。 In another embodiment, in response to the application of a global actuation voltage to the pixels to lateral movement.

[0026] 在另一个实施方案中,该方法包括在该像素处存储该快门的一个预期位置。 [0026] In another embodiment, the method comprises storing an expected position of the shutter at the pixel. 在一个实施方案中,存储该预期的快门位置包括,例如用该数据电压对一个电容器充电。 In one embodiment, storing the intended shutter position comprises, for example, charging a capacitor with the data voltage. 在一个可供选择的替代实施方案中,存储该预期位置包括使一个电容器放电。 In an alternative embodiment an alternative embodiment, the storage includes a location which is expected to discharge the capacitor. 在又一个实施方案中,存储该预期位置包括在包括到该像素中的一个SRAM电路或者一个DRAM电路中存储该快门位置。 In yet another embodiment, storing the intended position of the shutter comprises a storage location comprises a pixel into the SRAM circuit or a DRAM circuit.

[0027] 在一个第七方面,本发明涉及一个显示装置,该显示装置包括至少一个在一个像素阵列的多个列中和多个行中的像素之间共享的电互连。 [0027] In a seventh aspect, the present invention relates to a display device, the display device comprising at least one electrical interconnect shared between a plurality of columns in a pixel array and a plurality of rows of pixels. 更加具体地,在一个实施方案中, 本发明涉及一个包括一个像素阵列和一个控制矩阵的显示装置。 More specifically, in one embodiment, the present invention relates to a display comprising an array of pixels and a control matrix device. 该像素阵列包括一个具有多个孔径的基片。 The pixel array comprises a substrate having a plurality of apertures. 该像素阵列还包括多个快门。 The pixel array further comprises a plurality of shutters. 每个快门都对应于一个孔径。 Each shutter corresponds to one aperture. 每个像素包括一个或者多个孔径快门对。 Each pixel includes a plurality of apertures or shutter pair. 该快门被配置用于相对于该基片横向运动。 The shutter is configured with respect to the lateral movement of the substrate. 该控制矩阵包括一个在一组像素之间共享的公共的电连接。 The control matrix includes a common electrical connection of a shared between a group of pixels. 该组像素包括在该像素阵列的多个行中和多个列中的像素。 The set of pixels comprising a plurality of columns and a plurality of rows of pixels in the pixel array. 该控制矩阵还包括多个数据电压互连。 The control matrix further comprises a plurality of data voltage interconnect. 该像素阵列中的每列像素都具有其自己的对应数据电压互连。 Each column of pixels in the pixel array has its own corresponding data voltage interconnect. 对于该像素阵列中的一个像素,该控制矩阵包括一个开关,该开关响应于施加到该数据电压互连上的一个电压控制一个对应的快门的作动。 For a pixel in the pixel array, the control matrix includes a switch, the switch is actuated in response to a voltage applied to the control of the data voltage interconnect a respective shutter.

[0028] 在一个实施方案中,该公共的电连接起一个全局作动互连的作用。 [0028] In one embodiment, the common electrical connection serves as a global actuation interconnect effect. 在这样的一些实施方案中,向该数据电压互连施加一个数据电压显著地降低启动一个快门的运动所需要的最小电压改变。 In some such embodiments, the data voltage interconnect to a data voltage is applied to reduce the minimum start voltage change required for the movement of a shutter significantly. 当该公共的电连接起一个全局作动互连的作用时,该公共的电连接提供该附加的最小电压改变。 When the common electrical connection serves as a global actuation interconnect effect when the common electrical connection to provide the additional minimum voltage change. 因而,响应于对该公共的电连接施加一个全局作动电压,所有连接到该公共的电连接的、将要运动以形成一个给定的图像帧的快门一致地运动。 Thus, in response to the application of a global connection to the common electrical actuation voltages, all connected to the common electrical connection, will be moved to form a given image frame shutter unison. 该显示装置还可以包括一个全局作动电压源用于向该公共的电连接施加一个电压。 The display device may further include a global actuation voltage source for applying a voltage is connected to the public electricity.

[0029] 在另一个实施方案中,该公共的电连接起一个公共的电耗(current drain)的作用,用于接受存储在该公共的电连接与之连接的像素中的电流。 [0029] In another embodiment, the common electrical connection functions as a common power consumption (current drain) for receiving stored electrical connection of the common current pixel connected thereto. 在一些实施方案中,该快门响应于一个对应的电容器的放电作动。 In some embodiments, the shutter opens in response to a corresponding actuation of the capacitor discharge. 在起一个公共的电耗的作用时,该公共的电连接接受该放电产生的电流,从而使得能够作动和运动该快门。 When power consumption from a common effect, the common electrical connection of the discharge current of the receiving, thereby enabling movement of the actuator and the shutter.

[0030] 在一个实施方案中,该快门由双稳态快门组件支承。 [0030] In one embodiment, the shutter is supported by bi-stable shutter assemblies. 该快门组件可以是电和/或机械双稳态的。 The shutter assemblies may be electrically and / or mechanically bistable. 在一个实施方案中,一个快门组件既包括一个快门打开作动器用于沿一个横向于该基片的路径横向地运动该快门从而打开该快门,又包括一个快门关闭作动器用于沿横向于该基片的一个相反的路径横向地运动该快门从而关闭该快门。 Path In one embodiment, a shutter assembly includes both a shutter-open actuator for direction transverse to the substrate laterally moving the shutter to open the shutter, and comprising a shutter-close actuator for the direction transverse to the a path of movement of the shutter transversely opposite substrate so as to close the shutter. 在一个实施方案中,一个像素还可以包括一个存储元件用于存储一个或者多个预期的快门位置。 In one embodiment, a pixel may further comprise a storage element for storing one or more of the intended shutter position. 在一个这样的实施方案中,对应于该像素的开关通过在该存储单元上存储该数据电压存储该预期的快门位置。 In one such embodiment, the switch of the pixel corresponding to the data voltage stored by storing the intended shutter position on the storage unit.

[0031] 在一个第八方面,本发明涉及部分地通过利用一个在一个显示装置中的一个像素阵列的多个行和多个列中的像素之间共享的电连接在一个显示器上形成一个图像的方法。 [0031] In an eighth aspect, the present invention relates to a display in a partially shared between a plurality of rows of the pixel array and the plurality of devices columns of pixels electrically connected is formed on a display image by using a Methods. 在一个实施方案中,该方法包括选择该显示器的一个第一扫描线。 In one embodiment, the method includes selecting a first scan line of the display. 该第一扫描线包括多个像素。 The first scan line includes a plurality of pixels. 对于所选取的扫描线中的像素中的至少一个,调整一个作动器上的电压以使得对应于该作动器的一个快门能够在形成于一个于其上构建该快门的基片中的一个孔径附近横向地运动。 For the selected scan line at least one of the pixels, a voltage on the adjustment actuator so that one corresponding to the shutter actuator can be formed in the build thereon a shutter of a substrate near the aperture to move laterally. 该方法还包括选择包括一个第二组像素的一个第二扫描线,并且调整该第二组像素中的像素之一中的一个作动器上的电压,从而使得一个第二快门能够在该基片中的一个第二孔径附近横向地运动。 The method further comprises selecting a second scan line comprises a second set of pixels, and adjusts the voltage on one of said second set of pixels in a pixel actuator, a second shutter so that the group can be a sheet moving laterally adjacent to the second aperture. 在一个实施方案中,通过向对应于该作动器的开关施加一个数据电压调整该作动器上的电压。 In one embodiment, by applying a data voltage to a corresponding adjustment to the actuator for switching the voltage on the actuator. 一个像素可以具有一个单个的开关或者可以具有分开的开关用于打开和关闭快门。 A single pixel may have a switch or may have a separate switch for opening and closing the shutter. 在一个实施方案中,由该开关调整的电压的幅度显著地高于该数据电压的幅度。 In one embodiment, the switch is adjusted by the magnitude of the voltage is significantly higher than the magnitude of the data voltage. 在一个实施方案中,使一个快门能够运动包括显著地降低发生作动所需要施加到一个作动器上的最小电压改变。 In one embodiment, so that a movable shutter comprising a remarkably reduce the required actuation voltage applied to the minimum change in one actuator.

[0032] 该方法还包括对连接该显示器的多个列和多个扫描线中的像素的一个全局作动互连施加一个全局作动电压,从而激励这些作动器。 [0032] The method further comprises a global connection of the display pixel columns and a plurality of scan lines in a plurality of actuation interconnect applying a global actuation voltage, thereby energizing the actuator. 在一个实施方案中,该全局作动互连提供一个公共的电耗,用于接受存储在该像素阵列中的这些像素中的电流,从而使该被使能了的作动器能够作动。 In one embodiment, the global actuation interconnect provides a common power consumption, for accepting current stored in the pixels in the pixel array, is enabled so that the actuator can be of the actuator. 然后把光射向该孔径以在该显示器上形成一个图像。 Then the light toward the aperture to form an image on the display.

[0033] 在一个实施方案中,在该像素阵列中的快门由快门组件支承。 [0033] In one embodiment, the shutter in the pixel array is supported by the shutter assembly. 该快门组件可以是电和/或机械双稳态的。 The shutter assemblies may be electrically and / or mechanically bistable.

[0034] 可以部分地通过利用该显示器中的各种元件的电容的不对称性降低运行一个显示器所需要的功率。 [0034] may in part by a display operating power required is reduced by capacitive asymmetry in the various display elements. 该显示器包括一个像素阵列。 The display includes an array of pixels. 具体地,在该显示器中的每个像素都包括至少一个具有两个电极的作动器。 Specifically, each pixel of the display includes at least one actuator having two electrodes. 一个电极具有比另一个电极高的电容。 An electrode having a high electrode capacitance than the other. 另外,在用于寻址和作动该显示器中的像素的信号中,一些信号相比其他信号经历较大的电压幅度摆动, 并且一些信号比其他信号切换得频繁。 Further, the signal for addressing pixels in the display and the actuator, some of the signals compared to the other signals subjected to large voltage swing amplitude, and the signal switching too frequently than some of the other signals. 在每个像素的较低电容电极上驱动这些较高幅度或者较高频率的电压改善功率管理。 These higher driving voltage higher amplitude or frequency to improve power management in a lower capacitance electrode of each pixel. [0035] 更加具体地,在一个第九方面,本发明涉及一个包括一个快门组件和一个控制矩阵的显示装置。 [0035] More specifically, in a ninth aspect, the present invention relates to a shutter assembly comprising a display device and a control matrix. 该快门组件包括一个快门和一个驱动电极。 The shutter assembly includes a shutter and a drive electrode. 该快门组件和驱动电极具有显著不同的电容。 The shutter assembly and the drive electrode have significantly different capacitances. 该快门组件被配置为使得,响应在该快门与该驱动电极之间产生一个电位差,该快门被静电地拉向该驱动电极。 The shutter assembly is configured such that, in response to a potential difference is generated between the shutter and the drive electrode, the shutter is electrostatically drawn towards the drive electrode. 在一个实施方案中,该快门组件包括一个基本上将该快门的运动范围限制到一个与一个在其上构建该快门组件的基片平行的平面的机械支承件。 In one embodiment, the shutter assembly comprises a substantially limit the range of motion of the shutter to construct a mechanical support plane of the shutter assembly parallel to the substrate with a thereon.

[0036] 该控制矩阵包括一个第一电压互连,用于向该快门或者驱动电极施加一个具有一个第一幅度的第一电压。 [0036] The control matrix includes a first voltage interconnect for the shutter or the drive electrode is applied to a first voltage having a first amplitude. 该控制矩阵还包括一个第二电压互连,用于向该快门或者驱动电极施加一个具有一个第二幅度的第二电压。 The control matrix further comprises a second voltage interconnect for applying to the shutter or the drive electrode a second voltage having a second amplitude. 假定该快门具有高于该驱动电极的电容,如果由该第一电压互连施加的该电压的幅度小于由该第二电压互连施加的该电压的幅度,该第一电压互连连接到该快门而该第二电压互连连接到该驱动电极。 Assume that the shutter has a higher capacitance electrode of the drive, if the amplitude of the voltage applied by the first voltage interconnect is smaller than the amplitude of the second voltage applied by the voltage of the interconnect, the interconnect coupled to the first voltage the shutter and the second voltage interconnect connected to the drive electrodes. 不然的话,该第一电压互连连接到该驱动电极而该第二电压互连连接到该快门。 Otherwise, the first interconnection is connected to the driving voltage and the second voltage interconnect electrode connected to the shutter. 反过来,如果该快门具有低于该驱动电极的电容,如果由该第一电压互连施加的该电压的幅度大于由该第二电压互连施加的该电压的幅度,该第一电压互连连接到该快门而该第二电压互连连接到该驱动电极。 Conversely, if the shutter has a lower capacitance of the driving electrodes, if the magnitude of voltage applied by the first voltage interconnect is larger than the magnitude of voltage applied by the second voltage to the interconnect, the first voltage interconnect connected to the shutter and the second voltage interconnect connected to the drive electrodes.

[0037] 在一个实施方案中,该第二电压是接地或接近于接地。 [0037] In one embodiment, the second voltage is a ground or near ground. 在另一个实施方案中,该第二电压在接地与该第一电压的约一半之间变化。 In another embodiment, the second voltage varies between ground and about one half the first voltage. 该第二电压互连可以起一个全局作动互连的作用。 The second voltage interconnect may play the role of a global actuation interconnect.

[0038] 在一个实施方案中,向该驱动电极施加该第一电压打开该快门。 [0038] In one embodiment, the drive electrodes to the first voltage is applied to open the shutter. 在一个可供选择的替代实施方案中,向该驱动电极施加该第一电压关闭该快门。 In an alternative embodiment an alternative embodiment, the drive electrodes to the first voltage is applied to close the shutter. 在又一个实施方案中,向该驱动电极施加该第一电压只在不通过该第二电压互连向该快门施加一个电压的情况下运动该快门(打开或者关闭)。 In yet another embodiment, the drive electrodes to the first voltage is applied to the case where only the movement of the shutter is applied a voltage of the second voltage interconnect to the shutter (open or closed) without passing through.

[0039] 在另一个实施方案中,该快门组件包括一个连接到一个第三电压互连的第二驱动电极。 [0039] In another embodiment, the shutter assembly comprises a second drive electrode connected to a third voltage interconnect. 向该第一驱动电极施加该第一电压造成该快门组件把该快门运动到一个打开的位置,向该第二驱动电极施加一个第三电压关闭该快门。 A first voltage is applied to the shutter assembly to cause the movement of the shutter to an open position, a third voltage is applied to the shutter closes the second drive electrode to the first driving electrode. 然而,在一个实施方案中,施加该第二电压防止快门运动。 However, in one embodiment, the second voltage is applied to prevent movement of the shutter.

[0040] 在一个第十方面,本发明涉及一种形成一个图像的方法。 [0040] In a tenth aspect, the present invention relates to a method of forming an image. 在一个实施方案中,该方法包括提供一个具有一个快门和一个驱动电极的快门组件。 In one embodiment, the method comprises providing a shutter assembly having a shutter and a drive electrode. 该快门和驱动电极具有显著不同的电容。 The shutter and the drive electrode have significantly different capacitances. 向该快门和该驱动电极中的任一个施加一个第一电压。 To any of the shutter and a drive electrode applying a first voltage. 向该快门和该驱动电极中的另一个施加一个第二电压,从而在该快门与该驱动电极之间产生一个电位差。 Applying a second voltage to the other of the shutter and the drive electrode, thereby generating a potential difference between the shutter and the drive electrode. 该电位差把该快门拉向该驱动电极。 The potential difference to pull the shutter to the driving electrode. 该第一电压高于该第二电压。 The first voltage is higher than the second voltage. 从而,如果该快门具有一个比该驱动电极高的电容,向该驱动电极施加该第一电压。 Thus, if the shutter has a higher capacitance than the drive electrode, the first electrode to the driving voltage is applied. 如果该快门具有一个比该驱动电极低的电容,向该快门施加该第一电压。 If the shutter has a lower than that of the driving electrode of the capacitor, the first voltage is applied to the shutter.

[0041] 在另一个方面,本文所述的系统和方法包括便携手持装置,具有一个壳体、一个处于该壳体内并且具有一个光调制层的显示板,该光调制层具有多个可横向运动的快门,能够通过将相应的快门横向地运动通过一个光传播线的路径调制光,以把一个相应的像素设置于一个开状态或者一个关状态。 [0041] In another aspect, the systems and methods described herein include a portable handheld device, having a housing, a display panel and having in a light modulation layer within the housing, the light modulation layer having a plurality of laterally movable shutter, through the corresponding shutter transversely moving path of modulated light by a light propagation line to a corresponding pixel is set to an open state or in a closed state. 一个控制矩阵连接到该显示板以提供对该可横向运动的快门中的相应的可横向运动的快门的控制,以运动该可横向运动的快门以调制光。 A control matrix connected to the shutter control the display panel to provide the transversely movable shutters respective laterally movable, the shutter movement of the laterally movable to modulate the light. 该控制矩阵可以用于一个无源的或有源的矩阵显示器,并且可以具有多个每个各与一个相应的可运动的快门相关联的控制电路。 The matrix may be used to control a passive or active matrix display, and may have a plurality of control circuits each corresponding to a respective shutter associated movable. 一个电源置于该壳体内并且连接到该光源和该控制器。 A power source disposed within the housing and connected to the light source and the controller. 该便携手持装置主要可以是游戏控制台、手机、音频播放器、视频播放器、手表、电子书、数字照相机、电视机、GNSS接收机和膝上电脑。 The portable handheld device can be a major game console, mobile phone, audio player, video player, watches, books, digital cameras, televisions, GNSS receiver and laptop computers.

[0042] 可选择地,该便携手持装置具有一个连接到该控制矩阵的显示控制器,用于控制该可运动的快门元件以显示一个图像。 [0042] Alternatively, the portable handheld device having a display controller coupled to the control matrix for controlling the moveable shutter elements to display an image. 该显示控制器可以包括一个彩色图像发生器,典型地是一种可编程的逻辑装置,该彩色图像发生器能够确定该可运动的快门的一个开和关状态序列,并且用于通过所确定的序列驱动相应的可运动的快门以显示一个彩色图像。 The display controller may include a color image generator, typically a programmable logic device, the color image generator is able to determine that the movable shutter of a sequence of on and off states, and for the determined through sequence shutter drive respective movable to display a color image.

[0043] 可选择地,并且替代地,该便携手持装置可以具有至少一个置于该显示板内的彩色滤光器,并且该显示控制器可以包括一个同步控制器,该同步控制器连接到该显示板并且产生一个同步脉冲以按预定的时间间隔把一组可运动的快门运动到一个选取的状态。 [0043] Optionally, and alternatively, the portable handheld device may have at least one color filter disposed within the display panel, and the display controller may include a synchronization controller, which is connected to the synchronization controller the display panel and generating a sync pulse at intervals of the movement of the shutter time to a predetermined set of motion of a selected state. 可以使用一个图像存储器,该图像存储器具有用于图像信号的存储器并且连接到该控制器, 并且该存储器可以是一个移动式存储器存储装置。 You may use an image memory, the image memory having a memory for an image signal and connected to the controller, and the memory may be a removable memory storage device.

[0044] 该显示板可以具有连接到该光调制层的下表面上的透明的基片,和一个置于该透明的基片下方的光源。 [0044] The display panel may have a transparent substrate on the light modulation layer is connected to the lower surface, and a light source below the transparent substrate is placed. 可以使用多个光源,该多个光源中的每个都能够产生一个选取的颜色,并且可以提供该显示控制器或者一个单独的光控制器以顺次地激励该多个光源以显示一个彩色图像。 A plurality of light sources may be used, each of the plurality of light sources are capable of generating a selected color, and the display controller may be provided or a single excitation light controller sequentially to the plurality of light sources to display a color image . 该显示控制器还可以提供或者具有一个颜色位控制器用于控制用于产生一个图像的颜色位的数量。 The display controller may also provide a color or a number of bits having a controller for controlling a color image for generating a bit.

[0045] 该装置可以具有一个连接到该壳体并且能够响应用户命令产生输入信号的用户接口装置,和一个置于该显示板的上表面上并且能够产生表示该显示板上的一个由一个用户正按压的位置的信号的触敏屏。 [0045] The device may have a user interface device connected to the housing and can be generated in response to a user command input signal, and a display panel that is placed by a user on an upper surface of the display panel and capable of generating represented a touch-sensitive position signal being pressed screen. 该盖板可以具有一个被选取以限制响应一个外部压力而产生的一个向内的形变的厚度,并且置于该光调制基片与一个盖板之间的支承件可以紧靠该盖板并且支承该盖板。 The cover plate may have a thickness deformation limit is selected in response to an external stress generated by an inwardly and disposed between the support substrate and a light modulator can cover is supported against the cover plate and the cover plate.

[0046] —个功率控制器可以连接到该电源并且具有多个工作模式用于选择性地控制从该电源提取的功率。 [0046] - a power controller may be connected to the power source and having a plurality of operating modes for selectively controlling the power extracted from the power supply.

[0047] 一个计时器可以指挥该功率控制器在经过一个选取的时间段后改变驱动该光源的幅度或者改变切换该光源的时间选择。 [0047] A timer may command the power controller after a selected period of time to change the drive amplitude of the light source or changing the switching time of the light source is selected. 该功率控制器可以控制切换这些光源中的至少一个的时间选择以产生从该电源提取较少的功率的颜色,并且该功率控制器可以控制一个光源,以用一个非切换的光源产生单色光。 The power controller may control the switching of these light sources of at least one extract of time selected to produce less power from the power source of color, and the controller may control a power source to generate a monochromatic light source of a non-handover .

[0048] 一个强度检测器可以连接到该功率控制器,用于测量该壳体外部的光并且用于至少部分地根据该测量选择性地控制从该电源提取的功率。 [0048] An intensity detector may be connected to the power controller for measuring a light external to the housing and at least partially for selectively controlling the power extracted from the power supply based on the measurement.

[0049] 一个形成在该光调制层上、连接到该控制矩阵、并且被安排用于向一个相应的可运动的快门运动的可运动的接触件(contact)可以降低为运动该快门所施加的电压。 [0049] a is formed on the light modulation layer, connected to the control matrix and arranged for mating contact member movable shutter motion of a respective moveable (Contact) movement of the shutter can be reduced to the applied Voltage.

[0050] 还说明了使用和制造上述装置的方法。 [0050] also describes a method for producing and using the above-described apparatus.

附图说明 BRIEF DESCRIPTION

[0051] 通过参照附图对本发明进行的以下详细说明会更加容易理解以上的讨论: [0051] The following detailed description of the present invention by referring to the drawings easier to understand the above discussion:

[0052] 图IA是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的显示装置的等距视图; [0052] FIG IA is an isometric view of a display device according to an exemplary embodiment of the exemplary embodiment of the present invention;

[0053] 图IB是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的一种显示装置的方框图; [0053] FIG IB is a block diagram of a display apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention;

[0054] 图2是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的一个适于结合进图1的显示装置中的快门组件的等距视图;[0055] 图3A和图:3B是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适于结合进图1的显示装置中的双作动的快门组件的等距视图; [0054] FIG. 2 is a suitable embodiment of an exemplary embodiment of the present invention binds an isometric view of the display device of FIG. 1 into the shutter assembly according to; [0055] FIGS. 3A and FIG: 3B in accordance with the present invention is suitable for binding an exemplary embodiment of an isometric view of double-actuated shutter assembly in the display device 1 into the map;

[0056] 图4是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适于结合进图1的显示装置中的一个快门组件的阵列的顶视图。 [0056] FIG. 4 is a top view of an array adapted incorporated into the shutter assembly of a display device of FIG. 1 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention embodiment.

[0057] 图5A是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1所示的显示装置的快门组件的一个控制矩阵的方案图; [0057] FIG 5A is a plan view of a shutter control matrix display device assembly according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention is applied to the control shown in FIG. 1 in accordance with;

[0058] 图5B是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的包括图5A的控制矩阵和图2的快门组件的一个像素的阵列的等距视图; [0058] FIG 5B is an isometric view of an array of pixels of a control matrix and shutter assembly of Figure 5A in FIG. 2 according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention;

[0059] 图6是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第二控制矩阵的图解; [0059] FIG. 6 is an exemplary embodiment of the present invention is adapted to control a shutter assembly illustrated in FIG display device 1 of a second control matrix;

[0060] 图7是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第三控制矩阵的图解; [0060] FIG. 7 is illustrated in FIG adapted to control a shutter assembly of the third control matrix display device 1 according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention embodiment;

[0061] 图8是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的寻址图7的控制矩阵的像素的一种方法的流程图; [0061] FIG 8 is a flowchart of a method for controlling pixel addressing matrix according to the present invention, showing an exemplary embodiment of the embodiment 7;

[0062] 图9是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第四控制矩阵的图解; [0062] FIG. 9 is an exemplary embodiment of the present invention is adapted to control a shutter assembly illustrated in FIG display device 1 of a fourth control matrix;

[0063] 图10是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案对图9的控制矩阵的像素进行寻址的一种方法的流程图; [0063] FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a method of addressing the pixels of the control matrix of Figure 9 according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention;

[0064] 图11是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第五控制矩阵的图解; [0064] FIG. 11 is an illustration of a shutter assembly of the display device is adapted to control a fifth control matrix of FIG. 1 according to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention embodiment;

[0065] 图12是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案对图11的控制矩阵的像素进行寻址的一种方法的流程图; [0065] FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method of addressing the pixels of the control matrix of Figure 11 is performed in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention;

[0066] 图13是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第六控制矩阵的图解; [0066] FIG. 13 is illustrated in FIG adapted to control a shutter assembly sixth control matrix display apparatus 1 according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention embodiment;

[0067] 图14是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第七控制矩阵的图解; [0067] FIG. 14 is illustrated in FIG adapted to control a shutter assembly of the seventh control matrix display device 1 according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention embodiment;

[0068] 图15是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第八控制矩阵的图解; [0068] FIG. 15 is an illustration of a shutter assembly of the display device is adapted to control the control matrix of Figure 1 according to an eighth invention of the present exemplary embodiment;

[0069] 图16是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第九控制矩阵的图解; [0069] FIG. 16 is a control matrix illustrating the present invention in accordance with one exemplary embodiment of the ninth embodiment a shutter assembly suitable for controlling the display device 1 of FIG;

[0070] 图17是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第十控制矩阵的图解; [0070] FIG. 17 is an illustration of a shutter assembly of the display device is adapted to control the tenth control matrix of Figure 1 according to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention embodiment;

[0071] 图18是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第十一控制矩阵的图解; [0071] FIG. 18 is an exemplary embodiment of the present invention is suitable for controlling the shutter assemblies of the display apparatus of FIG. 1 illustrating an eleventh control matrix;

[0072] 图19是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于控制图1的显示装置的快门组件的一个第十二控制矩阵的图解; [0072] FIG. 19 is a control matrix illustrating the present invention in accordance with one exemplary embodiment of a twelfth embodiment of the shutter assembly of the display device of Figure 1 applied to the control;

[0073] 图20示出根据本发明的一种便携手持装置的一个实施方案; [0073] FIG. 20 shows one embodiment of a portable handheld device according to the present invention;

[0074] 图21较详细地示出可以在图20中所示的便携手持装置上显示的类型的一个图像的例子;[0075] 图22示出图20中所示的便携手持装置的功能元件的一个功能框图; [0074] FIG. 21 illustrates in greater detail an example of a type of image may be displayed on a portable handheld device shown in FIG. 20; [0075] FIG. 22 illustrates the functional elements of the mobile handheld device 20 shown in FIG. a functional block diagram;

[0076] 图23更加详细地示出图22中所示的显示控制器的功能元件; [0076] FIG. 23 illustrates in more detail the functional elements shown in FIG display controller 22;

[0077] 图24A是适用于在一个显示板中控制可运动的快门的一个控制矩阵的方案图; [0077] FIG. 24A is a control matrix suitable for the control scheme in FIG plate movable shutter in a display;

[0078] 图24B是包括图24A的控制矩阵的一个像素阵列的一个等距视图; [0078] FIG. 24B is a isometric view of a pixel array of a control matrix of Figure 24A;

[0079] 图25A、25B和25C更详细地示出根据本发明的一个显示板的可供选择的替代实施方案,其中图25B包括三个彩色滤光器; [0079] FIGS. 25A, 25B and 25C show in more detail an alternative embodiment of the alternative embodiment of the plate according to the present invention is a display, wherein FIG. 25B comprises three color filters;

[0080] 图沈示出具有一个背光的显示板的一个可供选择的替代实施方案; [0080] FIG sink shows an alternative embodiment of an alternative embodiment of a display panel having a backlight;

[0081] 图27示出一个显示板的一个可供选择的替代实施方案; [0081] FIG. 27 shows an alternative embodiment of an alternative embodiment of a display panel;

[0082] 图观示出根据本发明的一个便携手持装置的一个可供选择的替代实施方案; [0082] FIG concept shows an alternative embodiment of an alternative portable handheld device according to the present invention;

[0083] 图四示出根据本发明的一个便携装置的一个智能电话实施方案; [0083] Figure IV shows a smartphone a portable device according to the present embodiment of the invention;

[0084] 图30A和30B示出根据本发明的一个便携装置的一个电子书实施方案; [0084] FIGS. 30A and 30B show a portable electronic book device according to one of the embodiments of the present invention;

[0085] 图31A示出具有一个更详细地示出于图31B中的分段的显示器的、本发明的手表实施方案; [0085] FIG. 31A shows in more detail having a segmented display is shown in FIG. 31B, the wristwatch embodiment of the present invention;

[0086] 图32示出该便携手持装置的一个媒体播放器实施方案; [0086] FIG 32 shows the portable media player device a handheld embodiment;

[0087] 图33示出一个GNSS接收机便携手持装置; [0087] FIG. 33 illustrates a GNSS receiver portable handheld device;

[0088] 图34示出一个根据本发明的膝上电脑; [0088] FIG. 34 illustrates a laptop computer according to the present invention;

[0089] 图35和36示出一种MEMS显示板的可供选择的替代实施方案;以及 [0089] Figures 35 and 36 illustrate an alternative for a MEMS display panel alternative embodiment; and

[0090] 图37示出适用于本文所说明的装置的一种反射MEMS显示板的一个实施方案。 Suitable means described herein a reflective MEMS [0090] FIG. 37 illustrates one embodiment of a display panel.

具体实施方案 Specific embodiments

[0091] 为了提供对本发明的总体理解,下面将说明某些示例性实施方案,包括显示图像的装置以及方法。 [0091] To provide an overall understanding of the present invention, will be described below certain exemplary embodiments, an image including a display apparatus and method. 然而所属领域技术人员将会理解,本文所说明的系统和方法可以适当地针对所针对的应用进行改变和进行修改,并且本文所说明的系统和方法可以用于其他适当的应用中,并且其他这样的补充和修改不会偏离本发明的范围。 However, the skilled artisan will appreciate that the systems and methods described herein may be changed and modified as appropriate for the application being addressed, and the systems and methods described herein may be used in other suitable applications, and other such additions and modifications without departing from the scope of the invention.

[0092] 图IA是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的显示装置100的一个等距视图。 [0092] FIG IA is an isometric view of a display according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the apparatus 100. 显示装置100包括多个光调制器,具体是,按行和列排列的多个快门组件10h-102d (统称“快门组件102”)。 The display device 100 includes a plurality of light modulators, in particular, a plurality of shutter assembly 10h-102d are arranged in rows and columns (referred to as "shutter assemblies 102"). 在显示装置100中,快门组件10¾和102d处于打开的状态,使得光能够通过。 In the display apparatus 100, shutter assemblies 10¾ and 102d in an open state, so that light can pass. 快门组件102b和102c处于关闭的状态,遮断光的通路。 The shutter assembly 102b and 102c in a closed state, blocking the passage of light. 通过选择性地设置快门组件102a-102d的状态,如果由灯105照明显示装置100,就可以利用显示装置100形成一个图像104供进行投影或者背光显示。 By selectively setting the state of the shutter assemblies 102a-102d, the display apparatus 100 if the illumination by the lamp 105, 100 may form an image 104 for a projection or backlit display using a display device. 在另一种实现中,装置100可以通过反射源于该装置的前方的环境光形成一个图像。 In another implementation, the apparatus 100 may form an image of light from the environment in front of the device by reflection.

[0093] 在显示装置100中,每个快门组件102对应于图像104中的一个像素106。 [0093] In the display apparatus 100, each shutter assembly 102 corresponds to a pixel in the image 104 106. 在其他实现方式中,显示装置100可以利用多个快门组件形成图像104中的一个像素106。 In other implementations, the display apparatus 100 may utilize a plurality of shutter assemblies 106 forming a pixel in the image 104. 例如, 显示装置100可以包括三个特定颜色的快门组件102。 For example, the display apparatus 100 may include three color-specific shutter assemblies 102. 通过选择性地打开对应于一个特定的像素106的一个或者多个特定颜色的快门组件102,显示装置100可以产生图像104中的一个彩色像素106。 By selectively opening a specific pixel corresponding to a color of 106 or more particular shutter assembly 102, the image display apparatus 100 may generate a color pixel 104 106. 在另一个例子中,显示装置100每像素106包括两个或者更多个快门组件102以提供一个图像104中的灰度。 In another example, a 102 gray scale image 104 to the apparatus 100 per pixel 106 includes two or more display shutter assembly. 相对于一个图像,一个“像素”对应于由图像的分辨率确定的最小像元。 With respect to one image, a "pixel" corresponds to the smallest picture element defined by the resolution of the image. 相对于显示装置100的结构部件,术语“像素”指的是用于调制形成图像的单个像素的光的、组合的机械和电气部件。 Structural member relative to the display device 100, the term "pixel" refers to the combined mechanical and electrical components of the light modulated for individual pixels forming an image. [0094] 每个快门组件102都包括一个快门108和一个孔径109。 [0094] Each shutter assembly 102 includes a shutter 108 and an aperture 109. 为了照明图像104中的一个像素106,把快门108布置成使之允许光朝向一个观看者穿过孔径109。 To illuminate a pixel 106 in the image 104, the shutter 108 is arranged so as to allow the light toward a viewer through an aperture 109. 为了保持一个像素106不被照亮,把该快门108布置成使之遮断光穿过孔径109的通道。 To keep a pixel 106 is not illuminated, the shutter 108 which is arranged so as to block the optical path through the aperture 109. 孔径109由一个被构图为穿过每个快门组件102中的反射材料或者光吸收材料的孔限定。 Aperture 109 is patterned by one through each shutter assembly 102 in a reflective material or a light absorbing material defining pores.

[0095] 该显示装置还包括一个连接到该基片和该快门组件的控制矩阵,用于控制该快门的运动。 [0095] The display apparatus further includes a control matrix connected to the substrate and the shutter assemblies for controlling the movement of the shutter. 该控制矩阵包括一系列的电互连(例如互连110、112和114),包括每行像素至少一个写赋能互连110(也称为“扫描线互连”)、每列像素一个数据互连112和一个公共互连114,该公共互连向所有像素或者至少来自显示装置100的多个行和多个列两方面中的一些像素提供一个公共电压。 The control matrix includes a series of electrical interconnects (e.g., interconnects 110, 112 and 114), each row of pixels comprising at least one write-enable interconnect 110 (also referred to as "scan-line interconnect"), each column of pixels data a common interconnect 112 and interconnect 114, the interconnect common to all pixels, or at least two from the display apparatus 100, a plurality of rows and columns of pixels to provide a number of common voltage. 响应于施加一个适当的电压(“写赋能电压,Vw/'),一个给定行的像素的写赋能互连110使该行中的像素准备好接受新的快门运动指令。数据互连112以数据电压脉冲的形式传送该新的快门运动指令。在一些实现方式中,施加到数据互连112 的数据电压脉冲直接对快门的静电驱动的运动(electrostatic movement)起作用。在其他的实现中,该数据电压脉冲控制开关,例如晶体管或者控制向快门组件102施加分开的作动电压的其他非线性电路元件,该分开的作动电压一般在幅度上高于该数据电压。于是施加这些作动电压导致快门108的静电驱动的运动。 In response to application of an appropriate voltage (the "write-enabling voltage, Vw / '), a given row of pixels in the write-enable interconnect 110 for the pixel in the row prepared to accept new shutter movement instructions. Data interconnect 112 transmitting the new shutter movement instructions in the form of data voltage pulses. in some implementations, the data voltage applied to the data interconnects 112 direct pulse electrostatic drive for moving the shutter (electrostatic movement) function. in other implementations , the data voltage pulses control switches, such as transistors or other non-linear circuit elements to control the application of separate actuation voltages to the shutter assemblies 102, the separate actuation voltage is generally higher than the data voltage magnitude. Thus these applied for electrostatic voltage causes the movable shutter 108 driven movement.

[0096] 图IB是显示装置100的一个方框图150。 [0096] FIG IB is a block diagram of a display apparatus 150 100. 除了上面描述的显示装置100的元件, 如在方框图150中所示,显示装置100还包括多个扫描驱动器152(也称为“写赋能电压源”)和多个数据驱动器154(也称为“数据电压源”)。 In addition to the above-described elements of the display device 100, as shown in a block diagram 150, the display apparatus 100 further includes a plurality of scan drivers 152 (also referred to as "write-enabling voltage source") and a plurality of data drivers 154 (also referred to as "source data voltage"). 扫描驱动器152向扫描线互连110 施加写赋能电压。 The scan driver 152 is applied to the write-enabling voltage to the scan line interconnect 110. 数据驱动器154向数据互连112施加数据电压。 Data drivers 154 apply data voltages to the data interconnects 112. 在该显示装置的一些实施方案中,该数据驱动器IM被配置用于向该快门组件提供模拟数据电压,尤其是要以模拟方式得到图像104的灰度时。 In some embodiments of the display device, the data driver is configured for IM to provide analog data voltages to the shutter assemblies, especially to an analog manner, the gradation image 104. 在模拟工作中,快门组件102被设计为使得,当经数据互连112施加一个范围的居间电压时,在快门108中造成一个范围的居间打开状态,并且因此在图像104中造成一个范围的居间照明状态或者灰度。 In the simulation operation, the shutter assembly 102 is designed such that, when the intermediate voltage is applied through the data interconnects a range of 112, resulting in a range of intermediate open state in the shutter 108, and thus resulting in a range of intermediate image 104 illumination state or gradation.

[0097] 在其他的情况下数据驱动器IM被配置用于对该控制矩阵只施加一个缩减组的2、3或者4个数字电压电平。 [0097] In other cases the data drivers IM is configured to control the application of a reduced matrix only 3 or 4 digital voltage levels group. 这些电压电平被设计用于,以数字的方式将这些快门108中的每个设为一个打开状态或者一个关闭状态。 These voltage levels are designed to be digitally set in each of the shutters 108 a opened state or a closed state.

[0098] 扫描驱动器152和数据驱动器IM连接到数字控制器电路156(也称为“控制器156”)。 [0098] The scan driver and the data driver 152 is connected to the IM digital controller circuit 156 (also referred to as "controller 156"). 该控制器包括一个显示接口158,该显示接口把输入的图像信号处理成适于该显示器的空间寻址和灰度容量的数字图像格式。 The controller includes a display interface 158, the display interface to process an input image signal into a digital image format addressing adapted to the space and the capacity of the gradation display. 每个图像的像素位置和灰度数据存储在一个帧缓冲器159中,从而可以根据需要把数据馈送出给数据驱动器154。 Each pixel location and gray scale image data is stored in a frame buffer 159, the data can be fed out as needed to the data driver 154. 数据以主要为串行的方式发送到数据驱动器154,被以按行和按图像帧分组的预定序列组织。 Transmitting serial data in a major way to the data driver 154, and is in a predetermined sequence by rows of image frames grouped tissue. 数据驱动器IM可以包括串行-并行数据转换器、电平转换器,并且对于一些应用包括数模电压转换器。 IM data driver may include a serial - parallel data converters, level shifters, and for some applications digital to analog voltage converters.

[0099] 用于不同显示功能的所有驱动器(例如扫描驱动器152、数据驱动器154、作动驱动器153和全局作动驱动器15¾都由控制器156中的定时控制160时间同步。定时命令通过灯驱动器168协调红、绿和蓝灯162、164和166的照明,并且协调该像素阵列的特定的行的写赋能和顺序、电压从数据驱动器154的输出和规定快门作动的电压的输出。 All drives [0099] for different display functions (e.g., scan drivers 152, data drivers 154, actuator driver 153 and the global actuation timing driver 15¾ by controller 156 control 160 time synchronization timing command lamp driver 168 coordination of red, green and blue illumination lights 162, 164 and 166, and outputs write coordination specific row of the pixel array and energized sequentially, the output voltage from the data driver 154 and a shutter actuation predetermined voltage.

[0100] 控制器156决定排序或者寻址方案,通过该排序或寻址方案可以把该阵列中的每个快门108重设到适于一个新图像104的照度。 [0100] The controller 156 determines the sort or addressing scheme, the array can be each shutter 108 is adapted to reset to a new illumination image 104 by the ranking or addressing scheme. 可以以周期性的时间间隔设置新图像104。 Set a new image 104 may be spaced at periodic. 例如,对于视频显示,彩色图像104或者视频的帧以10至300赫兹范围的频率刷新。 For example, for a video display, or a video frame of a color image 104 at a refresh frequency of 10 to 300 Hz range. 在一些实施方案中一个图像帧的设置与背光的照明同步,从而用交替的一系列颜色,譬如红、绿和蓝,照明交替的图像帧。 Provided with a backlight illumination image frame synchronization, in some embodiments, so that with an alternating series of colors, such as red, green and blue, a lighting alternate image frames. 对应每个相应的颜色的图像帧称为一种彩色子帧。 Each respective frame is called a color corresponding to a color image sub-frames. 在这种称为场顺序混色法(field sequentialcolor method)的方法中,如果以超过20Hz的频率交替这些彩色子帧,人的大脑将把这些交替的帧图像均化成感觉到一个具有广而连续的颜色范围的图像。 In this method called field sequential color mixing method (field sequentialcolor method), if a frequency exceeding 20Hz these alternate color subframes, the human brain will average the alternating frame images into a felt having a broad and continuous image color range.

[0101] 如果显示装置100被设计用于在打开和关闭的状态之间数字切换快门108,控制器156可以控制寻址序列和/或图像帧之间的时间间隔,以产生具有适当的灰度的图像104。 [0101] If the display apparatus is designed 100 between open and closed state of the digital switching shutter 108, the controller 156 may control the time between the addressing sequence and / or image frame interval, to produce a proper gradation 104 images. 通过控制一个快门108在一个特定的帧中打开的时间量产生可变的灰度级的处理称为时分灰度。 Generating a variable by controlling the amount of time a shutter 108 is open in a particular frame in a process referred to as time division gray scale gradation. 在时分灰度的一个实施方案中,控制器156根据对应像素希望的照度或者灰度,确定允许一个快门108在每个帧内保持处于打开的状态的时间段或者时间部分。 In one embodiment of time division gray scale, the controller 156 according to the corresponding pixel or gray scale desired illuminance, determines to allow a shutter 108 remains in the open state or the time period within each frame portion. 在时分灰度的另一个实施方案中,根据适于一个4位二进制灰度的照度,把帧时间分割成例如15个持续时间相等的子帧。 In another embodiment of time division gray scale in accordance with a 4-bit binary gray adapted illuminance, the frame time is divided into sub-frames 15, for example, equal duration. 然后控制器156将一个清晰的图像安排到该15个子帧的每个中。 The controller 156 then a clear image arrangement to each of the 15 sub-frames. 该图像的较亮的像素在这15个子帧的多数或者全部中维持在打开状态,而较暗的像素只在这些子帧的一部分被设置处于打开状态。 The brighter pixels of the image is maintained in an open state in which most or all of the subframes 15, whereas only the dark pixels in the open state is disposed in a portion of the subframes. 在时分灰度的另一个实施方案中,控制器电路156与代表一个照明值的编码灰度字的位级重要性成比例地改变一个子帧系列的持续时间。 In another embodiment of time division gray scale, the bit-level controller circuit 156 with the importance of illumination values ​​representing a gray code word changes in proportion to the duration of a series of sub-frames. 就是说,可以根据二进制系列1、2、4、8...改变这些子帧的持续时间。 That is, according to a binary series 1,2,4,8 ... can change the duration of the subframe. 然后根据对应每个像素的预定灰度的二进制字内的、一个对应的位置处的位值,在一个特定的子帧中把该像素的快门108设为或打开或关闭的状态。 Then according to a bit value at a position corresponding to the predetermined gradation corresponding to each pixel of the binary word in a subframe to a specific pixel 108 is set to the shutter or the open or closed state.

[0102] 多个混合技术可用于形成灰度,这些技术把以上说明的时分技术与使用或每像素多个快门108或背光强度的独立控制相结合。 [0102] a plurality of mixing technique may be used to form gradation, independent control division technique and the use of these techniques described above, or multiple shutters 108 per pixel, or a combination of the backlight intensity. 这些技术在下文进一步地进行说明。 These techniques will be described further below.

[0103] 在一种实现方式中,寻址该控制矩阵,即向该像素阵列提供控制信息,通过顺序地寻址各个线完成,这些线有时称为矩阵的扫描线或者行。 [0103] In one implementation, the control matrix addressing, i.e. to provide the control information to the array of pixels, completed by sequentially addressing the respective lines, which are sometimes referred to as a scan line or row of the matrix. 通过向一个给定的扫描线的写赋能互连110施加Vwe和选择性地对每个列的数据互连112施加数据电压脉冲Vd,该控制矩阵可以控制被写赋能了的行中的每个快门108的运动。 By writing to a given scan line enable interconnect 110 applies a data voltage pulses Vd Vwe data and selectively interconnect 112 for each column, the control matrix may control the write-enabled row the movement of each shutter 108. 通过对显示装置100中的每行像素重复这些步骤,该控制矩阵可以完成为显示装置100中的每个像素设定运动指令。 By each row of pixels in the display apparatus 100 repeats these steps, the control matrix can complete the display device 100 is set for each pixel motion commands.

[0104] 在一个可供选择的替代实现方式中,该控制矩阵例如利用不同行的像素中像素的运动指令的相似性,同时地向多个行的像素的写赋能互连110施加Vwe,从而减少对该显示装置100中的所有像素提供运动指令所需的时间量。 [0104] In an alternative embodiment of the alternative implementations, the control matrix, for example, utilize similarities movement command different pixel rows of pixels, to simultaneously write a plurality of rows of pixels forming interconnect 110 applies Vwe, thereby reducing the display apparatus 100 of all the pixels needed to provide the amount of time the motion instructions. 在另一个可供选择的替代实现中,以一种非顺序的次序,例如以一个伪随机的次序,寻址所述的行,以把有时会产生的视觉假象最小化,尤其是结合使用一个编码的时分灰度时。 In another alternative alternative implementations, in a non-sequential order, for example, a pseudo-random sequence, said addressing lines may produce visual artifacts to be minimized, especially in combination with a encoding the time division gray scale.

[0105] 在一些可供选择的替代实施方案中,该像素阵列和控制包括进该阵列中的像素的控制矩阵可以按不同于矩形的行和列的构形排列。 [0105] In some alternative embodiments alternative embodiment, the pixel array and the feed control includes a control matrix of pixels in the array may be arranged in configurations other than rectangular rows and columns. 例如该像素可以按六边形的阵列或者按曲线的行和列排列。 For example, the pixels may be arranged in rows and columns or by a hexagonal array of curves. 总体上,术语扫描线当在本文中使用时将指任何共享一个写赋能互连的多个像素。 In general, the term scan line when used herein shall refer to any plurality of pixels that share a write-enabling interconnect.

[0106] 快门组件 [0106] The shutter assembly

[0107] 图2是适用于包括进图1的显示装置100中的示例性快门组件200的图解。 [0107] FIG. 2 is a diagram 200 includes a suitable display device 100 in FIG. 1 into an exemplary shutter assembly. 快门组件200包括一个连接到一个作动器204的快门202。 The shutter assembly 200 includes a connection to a shutter actuator 204 202. 作动器204由两个分开的柔性的电极梁作动器205形成。 204 actuator 205 is formed from two separate flexible beam electrode actuator. 快门202在一侧连接到作动器205。 The shutter 202 is connected on one side to the actuator 205. 作动器205在一个表面上方在一个运动平面中横向地运动该快门,该运动平面基本上平行于该表面。 Actuator 205 in a plane above the surface of a laterally movable moving the shutter, the motion plane substantially parallel to the surface. 该快门的对侧连接到一个弹簧207,该弹簧提供一个与作动器204施加的力相反的恢复力。 The opposite side is connected to a shutter spring 207, the spring 204 provides a force applied by the actuator opposite to a restoring force.

[0108] 每个作动器205都包括一个柔性的负荷梁206,该柔性的负荷梁把快门202连接到一个负荷支撑点208。 [0108] Each actuator 205 includes a flexible load beam 206, the flexible load beam 202 connecting the shutter 208 to a load support point. 该负荷支撑点208与柔性的负荷梁206 —起起机械支承件的作用,保持快门202接近于该表面悬置。 The load supporting point 208 of the flexible load beam 206-- play member acts as a mechanical support, keeping the shutter 202 suspended close to the surface. 该表面包括一个或者多个容许光通过的孔径211。 The surface includes one or a plurality of light allowed through the aperture 211. 负荷支撑点208物理地把柔性的负荷梁206和快门202连接到该表面,并且把负荷梁206电连接到一个偏置电压,在一些情况下,该偏置电压是接地。 Physically load supporting point 208 of the flexible load beams 206 and the shutter 202 is connected to the surface, and the load beams 206 is electrically connected to a bias voltage, in some cases, the bias voltage is a ground.

[0109] 每个作动器204还包括布置在每个负荷梁206附近的柔性驱动梁216。 [0109] Each actuator 204 also includes a flexible disposed in the vicinity of each load beam 206. The drive beam 216. 这些驱动梁216在一端连接到一个共用于该驱动梁216之间的一个驱动梁支撑点218。 Drive beams 216 connected at one end to a common drive for the driving beam 216 between beam support points 218. 每个驱动梁216的另一端可自由运动。 The other end of each drive beam 216 is free to move. 每个驱动梁216都是弯曲的,使得它在该驱动梁216的自由端和负荷梁206的锚固端附近最接近该负荷梁206。 Each drive beam 216 is curved such that it is anchored near the end of the drive beam 216 and the free end of the load beam 206. The load beam 206 is closest.

[0110] 在工作时,包括快门组件200的一个显示装置经驱动梁支撑点218向驱动梁216 施加一个电位。 [0110] In operation, a shutter assembly 200 includes a display device 218 via the drive beam support points to the potential applied to a drive beam 216. 一个第二电位可以施加到负荷梁206上。 A second potential can be applied to the load beam 206. 所得到的驱动梁216与负荷梁206之间的电位差向负荷梁206的锚固端拉驱动梁216的自由端,并向驱动梁216的锚固端拉负荷梁206的快门端,从而向着驱动支撑点218横向地驱动快门202。 Potential difference between the drive beams 216 and load beams 206 to obtain the free end of the pull-up drive beam 216 to the anchor end of the load beams 206, 216 to the drive beam anchor end of the pull end of the load beam 206 of the shutter, so that the drive support towards the point 218 drives the shutter 202 transversely. 柔性的构件206 起弹簧的作用,从而在去掉跨在梁206和216电位之间的电压时,负荷梁206把快门202推回其初始位置,释放存储在负荷梁206中的应力。 The flexible member 206 acts as a spring, so that when removing the span between beams 206 and 216 potential voltage, load beams 206 push the shutter 202 back into its initial position, releasing the stress stored in the load beams 206.

[0111] 包括一个被动恢复力机构的一个快门组件,譬如快门组件200,在本文中统称为弹性快门组件。 [0111] means comprises a passive restoring force of a shutter assembly, such as shutter assembly 200, referred to as an elastic shutter assembly herein. 多个弹性恢复机构可以建构进静电作动器中,或者与该静电作动器结合,图解的在快门组件200中的柔性梁只提供一个例子。 A plurality of elastic recovery mechanism can build into the electrostatic actuator, the actuator or electrostatic binding, the flexible beam illustrated in shutter assembly 200 provides only one example. 可以把弹性快门组件构建为使得,在不受激励的或者在松弛的状态下,该快门要么打开要么关闭。 Can be constructed such that the elastic shutter assembly, not in the excited state or in a relaxed, either open or close the shutter. 出于示例的目的,下文假定本文所说明的该弹性快门组件被构建为在处于其松驰的状态下时是关闭的。 For purposes of example, assume the following elastic shutter assemblies described herein are constructed in a state in which when relaxed is closed.

[0112] 取决于驱动梁216和负荷梁206的曲度,可以或用模拟方式或用数字方式控制该快门组件。 [0112] depends on the curvature of the drive beams 216 and load beams 206, the shutter assembly can be controlled or digital mode or analog mode. 当该梁具有强非线性或者发散的曲度时(梁以不止二阶的曲度发散),在驱动梁216和负荷梁206之间施加一个模拟作动电压造成快门202的一种预定的增量位移。 When the beam has a strongly nonlinear or diverging curvature (curvature of the beam divergence in more than second-order), is applied to an analog beam 216 between the drive beams 206 and load actuation voltage shutter 202 create a predetermined increase the amount of displacement. 从而,快门202位移的幅度可以通过在驱动梁216和负荷梁206之间施加不同幅度的电压改变。 Thus, the amplitude of the displacement of the shutter 202 can be changed by applying a voltage of different amplitudes between the drive beams 216 and load beams 206. 因此包括较弯曲的梁的快门组件200用于实施模拟灰度处理。 Thus it includes a curved beam more shutter assemblies 200 for performing an analog gradation processing.

[0113] 对于具有较不弯曲的梁(梁以二阶曲度或二阶以下的曲度发散)的快门组件,在驱动梁216和负荷梁206之间施加一个电压会造成快门位移,要是该电压高于一个阈值电压(Vat)的话。 [0113] For shutter assemblies having relatively unbent beam (beam curvature of second order or second order curvature less divergent), and applying a voltage between the drive beams 216 and load beams 206 causes displacement of the shutter, and if the voltage above a threshold voltage (Vat) words. 施加等于或者超过Vat的电压导致最大的快门位移。 Vat is equal to or exceeds the voltage applied to the results in the maximum displacement of the shutter. 就是说,如果在没有施加一个等于或者超过该阈值的电压时快门202是关闭的,施加任何等于或者超过Vat的电压都会完全地打开该快门。 That is, if a voltage equal to or exceeds the threshold value is not applied to the shutter 202 is closed, applying any voltage equal to or exceeding Vat the shutter will be fully open. 在显示装置100的各种实施方案中利用这样的快门组件实施时分灰度处理和/或数字面积划分(areadivision)灰度处理。 Embodiment division gradation processing and / or digital divided area (areadivision) such as gradation processing using a shutter assembly 100 in various embodiments of the display apparatus.

[0114] 图3A和;3B是适用于显示装置100中的一个第二快门组件300的等距视图。 [0114] and FIGS. 3A; 3B is an isometric view of the apparatus 100 of a second shutter assembly 300 suitable for displaying. 图3A是在一个打开状态下的第二快门组件300的一个视图。 FIG 3A is a view of the second shutter assembly 300 in a state open. 图:3B是在一个关闭状态下的第二快门组件300的一个视图。 FIG: 3B is an assembly view of the second shutter in a closed state at 300. 与快门组件200相反,快门组件300包括位于一个快门306 的两侧的作动器302和304。 In contrast to the shutter assembly 200, shutter assembly 300 includes actuators 306 located on both sides of a shutter 302 and 304. 独立地控制每个作动器302和304。 Independently control each actuator 302 and 304. 一个第一作动器,即快门打开作动器302,用于打开快门306。 A first actuator, i.e., the shutter-open actuator 302, 306 to open the shutter. 一个第二作动器,即快门关闭作动器304,用于开关闭快门306。 A second actuator, i.e., the shutter-close actuator 304, 306 for opening and closing the shutter. 两个作动器302和304都优选地是柔性的梁电极作动器。 Two actuators 302 and 304 are preferably flexible beam electrode actuator. 作动器302和304通过基本上在一个平行于该快门悬置于其上方的表面307的平面中驱动快门306打开和关闭快门306。 Actuators 302 and 304 opened and closed by a substantially parallel to the plane of the surface thereof a shutter 307 suspended above the shutter 306 shutter 306 is driven. 快门306在固附在作动器302和304上的渡通支撑点(via anchor) 308处悬置在该表面上方。 The shutter 306 is suspended over the surface 308 in the actuator attached to the solid support point transit through (via anchor) 302 and 304 on. 包括沿快门306的运动轴线固附在快门306的两端的支承件减少快门306 的平面外运动并且把该运动基本上限制于所希望的运动平面。 It includes a shutter 306 along the axis of movement of the solid support member is attached to both ends of the shutter 306 of the shutter 306 reduction plane motion and the movement is substantially restricted to the desired plane of motion. 表面307包括至少一个孔径309,用于容许光穿过表面307通过。 Surface 307 includes at least one aperture 309 for allowing light to pass through the surface 307.

[0115] 图4是适于包括进显示装置100中的快门组件402的一个阵列400的一个顶视图。 [0115] FIG. 4 is a top view of one suitable for inclusion in the array 100 of shutter assembly 402 of apparatus 400 into the display. 每个快门组件402包括一个快门404、一个负荷梁406和两个驱动梁408。 Each shutter assembly 402 includes a shutter 404, a load beam 406 and two drive beams 408. 如同上文关于快门组件200和300说明的,快门组件402通过横向地驱动其对应的快门404使得快门404选择性地干涉通过快门404于其上方被驱动的一个表面中的孔径的光来调制光。 As above with respect to shutter assemblies 200 and 300 described, the shutter assembly 402 is driven by its corresponding laterally so that the shutter 404 through the shutter 404 to selectively interfere with a clear aperture 404 thereon above the surface of the shutter is driven to modulate the light .

[0116] 为驱动该快门组件之一中的快门中的一个,在负荷梁406和驱动梁408之一之间施加一个电压。 [0116] one of the shutter drive a shutter assembly, and a voltage is applied between one of the drive beams 406 and load beams 408. 为了产生该电压,对所选取的驱动梁施加一个第一电位并且对负荷梁406 和对快门404施加一个第二电位。 To generate this voltage, a first potential is applied to the selected drive beam and the load beams 406 and the shutter 404 is applied to a second potential. 该第一和第二电位可以是相同极性的或相反极性的。 The first and second potentials may be the same polarity or opposite polarity. 它们还可以具有相同的幅度或具有不同的幅度。 They may also have the same amplitude or different amplitudes. 两个电位中的任一个还可以被设为接地。 Either of the two potentials may also be set to a ground. 为了使该快门组件作动(即,使快门改变其位置)该第一和第二电位之间的差必须等于或超过一个作动阈值电压(Vat)。 To make the shutter actuation assembly (i.e., change the shutter position) the difference between the first and second potentials must equal or exceed the threshold voltage of one actuator (Vat).

[0117] 在多数实施方案中,通过向所选取的驱动梁和该负荷梁施加实质上不同幅度的电压达到Vat。 [0117] In most embodiments, by applying to the selected drive beam and the load beam is substantially different amplitude voltage reaches Vat. 例如,假定Vat是40V,显示装置100可以向该驱动梁施加30V的电压而向该负荷梁施加-IOV的电压,得到40V的电位差。 For example, assume Vat is 40V, the display apparatus 100 may be applied to the driving voltage of 30V -IOV beam voltage is applied to the load beams to give a potential difference of 40V. 然而,为了控制功耗,重要的还有,考虑和控制相对于地或者该显示器的封装电位施加到每个电极的绝对电压。 However, in order to control the power consumption, it is also important to consider and control with respect to the potential of the monitor or package absolute voltage applied to each electrode. 向一个作动器阵列施加电位所要求的功率与从电压源看的电容成比例(P = l/2fCV2),其中f是驱动信号的频率,V 是该电压源的电压,C是从该电压源看的总电容。 Power is applied to the potential required to one actuator array from the voltage source seen proportional to the capacitance (P = l / 2fCV2), where f is the frequency of the drive signal, V is the voltage of the voltage source, C is from the voltage look at the source of the total capacitance. 该总电容具有几个附加的成分,包括存在于该负荷梁与驱动梁之间的电容、沿该电压源与该作动器之间的互连线的晶体管的源-漏电容(尤其是对于其栅极关闭的那些晶体管)、该互连线与其周围的事物——包括相邻的快门组件和/或跨接线——之间的电容以及该负荷梁或者驱动梁与其周围的事物——包括相邻的快门组件或者显示器封装一之间的电容。 The total capacitance has several additional ingredients, including load capacitance is present between the beam and the driving beam, along the interconnect between the transistor of the voltage source and the actuator source - drain capacitance (particularly for a gate off those transistors), the interconnection with the surrounding things - including neighboring shutter assemblies and / or jumpers - between the capacitor and the load beam or driving beam with the surrounding things - including adjacent shutter assembly or a capacitance between the display package. 因为负荷梁406电连接到快门404,所以负荷梁406的电容包括快门404的电容。 Because the load beam 406 is electrically connected to the shutter 404, the load beams 406 of the shutter 404 includes a capacitor capacitance. 因为该快门一般构成该像素的大部分面积,所以该负荷梁与其周围的事物之间的电容可以代表从该电压源看的总电容的一个显著的部分。 The shutter is generally configured because most of the area of ​​the pixel, the capacitance between the load beam and its surroundings object may represent a total capacitance from the voltage source to see a significant part. 而且,因为结合的负荷梁406和快门404的面积与驱动梁408的面积的差是显著的,所以该负荷梁与其周围的事物之间的电容一般比该驱动梁与其周围的事物之间的电容大得多。 Further, since the difference in area of ​​the bonded area of ​​the load beams 406 and the shutter 404 of drive beam 408 is significant, the capacitance of the load beam between the object and its surroundings are generally higher than the drive beam between the object and its surroundings a capacitance It is much greater. 结果,连接到该驱动梁或者该负荷梁的电压源经受的CV2的功率损失将会显著地不同,即使其电压偏移范围会相同。 The results, CV2 loss of power connected to the drive beam or the load beam is subjected to a voltage source will vary significantly, even though the voltage offset range will be the same. 因为这个原因,总体上有利的是,把该作动器的较高电容端,即该负荷梁,或连接到一个不相对于地或者封装电位显著地改变电压的电压源或连接到一个不以该驱动系统所要求的最高频率改变电压的电压源。 For this reason, it is advantageous in general that the higher capacitance end of the actuator, i.e. the load beam, or connected to a non-relative or package potential significantly changing voltage source or connected to a not the highest frequency required by the system to change the drive voltage of the voltage source. 例如,如果在负荷梁406与驱动梁408 之间要求一个40V的差以激励该作动器,如果该驱动梁与地或者壳体电位之间的电压差形成该40伏特的不是大部分也是至少一半将会是有利的。 For example, if the load between the beam 406 and drive beam 408 requires a 40V difference in energizing the actuator, if the voltage difference between the drive beam and the housing or the 40 volt potential is not formed it is at least the majority of half would be beneficial.

[0118] 画在快门组件阵列400上的虚线示出一个单个像素410的边界。 [0118] the dashed line drawn on the shutter assembly array 400 shows the boundary of a single pixel 410. 像素410包括两个快门组件402,它们中的每个都可以独立地受控制。 The pixel 410 includes two shutter assemblies 402, each of which may be independently controlled. 通过每像素410具有两个快门组件402,一个包括快门组件阵列400的显示装置可以使用面积划分灰度提供每像素三个灰度级。 By having the two shutters 410 per pixel assembly 402, a display device comprising a shutter assembly array 400 may be used to provide the gray area is divided three gray scale per pixel. 更加具体地,可以把该像素驱动成以下的状态:两个快门组件都是关闭的;一个快门组件是打开的而一个快门组件是关闭的;或者两个快门组件都是打开的。 More specifically, the pixel can be driven into the following states: two shutter assemblies are closed; a shutter assembly is open and a shutter assembly is closed; or two shutter assemblies are open. 从而得到的图像像素可以是关断的、半亮度的或者全亮度的。 So that the resulting image pixel may be turned off, the luminance half or full brightness. 通过使像素410中的每个快门组件402具有不同尺寸的孔径,一个显示装置可以只使用面积划分灰度提供又一个灰度级。 Through the aperture 402 of the pixel having different sizes in each shutter assembly 410, a display device may use only the gray area is divided to provide a further gradation. 图2、3和4的快门组件200、300和402可以做成双稳态的。 2, 3 and 4 of the shutter assemblies 200, 300 and 402 can be made bistable. 就是说,该快门可以保持在至少两个平衡的位置(例如打开的或者关闭的),把它们保持在两个位置中的任一个只要求少量的功率或者不需要功率。 That is, the shutter can be held in at least two equilibrium positions (e.g. open or closed), hold them in either of two positions requires only a small amount of power or no power. 更加具体地,快门组件300可以是机械双稳态的。 More particularly, the shutter assembly 300 may be mechanically bistable. 一旦把快门组件300的快门设置在合适位置,不要求电能或者保持电压来保持该位置。 Once the shutter of the shutter assembly 300 is disposed at an appropriate position, no electrical energy or holding voltage is required to hold the position. 该快门组件300的物理元件上的机械应力可以把该快门固定在适当的位置。 Mechanical stresses on the physical elements of the shutter assembly 300 may be fixed to the shutter in place.

[0119] 快门组件200、300和402还可以做成电双稳态的。 [0119] The shutter assemblies 200, 300 and 402 can also be made electrically bi-stable. 在一个电双稳态的快门组件中, 存在一个低于该快门组件的作动电压的电压范围,如果把该范围的电压施加到一个关闭的作动器(同时该快门或是打开的或是关闭的),即使在该快门上施加一个相反的力,该电压也保持该作动器关闭并且把该快门固定在适当的位置。 In a bi-stable shutter assembly electrical, there is a voltage range below the actuation voltage of the shutter assembly, if the voltage range is applied to a closed actuator (with the shutter either opened or closed), even when applied to an opposing force on the shutter, the voltage is held closed and the actuator is fixed to the shutter in place. 该相反的力可以通过一个固附在该快门的一个对端上的弹簧,譬如快门组件200中的弹簧207,施加,或者该相反的力可以通过一个反作用的作动器施加。 The opposing force may be attached to a solid by a spring of the shutter of the terminal pair, such as spring 200 in shutter assembly 207, is applied, or the opposing force may be applied by a reaction of the actuator. 对抗这样一个相反的力保持一个快门的位置所需的最低电压称为一个保持电压Vm。 Such opposing force against a minimum voltage required to maintain a position of the shutter is referred to as a holding voltage Vm.

[0120] 电双稳态性源于一个作动器上的静电力是位置以及电压的强函数的这一事实。 [0120] bistability electrical actuator from a static position, and the fact that electricity is a strong function of the voltage. 快门组件200、300和402中的作动器的梁起电容器极板的作用。 Shutter assemblies 200, 300 and play the role of the beam capacitor plate 402 in the actuator. 电容器极板之间的力与1/ d2成比例,其中d是两个电容器极板之间的局部分开距离。 Force and 1 / d2 to the ratio between the capacitor plates, where d is the separation distance between the two partial capacitor plates. 在一个关闭的作动器中,作动器梁之间的局部分开非常地小。 In a closed actuator, the actuator for the beam between the partially separated very small. 从而施加一个小的电压可以在该作动器梁之间造成相对强的力。 Thereby applying a small voltage can cause a relatively strong force between the actuator beam. 结果,即使其他的元件在该作动器上施加一个相反的力,一个相对小的电压,譬如Vm,也可以保持该作动器关闭。 As a result, even if other elements exert an opposing force on the actuator, a relatively small voltage, Vm of the example, the actuator may be maintained closed.

[0121] 在规定两个单独可控的作动器(分别用于打开和关闭该快门)的快门组件中,譬如在300中,该快门的平衡位置由跨在该作动器中的每一个上的电压差的结合效果决定。 [0121] In the predetermined two individually controllable shutter actuator assembly (for opening and closing the shutter) of, for example, in 300, the shutter across the balanced position by the actuator in each of the voltage difference between the binding effect on the decision. 换言之,必须考虑所有三个终端(快门打开驱动梁、快门关闭驱动梁和快门/负荷梁)的电位以及快门位置,以决定该快门上的平衡力。 In other words, we must consider all three terminals (shutter open drive beam, the drive beam shutter is closed and the shutter / load beam) and the potential of the position of the shutter, to determine the balanced forces on the shutter.

[0122] 对于一个电双稳态系统,一组逻辑规律可以说明该稳态,并且可以用于为该快门开发可靠的寻址方案或者数字控制方案。 [0122] For a bistable electrical system, a set of logical laws can explain the steady state, and may be used to develop a reliable addressing scheme for the shutter or digital control schemes. 这些逻辑规律如下: These logical law as follows:

[0123] 令Vs为该快门或者负荷梁上的电位。 [0123] so that the potential Vs of the shutter or the load beam. 令V。 Order V. 为该快门打开驱动梁上的电位。 Opening the shutter for the potential of the drive beam. 令V。 Order V. 为该快门关闭驱动梁上的电位。 For the potential of the driving beam shutter is closed. 令表达式/v。 So that the expression / v. -vs/表示该快门与该快门打开驱动梁之间的电压差的绝对值。 -vs / indicates the absolute value of the voltage difference shutter-open drive beam between the shutter. 令^为该保持电压。 ^ Remain so for the voltage. 令Vat为该作动阈值电压,即不在一个反作用的驱动梁上施加Vm的情况下激励一个作动器必需的电压。 Vat case so that the actuation threshold voltage, i.e. not a reactive driving excitation beam is applied to a voltage Vm actuator required. 令Vmax为V。 To make Vmax V. 和V。 And V. 最大允许电位。 The maximum allowable potential. 令Vffl < Vat < Vfflax0然后假定令V0和Vc保持低于Vfflax : So Vffl <Vat <Vfflax0 then assuming the two V0 and Vc maintained below Vfflax:

[0124] 1.如果IHl < Vm 且/Vc-Vs/ < Vm [0124] 1. If IHl <Vm and / Vc-Vs / <Vm

[0125] 则该快门将松驰到其机械弹簧的平衡位置。 [0125] the shutter will relax to its equilibrium position of the mechanical spring.

[0126] 2.如果IHl > Vm 且/Vc-Vs/ > Vm [0126] 2. If IHl> Vm and / Vc-Vs /> Vm

[0127] 则该快门将不运动,即它将保持在打开的或者关闭的状态,上次的作动事件建立的无论哪个位置。 [0127] the shutter will not exercise that it will remain in the open or closed state, the last position for whichever movement event established.

[0128] 3.如果/V0-Vs/ > Vat 且/Vc-Vs/ < Vffl [0128] 3. If / V0-Vs /> Vat and / Vc-Vs / <Vffl

[0129] 则该快门将运动到该打开的位置。 [0129] The movement of the shutter to the open position.

[0130] 4.如果/v。 [0130] 4. If / v. -vs/ < Vm 且/Vc-Vs/ > Vat[0131 ] 则该快门将运动到该关闭的位置。 -vs / <Vm and / Vc-Vs /> Vat [0131] the position of the shutter will be moved to closed.

[0132] 根据规律1,在每个作动器上的电压差接近于零的情况下,该快门将松驰。 [0132] The case law 1, the voltage difference in each of the actuator is close to zero, the shutter will relax. 在许多快门组件中该机械地松驰的位置是仅部分地打开或者关闭的,因此在一个寻址方案中优选地避免该电压条件。 In many of the shutter assembly mechanically relaxed position is only partially opened or closed, thus avoiding the voltage condition in a preferred addressing scheme.

[0133] 规律2的条件使得能够把一种全局的作动功能包括进一种寻址方案中。 Conditions [0133] Law 2 enables the functions A Global actuation in the feed comprises an addressing scheme. 通过保持一个提供至少是保持电压的梁电压差的快门电压,可以在一个寻址序列的中间在宽的电压范围内改变或者切换该快门打开和快门关闭电位的绝对值(即使在电压差超过Vat的情况下),而没有发生非故意的快门运动的风险。 By providing at least a holding voltage to maintain the voltage difference between the beam shutter voltage may change or the absolute value of switching the shutter-open and shutter-close potential (the voltage difference exceeds Vat even in a wide range in the middle of a voltage of the addressing sequence in the case), the risk of unintentional movement of the shutter and did not happen.

[0134] 规律3和4的条件是那些在寻址序列的过程中一般地被作为目标以确保该快门的双稳态作动的条件。 [0134] 3 and 4 regularity conditions are those in the process of the addressing sequence is generally as certain conditions to ensure that the bistable actuation of the shutter.

[0135] 保持电压差,即Vm,可以被设计或者表达成该作动阈值电压Vat的某一部分。 [0135] maintaining the voltage difference Vm of the i.e., it can be expressed as a design or a portion of the actuation threshold voltage of Vat. 对于为一种可用程度的双稳态性而设计的系统,该保持电压可以维持在介于Vat的20%至80% 之间的范围内。 For one of the available degree of bistability is designed system, the holding voltage can be maintained in a range between 20% and 80% of Vat interposed. 这有助于确保该系统中的电荷泄露或者寄生的电压波动不会造成一个设定的保持电压偏离出其保持范围——这样的偏离会造成一个快门的非故意作动。 This helps to ensure that the charge leakage in the system or does not cause parasitic voltage fluctuations voltage deviates from a set of retaining its holding range - such a deviation will cause inadvertent actuation of the shutter. 在一些系统中可以提供一种特殊程度的双稳态性或者滞后,Vm维持在Vat的2%至98%的范围内。 In some systems may provide a specific degree of bistability or hysteresis, Vm maintained in the range of 2-98% of Vat. 然而在这些系统中,必须注意确保可以在可用的寻址和作动时间内可靠地得到V < Vm的电极电压条件。 In these systems, however, must be taken to reliably obtain V <Vm electrode voltage conditions within the available addressing and actuation times.

[0136] 控制矩阵及其工作方法 [0136] Control Matrices and working methods

[0137] 图5A是适于包括在显示装置100中用于寻址一个像素阵列的一个控制矩阵500 的方案图。 [0137] FIG 5A is adapted to include a control for a matrix addressing scheme in FIG an array of pixels 500 in the display device 100. 图5B是包括该控制矩阵500的一个像素阵列的一部分的等距视图。 FIG 5B is a pixel array including the control matrix 500 is an isometric view of a portion. 每个像素501包括一个由一个作动器503控制的弹性的快门组件502,譬如快门组件200。 Each pixel 501 comprises a resilient actuator 503 consists of a controlled shutter assembly 502, shutter assembly 200 for example.

[0138] 控制矩阵500被制造成位于基片504的其上形成该快门组件502的表面上的、扩散的或者薄膜沉积的电路。 [0138] The control matrix 500 is fabricated to be located, diffusion or deposited film circuit on the surface of the shutter assemblies 504 are formed on a substrate 502 thereof. 对于控制矩阵500中的每行像素501,控制矩阵500包括一个扫描线互连506,并且对于控制矩阵500中的每列像素501,控制矩阵500包括一个数据互连508。 Control 501 for each row of pixels 500 in a matrix, control matrix 500 includes a scan-line interconnect 506 and the control matrix for each column of pixels 501 500, the control matrix 500 includes a data interconnect 508. 每个扫描线互连506把一个写赋能电压源507电连接到一个对应行的像素501中的像素501。 Each scan-line interconnect 506 a write-enabling voltage source 507 is electrically connected to the pixel 501 corresponding to a pixel 501 in the row. 每个数据互连508把一个数据电压源(“Vd源”)509电连接到一个对应列的像素中的像素501。 Each data interconnect 508 a data voltage source ( "source Vd is") 509 is electrically connected to a pixel corresponding to the pixel 501 in the column. 在控制矩阵500中,数据电压Vd提供作动需要的能量的大部分。 In control matrix 500, the data voltage Vd provides the majority of the required actuation energy. 从而,该数据电压源509还起一个作动电压源的作用。 Thus, the data voltage source 509 also serves as an actuation voltage source.

[0139] 对于该阵列中的每个像素501或每个快门组件,控制矩阵500包括一个晶体管510 和一个电容器512。 [0139] For each pixel in the array 501 or for each shutter assembly, the control matrix 500 includes a transistor 510 and a capacitor 512. 每个晶体管的栅极电连接到该阵列中的该像素501所在的行的扫描线互连506。 A gate electrode of each transistor connected to the scanning lines in the array 501 where the pixel interconnect 506. 每个晶体管510的源极电连接到其对应的数据互连508。 The source of each transistor 510 is electrically connected to its corresponding data interconnect 508. 快门组件502包括一个有两个电极的作动器。 The shutter assembly 502 includes an actuator two electrodes. 该两个电极相对于周围的事物具有显著不同的电容。 The two electrodes with respect to the surrounding things have significantly different capacitances. 该晶体管把数据互连508连接到具有较低电容的作动器电极。 The transistor is connected to the data interconnect 508 to the actuator electrode having the lower capacitance. 更加具体地,每个晶体管510的漏极与对应的电容器512的一个电极并联地电连接并且电连接到该作动器的较低电容电极。 More specifically, each of the drain of the transistor and the capacitor 512 corresponding to one electrode 510 electrically connected in parallel and electrically connected to the lower capacitance electrode of the actuator. 电容器512的另一个电极和快门组件502中的该作动器的较高电容电极连接到一个公共电位或者地电位。 Higher capacitance electrode of the actuator of the shutter assembly 502 and the other electrode of the capacitor 512 is connected to a common potential or ground potential. 在工作中,为了形成一个图像,控制矩阵500通过依次向每个扫描线互连506施加电压Vwe顺次写赋能该阵列中的每个行。 In operation, in order to form an image, the control matrix 500 are interconnected by sequentially applying a voltage to each scanning line sequentially Vwe 506 write-enable each row in the array. 对于一个被写赋能了的行,对该行中的像素501 的晶体管510的栅极施加Vwe使电流能够经过数据互连508流过晶体管,以向快门组件502 的作动器施加一个电位。 For a write-enabled a row, the pixels in the row gate 501 is applied to the transistor 510 via the data Vwe enables current to flow through the transistor 508 are interconnected to apply a potential to the shutter assembly 502 of the actuator. 当该行被写赋能的同时,数据电压Vd被选择性地施加到数据互连508上。 When the write-enabled row, while the data voltage Vd are selectively applied to the data interconnect 508. 在提供模拟灰度的实现方式中,施加于每个数据互连508的数据电压与位于该被写赋能的扫描线互连506与该数据互连508的交叉点处的像素501的所希望的亮度相关联地进行改变。 In implementations providing analog gray scale, the applied data voltage to each data interconnect 508 is located with the write-enabled scan line interconnect 506 and data interconnect 508 at the intersection of the desired pixels 501 change the brightness of the association. 在提供数字控制方案的实现方式中,该数据电压被选择为或是相对低幅度的电压(即接近地的电压)或是达到或超过Vat (作动阈值电压)。 In implementations providing digital control schemes, the data voltage is selected to be either a relatively low magnitude voltage (i.e., a voltage near ground) or to meet or exceed Vat (the actuation threshold voltage). 响应于对一个数据互连508 施加电压Vat,对应的快门组件502中的作动器作动,打开在该快门组件502中的快门。 In response to an applied voltage Vat to a data interconnect 508, the corresponding shutter assembly 502 in the actuated actuator, opening the shutter in the shutter assembly 502. 施加于该数据互连508的电压即使在控制矩阵500停止向一个行施加电压Vwe以后也仍然被存储在该像素的电容器512中。 Voltage applied to the data interconnect 508 even after the control matrix 500 stops application of a voltage Vwe to a row is still stored in the capacitor 512 of the pixel. 因此,不需要等待和保持一个行上的电压Vire长久到快门组件502足以作动的时间;这样的作动可以在已经从该行去除该写赋能电压后开始进行。 Thus, no need to wait and hold the voltage on a row Vire long enough to time shutter assembly 502 actuated; Such actuation may be already removed after the write-enabling voltage from the start line. 一个行中的电容器510中的电压基本上一直被存储到写完整个视频帧为止,并且在一些实现中一直被存储到对该行写新的数据为止。 A line voltage of the capacitor 510 has been substantially stored until the entire video frame is written, and has been stored in some implementations, to write the new data to the line so far.

[0140] 控制矩阵500可以通过使用以下顺序的加工步骤制造: [0140] The control matrix 500 can be manufactured by using the following sequential process steps:

[0141] 首先,在一个基片504上形成一个孔径层550。 [0141] First, an aperture layer 550 is formed on a substrate 504. 如果基片504是不透明的,譬如是硅,则基片504充当孔径层550,并且通过蚀刻一个穿过基片504的孔的阵列在基片504中形成孔径孔554。 If the substrate 504 is opaque, such as silicon, the substrate 504 serving as the aperture layer 550, and etching a via hole 554 passing through the aperture of the aperture array substrate 504 is formed in the substrate 504. 如果基片504是透明的,譬如是玻璃,则通过在基片504上沉积一个光遮断层并且把该光遮断层蚀刻成一个孔阵列来形成孔径层550。 If the substrate 504 is transparent, such as glass, depositing a light shielding through the fault and the fault light shutter array of holes etched into an aperture layer 550 is formed on the substrate 504. 孔径孔5M在形状上可以是大体圆形的、椭圆形的、多边形的、螺旋形的(serpentine)或者不规则的。 5M pore diameter may be in the shape of a generally circular, elliptical, polygonal, spiral (Serpentine) or irregular. 如果该光遮断层还用一种反射材料制造,譬如用一种金属制造,则孔径层550可以用作一个镜表面,该镜表面把非透射的光回收到一个附设的背光中,用于提高光学效率。 If the light-shielding fault in a manufacturing further reflective material, such as in a metal, then the aperture layer 550 may serve as a mirror surface, the mirror surface of the light non-transmissive to recover an attached backlight for enhancing optical efficiency. 适用于提供光回收的反射金属膜可以通过多个汽相沉积方法——包括溅射、蒸发、离子镀、激光烧蚀或者化学汽相沉积——形成。 Adapted to provide a light reflective metal film may be recovered through a plurality of vapor deposition process - forming - including sputtering, evaporation, ion plating, laser ablation, or chemical vapor deposition. 可以用于这种反射应用的金属包括,但不限于,Al、Cr、Au、Ag、Cu、Ni、Ta、Ti、 Nd、Nb、Si、Mo和/或其合金。 Metal may be used for such a reflective applications include, but are not limited to, Al, Cr, Au, Ag, Cu, Ni, Ta, Ti, Nd, Nb, Si, Mo and / or alloys thereof. 在30nm至IOOOnm范围内的厚度是足够的。 A thickness in the range 30nm to IOOOnm is sufficient.

[0142] 其次,以覆层的方式在孔径层金属550的顶部上沉积一个金属间(intermetal)介电层。 [0142] Secondly, as to the coating is deposited between a metal (an intermetal) dielectric layer on top of the metal layer 550 of the aperture.

[0143] 第三,在该基片上沉积和构图一个第一导电层。 [0143] Third, depositing and patterning a first conductive layer on the substrate. 该导电层可以被构图成扫描线互连506的导电迹线(trace)。 The conductive layer may be patterned into a scan-line interconnect 506 of the conductive trace (trace). 以上列举的任何金属,或者诸如氧化铟锡之类的导电氧化物对该应用可以具有足够低的电阻率。 Any metal, or a conductive oxide of the applications listed above such as indium tin oxide or the like may have a sufficiently low resistivity. 把每个像素中的扫描线互连506的一部分布置为形成一个晶体管510的栅极。 Each pixel of the scanning line interconnect portion 506 is arranged to form the gate of a transistor 510.

[0144] 第四,以覆层的方式在包括形成晶体管510的栅极的那个部分的第一层导电互连的顶部上沉积另一个金属间介电层。 Another inter-metal dielectric layer is deposited on top of the [0144] Fourth, the coating is formed in a manner that portions of the gate of the transistor 510 includes a first layer of conductive interconnects. 足以用于此目的的金属间介电体包括厚度在30nm至IOOOnm 范围内的Si02、Si3N4 和A1203。 Intermetallic sufficient for this purpose comprises a dielectric thickness in the range 30nm to the IOOOnm Si02, Si3N4, and A1203.

[0145] 第五,一个非晶硅层被沉积在该金属间介电体的顶部上,然后被构图以形成一个薄膜晶体管有源层的源极、漏极和沟道区域。 [0145] Fifth, a layer of amorphous silicon is deposited on top of the intermetal dielectric and then patterned to form a source of a thin film transistor active layer, the source, drain and channel regions. 替代地,该半导体材料可以是多晶硅。 Alternatively, the semiconductor material may be polysilicon.

[0146] 第六,在该非晶硅的顶部上沉积和构图一个第二导电层。 [0146] Sixth, depositing and patterning a second conductive layer on top of the amorphous silicon. 该导电层可以被构图成数据互连508的导电迹线。 The conductive layer may be patterned into the conductive traces of the data interconnect 508. 可以使用以上列举的同样的金属和/或导电氧化物。 You can use the same metal and / or conductive oxides listed above. 该第二导电层的不同部分还可以用于形成连接到晶体管510的源极和漏极区域的接触件。 Different portions of the second conductive layer may also be used to form the contact member 510 is connected to the transistor source and drain regions.

[0147] 电容器结构譬如电容器512可以被构建成在带有居间的介电材料的该第一和第二导电层中形成的极板。 [0147] Capacitor structures such as capacitor 512 may be constructed as plates formed in the first and second conductive layers with intervening dielectric material of.

[0148] 第七,在该第二导电层的顶部上沉积一个钝化介电体。 [0148] Seventh, a passivating dielectric is deposited on top of the second conductive layer.

[0149] 第八,在该钝化层的顶部上沉积一个牺牲机械层。 [0149] Eighth, deposited on top of the passivation layer, a sacrificial mechanical layer. 开设通孔使其进入到该牺牲层和该钝化层中,使得后续的MEMS快门层可以与下面的导电层进行电接触和机械连接。 It defines the through-hole into the sacrificial layer and the passivation layer such that subsequent MEMS shutter layers can make electrical contact and mechanical connection with the underlying conductive layer.

[0150] 第九,在该牺牲层的顶部上沉积和构图一个MEMS快门层。 [0150] Ninth, a shutter layer is deposited and patterned on top of the MEMS sacrificial layer. 该MEMS快门层被构图为具有快门502以及作动器503,并且通过被构图进该牺牲层中的通孔锚固到基片504上。 The MEMS shutter layer is patterned with a shutter actuator 502 and 503, and through the through hole in the sacrificial layer is patterned into anchored to the substrate 504. 快门502的图案对齐形成在第一孔径层550中的孔径孔554的图案。 The shutter 502 is formed a pattern aligned with the first aperture pattern of the aperture holes 554 in layer 550. 该MEMS快门层可以由一种沉积的金属——譬如Au、Cr或者Ni——组成,或由一种沉积的半导体——譬如多晶硅或者非晶硅——构成,厚度在300纳米至10微米的范围内。 The MEMS shutter layer may be deposited from a metal - such as Au, Cr or Ni-- composition, or from a deposited semiconductor - such as polycrystalline silicon or amorphous - and has a thickness of 300 nm to 10 microns range.

[0151] 第十,去除该牺牲层使得该MEMS快门层的部件能够响应施加在作动器503上的电 [0151] Tenth, the sacrificial layer is removed such that components of the MEMS shutter layer can be applied to the electrically responsive actuator 503

压自由运动。 Press freedom movement.

[0152] 第十一,用一种介电材料涂覆作动器503电极的侧壁以防止带有相反的电压的电极之间短路。 [0152] Eleventh, the coating material in a dielectric actuator sidewall electrode 503 to prevent shorts between the electrodes with opposing voltages.

[0153] 对以上的方法可以有许多变体。 [0153] There may be many variations of the above method. 例如步骤1的反射孔径层550可以结合进该第一导电层中。 Step 1 such as reflective aperture layer 550 can be incorporated into the first conductive layer. 间隙被构图进该导电层中以规定该层内的导电迹线,而大部分像素区域仍然被覆盖以一种反射金属。 Gap is patterned into the conductive layer to a predetermined conductive traces within the layer, while most of the pixel area is still covered in a reflective metal. 在另一个实施方案中,晶体管510的源极和漏极端子可以被置于该第一导电层上而栅极端子被形成在该第二导电层中。 In another embodiment, the source and the drain terminal of the transistor 510 may be disposed on the first conductive layer is formed on the gate terminal of the second conductive layer. 在另一个实施方案中,该半导体非晶硅或者多晶硅被直接置于该第一和第二导电层中的每一个下面。 In another embodiment, the amorphous silicon semiconductor or polycrystalline silicon is placed directly below each of the first and second conductive layers. 在该实施方案中,可以把通孔构图进该金属间介电体中,使得可以形成连接到下面的半导体层的金属接触件。 In this embodiment, the through hole can be patterned into the intermetal dielectric so that metal contacts can be formed connected to the underlying semiconductor layer.

[0154] 图6是适于包括在显示装置100中用于寻址像素602的一个阵列的一个第二控制矩阵600的图解。 [0154] FIG. 6 is adapted to include a diagram 600 for addressing an array of pixels in the control matrix 602 of the second display device 100. 控制矩阵600中的像素602放弃使用如包括进控制矩阵500中的那样的晶体管和电容器,转而采用一种金属-绝缘体金属(“MIM”)二极管604。 Pixels 602, such as control matrix 600 includes an intake abandon the use of a control such as transistors and capacitors in the array 500 in favor of a metal - insulator-metal ( "MIM") diode 604. 对于控制矩阵600中的每行像素602,像素矩阵600包括一个扫描线互连606,并且对于控制矩阵600中的每列像素,像素矩阵600包括一个数据互连607。 For each row of pixels in the control matrix 600 of 602, the pixel matrix 600 includes a scan-line interconnect 606 and the control matrix for each column of pixels 600, pixel matrix 600 comprises a data interconnect 607. 每个扫描线互连606电连接到其对应行的像素602中的每个像素602的MIM 二极管604的一个端子。 Each scan-line interconnect 606 for each pixel is electrically connected to its corresponding row of pixels 602 in a terminal 604 of the MIM diode 602. 一个像素602中的MIM 二极管604的另一个端子电连接到该像素602中的一个快门组件608——譬如快门组件200——的两个电极之一。 The other terminal of a pixel 602 in the MIM diode 604 is connected to a pixel of the shutter assembly 602 608-- such as one of the two electrodes of the shutter assembly 200--.

[0155] 在工作中,MIM 二极管604起一个非线性开关元件的作用,防止电流流到快门组件609,除非扫描线互连606与数据线互连607之间存在的电压超过一个阈值电压Vdi。 [0155] In operation, the MIM diode 604 acts as a non-linear switching element, preventing current flow to the shutter assembly 609, unless the scan-line interconnect 606 and the data line interconnect 607 is present between the voltage exceeds a threshold voltage Vdi. de。 de. 因此,如果由数据线互连607提供的电压脉冲没有超过Vdi。 Thus, if interconnected by the data line 607 does not exceed the voltage pulses supplied Vdi. de,这样的数据脉冲将不会引起沿该数据线连接的快门组件608作动。 de, so that data pulses will not cause the shutter assembly along the data line 608 connected to the actuator. 然而,如果对一个扫描线互连606施加一个写赋能电压Vwe使得在该扫描线互连606和与该扫描线互连606相交的若干个数据线互连607中的任一之间出现一个超过Vdi。 Any However, if applied to a scan-line interconnect 606 for a write-enabling voltage Vwe such that the scan-line interconnect 606 and interconnect lines 606 intersect the scanning of a plurality of data lines 607 interconnected between an occurrence of a more than Vdi. de的电压差,则在该扫描线互连606与这些数据线互连607的交叉点处的快门将接收它们的电荷并且可以被作动。 de voltage difference at the scan-line interconnect 606 and the data line interconnect 607 at the intersection of the shutter will receive their charge and may be actuated. 在提供模拟灰度实现方式中,对每个数据互连607施加的数据电压与位于该被写赋能了的扫描线互连606和该数据互连607的交叉点处的像素602的所希望的亮度相关联地进行改变。 Providing analog gray scale implementations, the data voltage is applied to each data interconnect 607 is located on the write-enabled scan-line interconnect 606 and the data interconnect 607 at the intersection of the desired pixels 602 change the brightness of the association. 在提供数字控制方案的实现中,该数据电压被选择得要么接近于\e (即,使得有少量电流或者没有电流流过二极管604)要么高到足以使得I-Vdimte达到或者超过Vat (作动阈值电压)。 In achieving providing digital control schemes, the data voltage is selected to be either close to \ E (i.e., such a small amount or no current flows through the diode 604) or high enough so that the I-Vdimte meet or exceed Vat (the actuation the threshold voltage).

[0156] 在其他实现方式中MIM 二极管604可以置于快门组件608与数据线互连607之间。 [0156] In other implementations, the MIM diode 604 may be placed in the shutter assembly 608 and the data line interconnect 607 between. 其工作方法与上文说明的相同。 It works in the same manner as explained above. 在其他实现中,采用两个MIM 二极管,每个都连接到一个单独且相邻的扫描线。 In other implementations, the use of two MIM diodes, each connected to a separate and adjacent scan lines. 该快门组件的一个电极在这些MIM 二极管的与它们各自的扫描线相对的一侧连接到这些MIM 二极管中的每一个,使得出现在该快门电极上的电压几乎是这两个扫描线之间的电压差的1/2。 A voltage electrode of the shutter assembly in their respective scan lines of these MIM diodes connected on one side opposite to each of these MIM diodes, so that the shutter electrode appears almost between the two scanning lines 1/2 of the voltage difference. 以此方式,把该作动器的电极中的一个的电位固定在一个已知的零电位或者公共电位更容易。 In this manner, the potential of one electrode of the actuator is fixed at a known zero potential or a common potential easier.

[0157] 像素602中的快门组件608的两个电极相对于地电位或者壳体电位具有显著不同的电容。 [0157] The shutter assembly 602 the pixel electrode 608 with respect to the two ground or case potential have significantly different capacitances. 这两个电极中的较高电容电极优选地连接到扫描线互连606(可选地,如图所示, 用一个连接在快门608与扫描线互连606之间的二极管),因为与一般对数据线互连607要求的相比,该扫描线一般需要较小的电压改变(对地)。 The two electrodes are preferably higher capacitance electrodes connected to the scan line interconnect 606 (optionally, as shown, by a diode connected between the shutter 608 and the scan-line interconnect 606), because the general compared to the data line interconnect 607 requirements, the scanning line generally requires a small voltage change (ground). 数据互连607电连接到快门组件608的较低电容电极。 Data interconnect 607 electrically connected to the shutter assembly 608 the lower capacitor electrode.

[0158] 图7是用于控制包括既具有打开作动器又具有关闭作动器的快门组件703——譬如快门组件300和402——的像素702的一个第三控制矩阵700的图解。 [0158] FIG. 7 is a diagram for controlling an actuator having both open and closed with a shutter actuator assembly 703-- such as a shutter assembly 300 and 402-- pixel 702 of a third control matrix 700. 控制矩阵700包括对控制矩阵700中的每行像素702的扫描线互连704和寻址控制矩阵700中的每列像素702的两个数据互连706a和706b。 The control matrix 700 includes a matrix 700 for controlling each of the pixel scanning line 702 and address control 704 interconnect each column of pixels 700 in the matrix 702 interconnect two data 706a and 706b. 这些数据互连中的一个是快门打开互连706a,另一数据互连是快门关闭互连70乩。 These data interconnects a shutter-open interconnect 706a, a shutter-close interconnect other data interconnect 70 mediums.

[0159] 对于控制矩阵700中的一个给定的像素702,像素702包括两个晶体管-电容器对,一个对用于寻址该像素的每个数据互连706a和706b。 [0159] For the control matrix 700 of a given pixel 702, the pixel 702 includes two transistors - of capacitors, interconnect 706a and 706b each data for addressing the pixels. 在像素702中的两个晶体管的栅极都电连接到对应于控制矩阵700的像素702所在的行的扫描线互连704。 Gates of the two transistors in the pixel 702 are electrically connected to the control matrix corresponding to the scanning lines 700 interconnect the pixels 702 704 are located. 该晶体管之一——即快门打开晶体管708a——的源极电连接到像素702所在的列的快门打开数据互连706a。 The one of the transistors - that the shutter is opened the source of the transistor is electrically connected to the shutter 708a-- pixel column data interconnect 702 where the opening 706a. 快门打开晶体管708a的漏极并联地电连接到该电容器之一——即快门打开电容器710a——的一个电极,并且电连接到该像素的快门组件703的该快门打开作动器的一个电极。 The drain of the shutter-open transistor 708a is electrically parallel connected to one of the capacitor - i.e., a shutter-open electrode of the capacitor 710a-- and electrically connected to the pixel of the shutter assembly 703 to open a shutter actuator electrode. 快门打开电容器710a的另一个电极电连接到地,或者电连接到被设为这些像素702 之间的一个公共电压的一个偏置互连。 Another shutter open electrode of the capacitor 710a is connected to ground, or is set electrically connected to a common interconnection which a bias voltage between the pixels 702.

[0160] 类似地,像素702中的另一个晶体管——即快门关闭晶体管70¾——的源极电连接到像素702所在的该列的快门关闭数据互连706b。 [0160] Similarly, another transistor in the pixel 702 - i.e., the shutter is closed the source of the transistor is electrically connected to the shutter 70¾-- the column of pixels 702 located close data interconnect 706b. 快门关闭晶体管708b的漏极并联地电连接到该像素中的这两个电容器中的另一个,即快门关闭电容器710b,并且电连接到快门组件703的该快门关闭作动器的电极之一。 The drain of the shutter-close transistor 708b is electrically parallel connected to the other of the two capacitors in the pixel, i.e. the shutter is closed the capacitor 710b, and is electrically connected to the shutter assembly 703 of the shutter is closed one of the electrodes of the actuator.

[0161] 快门组件703的快门打开作动器和快门关闭作动器两者都包括两个电极。 [0161] The shutter assembly 703 to open the shutter actuator and the shutter-close actuator comprises both the two electrodes. 每个作动器中的一个电极比另一个电极具有显著地高的电容。 One electrode of each actuator has a significantly higher capacitance than the other electrode. 该快门打开和快门关闭晶体管的漏极电连接到其对应的作动器的较低电容电极。 The lower capacitor electrode of the drain of the shutter-open and shutter-close transistor is electrically connected to its corresponding actuator. 地电连接到较高电容电极,或者偏置互连,如果有的话,电连接到较高电容电极。 Higher capacitance is electrically connected to the ground electrode or interconnect bias, if any, the higher capacitance electrode electrically connected to the.

[0162] 图7中的控制矩阵采用η沟道晶体管。 In [0162] FIG. 7 controls the matrix using η-channel transistor. 可以有采用P沟道MOS晶体管的其他实施方案。 Other embodiments can employ P-channel MOS transistor. 在其他的实现方式中,晶体管708a和708b可以由MIM 二极管或者其他的非线性电路元件或者开关替代。 In other implementations, the transistors 708a and 708b may be replaced by a MIM diode or other nonlinear circuit elements or switching. 在其他的实现方式中,可以完全地取消电容器710a和710b,其功能由该快门打开和快门关闭作动器的有效电容代替。 In other implementations, the capacitor can be completely canceled 710a and 710b, which is opened by the shutter function and the effective capacitance of the shutter close actuator in place.

[0163] 在每个像素内都要作动多个快门的情况下,可以为该像素内的每个快门设置一个单独的快门打开数据互连和快门关闭数据互连对以及相关联的晶体管和电容器。 In the case [0163] a plurality of shutters to be actuated in each pixel, and the shutter can be opened for each of the data interconnects shutter pixels arranged in a single shutter-close transistors and associated data interconnections and capacitor.

[0164] 图8是寻址受图7的控制矩阵700控制的像素702以形成一个图像帧的一个方法800的流程图。 [0164] FIG. 8 is a addressable by pixel 700 of FIG. 7 controls the control matrix 702 to form a flow chart of a method 800 of one image frame. 为寻址一个单个图像帧进行的步骤总体地称为一个“帧寻址周期”。 A step of addressing of a single image frame is generally referred to as a "frame address period." 该方法开始于写赋能该显示器中的第一扫描线(步骤802)。 The method begins with the first write-enabled scan line (step 802) the display. 为了进行该写赋能,控制矩阵700 向控制矩阵700中的对应于该控制矩阵中的第一行的扫描线互连704施加Vwe(例如,对于nMOS晶体管,是+45V,或者对于pMOS晶体管,是-45V),并且把其他扫描线互连704接地。 To carry out the write-enabled, the control matrix 700 interconnect 704 is applied to the control matrix 700 Vwe corresponding to the scan lines in the first row of the control matrix (e.g., for the nMOS transistor is + 45V, or for a pMOS transistor, It is -45V), and the other scan-line interconnect 704 is grounded.

22[0165] 然后,控制矩阵700对被写赋能了的扫描线中的每个像素702写数据(决定方框804到步骤81¾。该数据对应于这些像素702中的快门组件703的所希望的状态。为了便于理解,下面关于该被写赋能了的扫描线中的一个选取的列中的单个像素702说明该数据写处理(决定方框804到步骤812)。在对该单个像素702写数据的同时,控制矩阵700也以同样的方式对该被写赋能了的扫描线中的其余像素702写数据。 22 [0165] Then, the control matrix 700 702 write data to be write-enabled scan line for each pixel (decision block 804 to step 81¾. This data corresponds to the pixels 702 of the shutter assembly 703 the desired state. for ease of understanding, a single pixel on a selected row below is the write-enabled scan line of 702 indicates that the data write processing (decision block 804 to step 812). in this single pixel 702 while the write data, the control matrix 700 also in the same manner as the write data 702 is the write-enabled scan line of the remaining pixels.

[0166] 为了对控制矩阵700的一个选取的列与该被写赋能了的扫描线的交叉点处的一个像素702写数据,首先,在决定方框804,判断所讨论的快门组件703在下一个图像帧中是要打开还是要关闭。 [0166] In order to control matrix 700 of a selected row is written to the pixel at a crossing point forming the scanning line 702 of the write data, first, in decision block 804, determines whether the shutter assembly 703 discussed next a picture frame to open or to close. 如果要打开快门组件703,控制矩阵700对所选取的列的快门打开互连706a施加一个数据电压Vd(步骤806)。 To open the shutter assembly 703, shutter control matrix 700 pairs of the selected column data-open interconnect 706a is applied a voltage Vd (step 806). 选择电压Vd以使跨在快门组件703中的该快门打开作动器的电极之间的电压提高至等于或者超过作动所需的电压,即电压Vat。 Selection voltage Vd so that the shutter across the opening of the shutter assembly 703 in the voltage between the electrodes of the actuator is increased to be equal to or more than the required dynamic voltage, i.e. the voltage Vat. 大致在控制矩阵700对所选择的列的快门打开互连706a施加电压Vd(步骤806)的同时,控制矩阵700 把该列的快门关闭互连706b接地(步骤808)。 Substantially column selected control matrix 700 pairs shutter-open interconnect 706a while applying voltage Vd (step 806), the control matrix 700 of the shutter-close interconnect 706b of the column to ground (step 808).

[0167] 如果在决定方框804,决定要关闭快门组件703,控制矩阵700对快门关闭互连706b施加该数据电压Vd(步骤810)并且把该列的快门打开互连706a接地(步骤812)。 [0167] If at decision block 804, the decision to close the shutter assembly 703, the control matrix 700 pairs of shutter-close interconnect 706b applies the data voltage Vd (step 810) and to the shutter-open interconnect 706a of the column to ground (step 812) . 一旦跨在所希望的作动器的电极之间的电压提高到Vat,如果此前该作动器不在所希望的位置,该作动器就作动(步骤814),把快门组件703中的快门运动到所希望的位置。 Voltage between the electrodes once across the actuator at a desired increased to Vat, if after the actuator is not in the desired position, the actuator on the actuator (step 814), the shutter assembly shutter 703 movement to the desired position.

[0168] 在步骤806-812中对该扫描线中的像素702写了该数据之后,控制矩阵700把扫描线互连704接地(步骤814)并且写赋能下一个扫描线(步骤816)。 [0168] After step 806-812 in the scan line 702 to write the pixel data, the control matrix 700 is grounded scan-line interconnect 704 (step 814) and a write-enabling the next scan line (step 816). 重复该过程直到控制矩阵700中的所有像素702都被寻址。 This process is repeated until all pixels in the control matrix 700 are addressed 702. 在一种实现方式中,在寻址控制矩阵700中的第一扫描线之前,关断该控制矩阵被固定于其上的一个背光。 In one implementation, prior to the first scan line in the address 700 in the control matrix, turning off the control matrix is ​​fixed thereon on a backlight. 然后,在寻址了控制矩阵700中的所有扫描线以后,重新接通该背光。 Then, in the address of all the scanning lines after the control matrix 700, the backlight is turned on again. 将在其间寻址一个帧的一个时间段的开始和结束与该背光的关断和打开同步会提高作为结果的图像的色纯度,因为那时只有在所有的像素都已经被设置为其正确的成像状态时才接通该背光。 The start of a period during which a frame is addressed and ending with the backlight off and synchronization will open as a result of improvement in color purity of the image, because then only after all pixels have been set to their correct imaging state when the backlight is turned on.

[0169] 通过注意在该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器上出现的电压差决定一个作动事件。 [0169] Note that by opening actuator and the shutter-close difference voltage appearing on the actuator action event a decision made in the shutter. 为进行一致的作动,通常将把这些电压差之一保持到接近零,或者至少低于某一保持电压Vm,而另一个电压差的绝对值将超过该作动电压。 For the same actuation, usually one of these will be kept to the voltage difference close to zero, or at least below a certain voltage Vm of the holder, and the other absolute value of the voltage difference exceeds the actuation voltage. 与参照图2、3和4说明的作动条件一致,所施加的电压譬如Vd的极性既可以是负的也可以是正的,并且施加于该公共电位(在图7中或者在步骤812表示为“地”)的电压可以是或正或负的任何电压。 Consistent with 2, 3 and 4 illustrate the operation conditions, such as applied voltage Vd of negative polarity may be either positive, and applied to the common potential (in FIG. 7 or step 812 indicates as "ground") or the voltage may be any positive or negative voltage.

[0170] 在一些实现方式中,有利的是周期性地或者不时地反转在快门组件703的这些作动器上出现的电压的正负号,而不在其它方面改变寻址这些像素的方法800。 [0170] In some implementations, it is advantageous to periodically or occasionally reverse the sign of the voltage appearing on the actuator shutter assembly 703, without changing the addressing of these pixels in other aspects of the methods 800 . 在一种情况下,可以通过将所有快门703的公共电极保持在接近于零的电位,同时反转数据电压Vd的极性,完成极性反转。 In one case, all of the shutter by the common electrode 703 is held at a potential close to zero, while the polarity of the data voltage Vd is inverted, the polarity inversion is completed. 在另一种情况下,可以通过把该公共电压设置为V。 In another case, by setting the common voltage V. . _n~其中V。 _n ~ which V. . _n 等于或者大于Vat,然后提供一个电压源使得该数据电压要么在V。 _n equal to or greater than Vat, and a voltage source such that either the data voltage V. . _n与2*Vat之间交替,要么在零与V。 And alternating between _n 2 * Vat, either zero and V. . _n之间交替,完成极性反转。 Alternating between _n, complete polarity inversion.

[0171] 可以对控制矩阵600和500应用类似的极性反转的有利使用和非零公共电压的使用。 [0171] Similar applications can be used advantageously to use the polarity inversion and non-zero voltage to the common control matrices 600 and 500.

[0172] 方法800的流程图是针对只在一个图像帧中写入数字信息的情况——即,旨在使该快门要么打开要么关闭的情况——绘制的。 Flowchart [0172] Method 800 is only for the case of writing the digital information in one image frame - i.e., designed to make the shutter either opened or closed in the case of - drawing. 可以使用一个类似的图像帧寻址的方法,依靠经过数据互连706a和706b加载模拟数据来提供灰度图像。 You can use a similar image frame addressing method, relying on data interconnects 706a and 706b through the loading data to provide an analog grayscale image. 在此情况下,居间的电压只用于产生快门703的部分打开。 In this case, only the voltage for generating the intermediate part of the shutter 703 is opened. 施加在快门打开作动器上的电压将趋向于使该快门沿由与快门关闭作动器上的电压导致的运动相反的方向运动。 Voltage is applied to open the shutter actuator such that the shutter will tend to move in opposite directions of motion by the voltage on the actuator and the shutter closed caused. 然而,会存在有互补的电压对,当该互补的电压对被同时施加在这些两个作动器上时,将得到受控制的和预定的部分快门打开的状态。 However, there will be a complementary voltage, when the voltage of the complementary pair is simultaneously applied to the two actuators, the resulting controlled and predetermined part of the shutter open state.

[0173] 如果该电压源电子电路还被设计为具有电荷回收能力,可以利用提供给快门打开互连706a或者快门关闭互连706b的电压的该互补特性得益。 [0173] If the source voltage electronic circuit is further designed to have a charge recovery capacity, can be utilized to the shutter-open interconnect 706a or the shutter-close interconnect 706b of the voltage characteristics of a complementary benefit. 以被设计用于向该图像帧加载数字信息的方法800为例:于步骤806或者810加载到该互连中的电压是互补的。 In this method an image frame is designed for loading the digital information 800 as an example: at step 806 or 810 is loaded into the voltage interconnects are complementary. 就是说,如果在该互连之一中加载Vd,则另一个互连通常是接地的。 That is, if one of the interconnect Vd is loaded, then the other interconnections are typically grounded. 于是改变快门组件703的状态(例如从关闭到打开)在概念上是把在一个作动器上储存的电荷转移到其反作用作动器上的问题。 Thus changing the state of the shutter assembly 703 (e.g., from closed to open) is conceptually a charge on the actuator is transferred to storage problems in which the reaction actuator. 如果在这些晶体管中的每个上的能量损耗都是Q*Vd,其中Q是储存在一个作动器上的电荷,那么,如果每次转移时该储存的电荷不是简单地被作为废能耗散在该电压源电子电路中而是被回收供用在另一个作动器上,则可以得到相当多的电力节省。 If the energy loss is Q * Vd in each of these transistors, where Q is a charge stored in the actuator, then, if the stored charge of each transition is not simply as waste energy the scattered source voltage electronic circuit but is recovered for use in the other actuators, can be obtained considerable power saving. 尽管完全的电荷回收是困难的,但是可以得到部分回收的方法。 Although it is difficult to fully charge recovery, the methods can be partially recovered. 例如,帧寻址方法800可以提供一个于步骤802和804之间的一个短时间段内在该电压源电子电路中把数据线互连706a和706b 短路在一起的步骤。 For example, frame 800 may provide a method of addressing in a short period of time between steps 802 and 804 in the source voltage electronic circuit to step 706a and 706b of the data line interconnect shorted together. 在使这些互连短路的该短时间段内,这些互连将共享该储存的电荷,从而至少部分以前的电荷将可以用在将被恢复到其完全充电状态的无论哪个数据线互连上。 In these interconnects shorting of the short period of time, these interconnections will share the stored charge, thereby at least partially charged prior to be used on the data line interconnect matter which is to be restored to its fully charged state.

[0174] 图9是适用于寻址显示装置100中的一个像素阵列的另一个示例性控制矩阵900。 [0174] FIG. 9 is another exemplary control matrix 900 in a pixel array 100 is applied to addressable display apparatus. 该控制矩阵900类似于控制矩阵700。 The control matrix 900 is similar to the control matrix 700. 就是说,控制矩阵900包括对控制矩阵900中的每行像素的一个扫描线互连904和对该控制矩阵中的每列像素902的两个数据互连,即一个快门打开互连906a和一个快门关闭互连906b。 That is, the control matrix 900 includes a control for each row of pixels 900 in a matrix of scan-line interconnect 904 and data interconnect the two control each column in the pixel matrix 902, i.e., a shutter-open interconnect 906a and a shutter-close interconnect 906b. 另外,控制矩阵900中的每个像素都包括一个快门打开晶体管(或者可选择地,一个二极管或者变阻器)908a、一个快门关闭晶体管(或者可选择地,一个二极管或者变阻器)908b、一个快门打开电容器910a、一个快门关闭电容器910b和一个快门组件912。 Further, the control matrix 900 of each pixel includes a shutter-open transistor (or alternatively, a diode or varistor) 908a, a shutter-close transistor (or alternatively, a diode or varistor) 908b, a shutter-open capacitor 910a, a capacitor 910b and a shutter-close shutter assembly 912. 该快门组件可以是机械双稳态的和/或电双稳态的。 The shutter assemblies may be and / or electromechanical bistable bistable. 然而控制矩阵900包括一个附加的可控制的互连,即一个全局作动互连914。 However, the control matrix 900 includes a controllable additional interconnection, i.e. a global actuation interconnect 914. 全局作动互连914 基本上同时向控制矩阵900的至少两个行和两个列中的像素902提供大致相同的电压(一个“公共电压”)。 Global actuation interconnect 914 substantially simultaneously providing substantially the same voltage (a "common voltage") to at least two rows and two columns of 902 pixels in the control matrix 900. 在一个实现中,全局作动互连914向控制矩阵900中的所有像素902提供一个公共电压。 In one implementation, the global actuation interconnect 914 providing a common voltage to all pixels 902 in the control matrix 900. 控制矩阵900中的每个像素902中的快门组件912的作动器的较高电容电极电连接到全局作动互连914,而不是接地。 Higher capacitance electrode of each of the pixels 902 in the control matrix 900 of the shutter actuator assembly 912 is connected to the global actuation interconnect 914, rather than the ground.

[0175] 包括全局作动互连914使得能够几乎同时地作动控制矩阵900的多个行中的像素902。 [0175] comprising a global actuation interconnect 914 enables almost simultaneously actuating a plurality of control lines 900 of the matrix 902 of pixels. 结果,可以同时地激励所有作动以建立一个给定图像帧的作动器(例如所有运动的快门),与在方法800中说明的逐行作动的方法相反。 As a result, contrary to all simultaneously excited actuated actuator to establish a given image frame (e.g., all moving the shutter), the row 800 in the method described in Method actuated. 使用一个全局作动处理把向一个像素902写数据与作动该像素902中的快门组件912在时间上脱离开。 Using a global actuation process 902 to write pixel data to a pixel 902 in the actuator shutter assembly 912 disengaged in time.

[0176] 包括进控制矩阵900中的全局作动特征利用了控制矩阵900中的快门组件912的双稳态性。 [0176] include an intake control matrix 900 the global actuation in control matrix 900 using the features of the shutter assemblies 912 bistability. 作动一个电双稳态快门组件要求同时满足两个条件,即跨在一个电极上的电压的绝对值超过Vat,而跨在另一个电极上的电压的绝对值低于一个保持电压vm。 Electrically actuating a bistable shutter assembly requirements meet two conditions, i.e., the absolute value of the voltage across the electrodes at a Vat exceeds, in absolute value of the voltage across the other electrode is lower than a holding voltage vm. 从而对于控制矩阵900,当超过Vm的一个电压被施加到一个快门组件912的一个作动器上时,对反作用的快门组件施加Vat不足以引起该作动器作动。 Whereby the control matrix 900, when a voltage of more than Vm is applied to a component on a shutter actuator 912, a reaction is applied to the shutter assembly Vat insufficient to cause actuation of the actuator.

[0177] 例如,假定一个电双稳态的快门组件的该快门打开作动器具有一个40V的Vat。 [0177] For example, assume a bi-stable shutter assembly electrically the shutter-open actuator having a Vat 40V. 在此同时,即使当在该快门打开作动器的电极之间施加60V电压时,在该快门关闭作动器的电极之间施加IOV的保持电压也可以把该快门组件的快门保持在一个关闭的位置。 At the same time, even when a voltage 60V is applied between the electrodes of the actuator to open the shutter, the voltage applied to the IOV held between the shutter-close actuator of the shutter electrode may be put in a shutter assembly is held closed s position. 如果通过该全局公共互连在所有快门组件的较高电容电极与地之间施加一个-IOV的偏置电位, 同时对该作动电极之一施加该地电位,则可以对该快门组件中的所选取的作动器的较低电容电极施加一个+40V的数据电压,从而得到跨在这些作动器上的一个+50V的电位差,而不引起这些作动器进行作动。 If the bias potential is applied between all of -IOV a higher capacitance electrode of the shutter assembly through the global common interconnect, while one of the actuators applied to the ground electrode, the shutter assembly may be in actuator lower capacitor electrode applied to the selected data a + 40V voltage, resulting in cross these actuators a + 50V potential difference without causing these actuators for actuation. 然后,通过把该全局公共互连接地,跨在所选取的作动器的电极上的电压降低到+40V,同时去掉跨在反作用的作动器上的电压。 Then, the global common interconnect the ground, the voltage across the electrodes of the selected actuator is reduced to + 40V, while in the reaction is removed across the actuator voltage. 因为+40V仍然等于该作动器的作动电压并且没有保持电压把该反作用的作动器保持在适当的位置,所以该选取的作动器全部一致地运动。 Because the + 40V voltage is still equal to the actuation of the actuator voltage is not maintained and the reaction of the actuator remains in place, so that all of the selected actuators move in unison. 另一个例子将在下面参照图10进一步详细地说明。 Another example will be described in further detail below with reference to FIG 10.

[0178] 图10是使用图9的控制矩阵900对一个图像帧寻址的方法1000的流程图。 [0178] FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a method 1000 of addressing the image frame using a control matrix 900 of FIG. 该方法始于把全局公共互连914设置在一个保持电压Vm,例如对地为l/2Vat (步骤1001)。 The method starts with the global common interconnect 914 disposed at a holding voltage Vm, for example l / 2Vat (step 1001). 然后控制矩阵900写赋能该显示器中的第一扫描线(步骤1002)。 Then the control matrix 900 write a first scan line (step 1002) the display energized. 为了进行该写赋能,控制矩阵900向控制矩阵900中的一个第一扫描线互连904施加Vwe,例如+45V,并将其它扫描线互连904接地。 To carry out the write-enabled, the control matrix 900 Vwe is applied to a first scan line interconnect 904 in the control matrix 900, e.g. + 45V, and the other scan line interconnect 904 is grounded.

[0179] 然后控制矩阵900向该被写赋能了的扫描线中的每个像素902写对应于下一个图像帧中这些像素的所希望的状态的数据(决定方框1004到步骤101¾。该数据写处理在下文中关于该被写赋能了的扫描线中的一个选取的列中的一个单个像素902进行说明。在对该单个像素902写数据的同时,控制矩阵900还以同样的方式向该被写赋能了的扫描线中的其余像素902写数据。 Data [0179] The control matrix 900 then this is the write-enabled scan line written in each of the pixels 902 corresponding to the next image frame, the pixels of the desired state (decision block 1004 to step 101¾. The data write processing a single pixel 902 below a selected on this is the write-enabled scan line column will be described at the same time 902 the write data for the single pixel, the control matrix 900 also in a similar manner to this is the write-enabled scan line 902 of the write data remaining pixels.

[0180] 在决定方框1004处,为了对一个像素902写数据,判断像素902中的快门组件912 的快门在下一图像帧中是要在该打开的位置还是要在该关闭的位置。 [0180] In decision block 1004, to write data to a pixel 902, the pixel is determined shutter shutter assembly 902 or 912 to the closed position to the open position in a next image frame. 如果该快门要在该打开的位置,控制矩阵900对所选取的列的快门打开互连施加一个数据电压Vd(步骤1006)。 If the shutter to the open position, the control matrix 900 pairs of columns selected shutter-open interconnect applying a data voltage Vd (step 1006). 选择电压Vd使得,在对该全局公共互连914施加一个全局作动电压即^g以前,跨在像素902中的该快门打开作动器上的电压保持为不足以克服施加到该快门关闭作动器上的偏置,然而使得,在对该全局公共互连914施加^g以后,跨在该快门打开作动器的电极之间的电压足以使该快门打开作动器作动。 Selection voltage Vd so that, before the application of a global common interconnect 914 to the global actuation voltage i.e. ^ g, the shutter across the opening 902 in the pixel voltage across the actuator is insufficient to overcome the retention is applied to the shutter-close as bias on the actuator, however, such that, after application of ^ g the global common interconnect 914, across the open voltage between the electrodes sufficient to cause the actuator to the shutter-open actuator actuating the shutter. 例如,如果Vat等于40V、Vffl等于20V、Vag等于接地, 则把Vd选择得大于或者等于40V,然而低于会克服Vm的电位。 For example, if Vat is equal to 40V, Vffl equal to 20V, Vag equal to the ground, put Vd is selected to be greater than or equal to 40V, but below will overcome the potential Vm. 在控制矩阵900对所选取的列的快门打开互连906a施加Vd(步骤1006)的同时,控制矩阵900把该列的快门关闭互连906b接地(步骤1008)。 A shutter-open interconnect 906a of the column of control matrix 900 pairs applied to the selected Vd (step 1006) while the control matrix 900 of the shutter-close interconnect 906b of the column to ground (step 1008).

[0181] 如果在决定方框1004,判断该快门要处于关断位置,控制矩阵900对快门关闭互连906b施加该数据电压Vd(步骤1010)并且把该列的快门打开互连906a接地(步骤1012)。 [0181] If at decision block 1004, to determine whether the shutter is in the OFF position, the control matrix 900 pairs of shutter-close interconnect 906b applies the data voltage Vd (step 1010) and to the shutter-open interconnect 906a of the column to ground (step 1012).

[0182] 在控制矩阵900于步骤1006-1012中向该被写赋能了的扫描线中的像素902写数据了以后,控制矩阵900把当前被写赋能了的扫描线互连904接地(步骤1014)并且写赋能下一个扫描线(步骤1016)。 [0182] After step 900 the control matrix in 1006-1012 to be write-enabled scan line 902 in the pixel data writing, and the current control matrix 900 write-enabled scan-line interconnect 904 of a ground ( step 1014), and write-enabling the next scanning line (step 1016). 该过程一直重复到寻址了控制矩阵900中的所有像素902 为止(参见决定方框1015)。 This process is repeated until all the pixels of the control matrix addressing of up to 900 902 (see decision block 1015). 在寻址了控制矩阵900中的所有像素(参见决定方框1015) 以后,控制矩阵900向该全局公共互连施加全局公共电压Vag(步骤1018),从而导致控制矩阵900中的快门组件912的几乎同时的全局作动。 Addressing all the pixels (see decision block 1015) after the control matrix 900, the control matrix 900 is applied to the global common interconnect global common voltage Vag (step 1018), resulting in the control matrix 900 of shutter assemblies 912 almost at the same time the global actuation. 从而,对这样的实现,该全局公共互连起一个全局作动互连的作用。 Thus, for such an implementation, the global common interconnect acts as a global actuation interconnect.

[0183] 如同关于方法800的情况,方法1000还可以包括将一个背光与快门作动同步。 [0183] As on the case of the method 800, method 1000 may further include a backlight and the shutter actuation synchronization. 然而,通过使用上文说明的全局作动过程,可以在占一个显示器工作的时间的一个更大百分比的时间内保持该背光打开,因此对于一个背光中相同水平的驱动功率得到更亮的显示。 However, by using the global actuation process described above, the backlight may remain open over a greater percentage of the operating time display occupies one time, so the backlight driving power for a same level brighter display is obtained. 在一个实施方案中,同步一个背光使得,只要针对一个图像帧设置一个控制矩阵的一个行中的快门同时针对一个不同的图像帧设置该控制矩阵的其他行中的快门就关断该背光。 In one embodiment, a backlight such synchronization, as long as one image frame is provided for a row of the matrix to control a shutter while the other rows of the control matrix disposed in a different image for the shutter frame to the backlight off. 在不采用全局作动的控制矩阵中,对于每个视频帧,在整个数据写处理的过程(约500微秒至5毫秒)中关断该背光,这是因为每行像素在其被寻址时作动。 In control matrix without using the global actuation, for each video frame, the whole process of data writing process (from about 500 microseconds to 5 milliseconds) in the backlight is turned off, this is because each row of pixels is addressed in which actuation time. 相反,在使用全局作动的控制矩阵中,在进行该数据写处理时该背光可保持接通,因为直到已经写了所有数据后像素才改变状态。 In contrast, using a global actuation of the control matrix, the data write process is performed when the backlight may remain turned on, because only the pixels change state until all the data has been written. 只是在始于写上一个扫描线后且止于施加该全局作动电压以便像素具有改变的状态后一段足够的时间的短得多的时间(大致10微秒至500微秒)内才关断(真要关断的话)该背光。 After the state just before the global actuation voltage to a pixel having a change in the applied starting and ending a write scan line off time much shorter period of time sufficient (approximately 10 microseconds to 500 microseconds) (if you really want to turn-off) the backlight.

[0184] 在方法1000中,通过注意在该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器上出现的电压差决定一个作动事件。 [0184] In the method 1000, by paying attention to the opening actuator and the voltage difference between the shutter-close actuator appearing on a decision made in the event the movable shutter. 与参照图2、3和4说明的作动条件一致,所施加的电压譬如Vd的极性可以是负的或是正的,并且施加于该全局公共互连的电压可以是或正或负的任何电压。 Consistent with 2, 3 and 4 illustrate the operation conditions, such as applied voltage Vd polarity is positive or negative, and the voltage applied to the global common interconnect may be any positive or negative or Voltage.

[0185] 在其他实现方式中,可以把图10的方法1000应用于一整个像素阵列的一个选取的部分,因为相继地更新行和列的不同的区域或者分组可能是有利的。 [0185] In other implementations, the method can be applied to a 1000 of Figure 10 a selected portion of the entire pixel array, sequentially updated as different regions or groups of rows and columns may be advantageous. 在这种情况下,可将多个不同的全局作动互连914路由到该阵列的被选取的部分,以选择性地更新和作动该阵列的不同部分。 In this case, a plurality of different global actuation interconnect 914 is routed to the selected portion of the array for selectively updating and actuating different portions of the array.

[0186] 在一些实现方式中,有利的是周期性地或者不时地反转在快门组件912的作动器上出现的电压的正负号,而不在其它方面改变寻址该像素的方法1000。 [0186] In some implementations, it is advantageous to periodically or occasionally reverse the sign of the voltage appearing on the shutter actuator assembly 912, a method without changing the addressing of the pixel 1000 in other ways. 在一种这样的情况下,可以通过反转除该写赋能电压以外的其它在方法1000中采用的多数电位的正负号,完成极性反转。 In one such case, by the sign of the potential most 1000 employed in the process other than addition of the inverted write-enabling voltage, polarity reversal is completed. 在其他情况下,可以使用类似于方法1000中采用的电压的电压,但是其具有一种互补的逻辑。 In other cases, similar to the process using the voltage in 1000, but it has in a complementary logic. 表1示出上文针对方法1000说明的正常电压分配与可用以实现该快门组件的电极上的极性反转的电压之间的区别。 Table 1 shows the method described above for the normal voltage distribution 1000 and described may be used to achieve differences between the voltage polarity is reversed on the electrode of the shutter assembly. 在称为极性反转方法(Polarity Reversal MethocOl的第一情况下,在作动器电极上出现的电压只是在正负号上反转。例如,取代对该快门打开电极施加Vd,可以使用-Vd。然而对于将nMOS晶体管用于晶体管908a和908b 的情况,应采用一种电压转换(两个栅极电压都下移一个量Vd)。这些栅极电压转换确保该nMOS晶体管用该数据互连上的新电压正确地工作。 In the method called polarity inversion (Polarity Reversal MethocOl the first case, the voltage appearing on the actuator electrode is only reversed in sign e.g., substituted Vd is applied to the shutter open electrode, may be used. - Vd. However, for a case where the nMOS transistor 908a and transistor 908b should use a voltage converter (a two gate voltages are down amount Vd). the gate voltage of the nMOS transistor switching ensures interconnection of the data the new voltage on the job properly.

[0187]表 1 [0187] TABLE 1

[0188] [0188]

动作: 方法1000 极性反转方法1 极性反转方法2 Action: Method 1 Method 1000 polarity inversion the polarity inversion method 2

“关闭快门” "Close shutter"

非赋能行电压 I ~ I Non-energized I ~ I can do voltage

写赋能电压 V^ -Wwe V^ Write-enabling voltage V ^ -Wwe V ^

在快门关闭互连上V^ ~ I Close the shutter on interconnect V ^ ~ I

的电压 Voltage

在快门打开互连上I I V^ Open interconnect shutter ^ I I V

的电压 Voltage

26 26

Figure CN101576656BD00271

[0189] 表1还示出一个第二方法,即极性反转方法2,该第二方法使得能够使用类似的电压(不必反转任何互连驱动器上的正负号),但仍然能够实现所有作动器上的极性反转。 [0189] Table 1 also shows a second method, i.e., the polarity inversion method, this second method enables the use of a similar voltage (without sign reversal on any interconnect driver), but can still be achieved polarity inversion on all actuators. 这通过把该全局作动互连驱动到较高的电压Vd而不是如方法1000中那样向地驱动以运动选取的快门来实现。 This is driven by the interconnected global actuation to a higher voltage Vd instead of 1000 as in the method of driving the shutter movement circumferentially selected to achieve. 该极性反转方法2中的电压改变的顺序类似于方法1000中的,只是现在在步骤1004当分配电压给每个像素的作动器时采用一种互补逻辑。 The voltage change of the polarity inversion method in the similar manner as in the order of 2 1000, but now use the complementary logic voltage when assigned to each pixel of the actuator at step 1004. 在该方法2中,如果要关闭该快门,则会把该快门打开互连提到电位Vd,而该快门关闭互连会被接地。 In the method 2, if you want to close the shutter, the shutter-open interconnect will be the potential Vd is mentioned, and the shutter-close interconnect is grounded. 在此例子中,在把该全局作动互连从其保持电位Vm提到作动电位Vd以后,该快门打开作动器上的电位会接近于零(当然低于Vm),而该快门关闭作动器上的电位会是-Vd,足以把该快门作动到关闭位置,并且具有与在方法1000中采用的极性相反的极性。 In this example, in the global actuation interconnect from the holding potential Vm later mentioned actuating potential Vd, a potential on the shutter-open actuator will be close to zero (of course, lower than Vm), while the shutter is closed potential on the actuator would be -Vd, sufficient to the shutter actuator to the closed position, and having a polarity opposite to that employed in the method 1000. 类似地,在步骤1004,如果该快门要打开,则会把该快门关闭互连提到电位Vd而该快门打开互连被接地。 Similarly, at step 1004, if you want to open the shutter, the shutter-close interconnect will be referred to the potential Vd to the shutter-open interconnect and is grounded.

[0190] 控制矩阵900可以在每个帧中或者在某种其他周期性基础上,在方法1000中所用的电压与上述极性反转方法中所用的电压之间交替。 [0190] The control matrix 900 may in each frame or at some other periodic basis, between the alternating voltage and the polarity inversion method used in the method 1000 used. 随着时间的推移,通过充电互连1406 和全局作动互连1416施加在快门组件1048上的作动器上的净电位平均为约0V。 Over time, by the charge interconnect 1406 and the global actuation interconnect 1416 is applied to the net electric potential on the shutter assembly 1048 actuator averages about 0V.

[0191] 类似于方法1000的作动方法还可以用于单侧快门组件或者弹性快门组件,譬如用于控制矩阵500中的快门组件502。 [0191] A method similar to method 1000 of actuator may also be used single-sided or elastic shutter assembly shutter assembly, such as matrix 500 for controlling the shutter assemblies 502. 这样的单侧应用将在下面结合图14进行说明。 Such a unilateral application will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 14.

[0192] 图11是适用于包括在显示装置100中的另一个控制矩阵1100的图解。 [0192] FIG. 11 is adapted to include another control matrix 100 illustrated in the display device 1100. 如同关于控制矩阵700和900的情况,控制矩阵1100包括一系列扫描线互连1104,一个扫描线互连1104对应于控制矩阵1100中的每行像素1102。 As with the case of 700 and 900 for the control matrix, control matrix 1100 includes a series of scan-line interconnect 1104, a scan-line interconnect 1104 corresponding to each row of pixels 1102 in the control matrix 1100. 控制矩阵1100包括对该控制矩阵中的每列像素1102的一个单个的数据互连1106。 The control matrix 1100 includes the control data in each column of a pixel matrix of 1102 single interconnect 1106. 如此,控制矩阵1100适用于控制弹性快门组件1108,譬如快门组件200。 Thus, the control matrix 1100 suitable for controlling elastic shutter assembly 1108, such as shutter assembly 200. 如同关于快门组件200中的作动器的情况,控制矩阵1100中的快门组件1108中的作动器具有一个较高电容电极和一个较低电容电极。 As in the case 200 on the shutter actuator assembly, the control matrix 1100 in shutter assembly 1108 in the actuator having a higher capacitance electrode and a lower capacitor electrode.

[0193] 除了扫描线和数据互连1104和1106以外,控制矩阵1100还包括一个充电互连1110(还标记成V (J)和一个充电触发互连1112(还标记成CT)。充电互连1110和充电触发互连1112可以在控制矩阵1100中的所有像素1102或者其某个子集之间共用。例如, 每列像素1100可以共有一个公共的充电互连1110和一个公共的充电触发互连1112。以下的说明假定包括一个全局共享的充电互连1110和一个全局公共的充电触发互连1112。 [0193] In addition to the scanning lines and the data interconnects 1104 and 1106, the control matrix 1100 also includes a charge interconnect 1110 (also labeled as V (J) and a charge trigger interconnect 1112 (also labeled as CT). Charging interconnection charge trigger interconnect 1110 and 1112 in the control matrix 1100 can be shared among all of the pixels 1102, or some subset, for example, each column of pixels 1100 may share a common charge interconnect 1110 and a common charge trigger interconnect 1112 the following description assumes that comprises charging a global shared global interconnect 1110 and a common charge trigger interconnect 1112.

[0194] 控制矩阵1100中的每个像素1102都包括两个晶体管,即一个充电触发开关晶体管1114和一个放电开关晶体管1116。 [0194] The control matrix 1100 for each pixel 1102 includes two transistors, i.e., a charge trigger switch transistor 1114 and a discharge switch transistor 1116. 充电触发开关晶体管1114的栅极电连接到控制矩阵1100的充电触发互连1112。 Charge trigger gate of the switching transistor 1114 is connected to the charge trigger interconnect 1100 control matrix 1112. 充电触发开关晶体管1114的漏极电连接到充电互连1110。 Charge trigger drain of the switching transistor 1114 is connected to the charge interconnect 1110. 充电互连1110接收一个在不对扫描线互连1104施加任何偏置电压的情况下足以激励每个像素1102中的快门组件1108的作动器的DC电压。 DC voltage sufficient to excite each of the pixels in the shutter assembly 1102 actuator 1108 when charging interconnect receives a bias voltage is applied to any scan-line interconnect 1110 in 1104 does not. 充电触发开关晶体管1114的源极电连接至IJ像素1102中的快门组件1108中的该作动器的较低电容电极,并且电连接到放电开关晶体管1116的漏极。 Charge trigger switch transistor 1114 is electrically source electrode is connected to the lower capacitance electrode of the actuator shutter assemblies 1108 IJ pixel 1102 in, and electrically connected to the drain of the discharge switch transistor 1116. 放电开关晶体管1116的栅极电连接到控制矩阵1100的像素1102所在的列的数据互连1106。 Data column gate discharge switch transistor 1116 is connected to the control matrix 1100 of the pixel 1102 is located 1106 interconnects. 放电开关晶体管1116的源极电连接到控制矩阵1100的像素1102 所在的行的扫描线互连1104。 Source electrically discharge switch transistor 1116 is connected to the control matrix 1100 of the pixel 1102 is located 1104 scanning lines interconnect. 快门组件1108中的作动器的较高电容电极还电连接到对应于该像素的行的扫描线互连1104。 Higher capacitance electrode of shutter assembly 1108 actuator is also electrically connected to scanning lines corresponding to the pixel interconnect 1104. 替代地,该较高电容电极可以连接到一个分开的地或者公共电极。 Alternatively, the higher capacitance electrode may be connected to or separated from a common electrode.

[0195] 图12是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的寻址包括进一个控制矩阵——譬如控制矩阵1100——中的像素的一种方法1200的流程图。 [0195] FIG. 12 is an exemplary embodiment according to the addressing scheme of the present invention into a control matrix comprises - a flowchart of a method of the pixel matrix 1100-- 1200 such control. 在一个帧寻址周期的开始,控制矩阵1100激励包括进控制矩阵1100中的快门组件1108的所有未被激励的作动器,从而把所有快门组件1108置于相同的位置(打开或者关闭的)(步骤1202-1204)。 At the beginning of a frame addressing cycle the control matrix 1100 includes an intake control all excitation unexcited matrix actuator 1108 in shutter assembly 1100, such that all shutter assemblies 1108 placed in the same position (open or closed) (step 1202-1204). 为了完成这一点,控制矩阵1100向充电触发互连1112施加一个充电触发电压,例如45V,激励像素的充电触发开关晶体管1114(步骤120¾。包括进像素1108的快门组件1108中的该作动器的电极起电容器的作用,用于储存提供在充电互连1110上的电压Vat,例如40V。控制矩阵1100继续施加充电触发电压(步骤120¾ —段足以使所有作动器作动的时间,然后控制矩阵1100把充电触发开关晶体管1114接地(步骤1204)。控制矩阵1100向控制矩阵1100 中的所有扫描线互连1104施加一个偏置电压Vb,例如对地为IOV (步骤1206)。 To accomplish this, the control matrix 1100 to the charge trigger interconnect 1112 is applied to a charge trigger voltage, for example 45V charge, excitation trigger switch transistor 1114 pixels (step 120¾. Pixel 1108 includes an intake shutter assembly 1108 of the actuator electrode acts as a capacitor for storing a voltage on the charging Vat interconnect 1110, for example, 40V is applied to the control matrix 1100 continues charging trigger voltage (step 120¾ -. period sufficient for all actuators for the moving time, then the control matrix 1100 charge trigger switch transistor 1114 is grounded (step 1204). the control matrix 1100 applies a bias voltage Vb to all scan-line interconnect 1104 of the control matrix 1100, for example IOV (step 1206).

[0196] 然后控制矩阵1100着手寻址该控制矩阵中的每个像素1102着手,每次一行(步骤1208-1212)。 [0196] The control matrix 1100 then proceed to the control matrix addressing of each pixel 1102 to proceed, one row (step 1208-1212). 为了寻址一个特定的行,控制矩阵1100通过把对应的扫描线互连1104接地写赋能一个第一扫描线(步骤1208)。 To address a particular row, the control matrix 1100 by a corresponding scan-line interconnect 1104 is grounded a first write-enabled scan line (step 1208). 然后,在决定方框1210,控制矩阵1100针对被写赋能了的行中的每个像素1102判断该像素1102是否需要切换出其初始的帧位置。 Then, in decision block 1210, the control matrix determines 1100 for each pixel 1102 is write-enabled row of the pixel 1102 whether to switch its original frame position. 例如, 如果在步骤1202,所有的快门都是打开的,则在决定方框1210,判断该被写赋能了的行中的每个像素1102是否要被关闭。 For example, if at step 1202, all the shutters are open, then at decision block 1210, which determines a write-enabled row whether each pixel 1102 to be closed. 如果要关闭一个像素1102,控制矩阵1100就向对应于该像素1102所在的列的数据互连1106施加一个数据电压,例如5V(步骤121¾。因为该被写赋能了的行的扫描线互连1104被接地(步骤1208),所以对该列的数据互连1106施加数据电压Vd造成放电开关晶体管1116的栅极与源极之间的电位差具有开通晶体管1116的沟道的正确的符号和幅度。一旦晶体管1116的沟道开通,储存在该快门组件作动器中的电荷就可经扫描线互连1104对地放电。随着储存在快门组件1108的该作动器中的电压耗尽, 快门组件1108中的恢复力或者弹簧迫使该快门进入其松驰的位置,关闭该快门。如果在决定方框1210中,判断对于一个像素1102不需要改变状态,就把对应的数据互连1106接地。 尽管在该例子中该松驰的位置被定义为该快门关闭位置,但是可以提供其中该松驰的状态对应快门打开位置的可供选择 To close a pixel 1102, the control matrix 1100 to the pixel 1102 corresponding to the column where the data interconnect 1106 applies a data voltage, for example 5V (step 121¾. This is because the scan lines of the write-enabled row interconnect correct sign and magnitude are grounded 1104 (step 1208), the data voltage Vd applied to the data interconnect 1106 causes a potential difference between the gate and the source of the discharge switch transistor 1116 is a transistor having a channel opening 1116 of upon opening of the channel 1116, the charge stored in the shutter actuator assembly in a scan line can be interconnected via the discharges to 1104 pairs of transistors with a voltage of the shutter actuator assembly in the storage 1108 is exhausted, the shutter assembly 1108 restoring force or spring forces the shutter into its relaxed position, closing the shutter. If at decision block 1210, it is determined for one pixel 1102 required to change state, then the corresponding data interconnect 1106 is grounded Although in this example the relaxed position is defined for the shutter closing position, it may be provided wherein the relaxed state corresponds to the shutter open position to choose 替代快门组件。在这样一些可供选择的替代情况下,在步骤1212施加数据电压Vd会造成该快门打开。 Alternatively shutter assemblies. In some alternative such alternative case, the data voltage Vd is applied at step 1212 will cause the shutter to open.

[0197] 在其他的实现方式中,可以对整个像素阵列的一个选取的部分使用图12的方法1200,因为相继地更新行和列的不同区域或者分组可能是有利的。 [0197] In other implementations, the method may select a whole portion of the pixel array 1200 of FIG. 12, because different areas are successively updated or packets of rows and columns may be advantageous. 在此情况下,可以将多个不同的充电触发互连1112路由到该阵列的被选取的部分,以选择性地更新和作动该阵列的不同部分。 In this case, a plurality of different charge trigger interconnect 1112 may be routed to the selected portion of the array for selectively updating and actuating different portions of the array.

[0198] 如前文所说明,为寻址控制矩阵1100中的像素1102,该数据电压Vd可以显著地低于该作动电压Vat (例如5V对40V)。 [0198] As hereinbefore described, to control pixel addressing matrix 1100 of 1102, the data voltage Vd may be significantly lower than the actuation voltage Vat (e.g. 5V to 40V). 因为该作动电压Vat被每帧一次地施加,而数据电压Vd可以被每帧多次——同控制矩阵1100中具有的行数一样多——地施加给每个数据互连1106,所以控制矩阵,譬如控制矩阵1100,与要求一个数据电压高得还足以用作该作动电压的控制矩阵相比可以节省相当量的功率。 Since the actuation voltage Vat is applied once per frame, while the data voltage Vd may be multiple times per frame - with the number of rows in the control matrix 1100 having as many - be applied to each data interconnect 1106, the control matrix, such as control matrix 1100, the data requires a further high voltage sufficient for use as the actuation voltage control matrix can save a considerable amount of power in comparison.

[0199] 对于非写赋能行中的像素1102,施加到其对应的扫描线互连1104上的偏置电压Vb把其放电晶体管1116的源极处的电位保持得高于其放电晶体管1116的栅极端子处的电位,即使是在对其对应的列的数据互连1106施加一个数据电压Vd时也是这样。 [0199] For non-write-pixel 1102 can do is applied to its corresponding scan-line interconnect 1104 Vb bias voltage to the discharge potential of the source electrode of the transistor 1116 is kept at above their discharge transistor 1116 the potential at the gate terminal, so that even if the data are interconnect 1106 corresponding to its column when applying a data voltage Vd. 应当理解, 图11的实施方案假定使用η沟道MOS晶体管。 It should be understood that the embodiments of FIG. 11 assumes η-channel MOS transistor. 可以有采用ρ沟道晶体管的其他实施方案, 在这种情况下会颠倒偏置电位\和Vd的相对符号。 Other embodiments can use ρ-channel transistor, in this case will reverse bias potential \ and Vd is the relative symbol.

[0200] 在其他的实施方案中放电开关晶体管1116可以由一组两个或者更多个晶体管替代,例如,如果要使用标准的CMOS技术构建控制矩阵1100,该放电开关晶体管可以由一个互补的nMOS和pMOS晶体管对组成。 [0200] In the discharge switch transistor 1116 in other embodiments may be made of a set of two or more transistors Alternatively, for example, to use standard CMOS technology to build a control matrix 1100, the discharge switch may be composed of a complementary transistor nMOS and a pMOS transistor pairs.

[0201] 方法1200假定数字信息被写入一个图像帧,即旨在使该快门不是打开就是关闭的情况。 [0201] The method 1200 assumes that the digital information is written in one image frame, i.e., is not intended that the shutter opening the case is closed. 然而使用控制矩阵1100的电路还可以向快门组件1108中写入模拟信息。 However, using a control circuit matrix 1100 can also write information to simulate the shutter assembly 1108. 在此情况下只提供该扫描线互连的接地一段短而固定量的时间,并且只通过数据线互连1106施加部分电压。 In this case, only the scan-line interconnect ground for a short amount of time is fixed, and only part of the voltage 1106 is applied through the data line interconnect. 在放电开关晶体管1116以一种线性放大模式工作时,对放电开关晶体管1116 施加部分电压使得快门组件1108的电极可以只部分地放电,并且因此部分地打开该快门。 When the discharge switch transistor 1116 work in a linear amplification mode, the switching transistor 1116 is applied to the discharge electrode portion of the shutter assembly 1108 such that the voltage may be only partially discharged, and thus partially opening the shutter.

[0202] 在此同时控制矩阵1100选择性地对控制矩阵1100的其余的列施加数据电压。 [0202] In control matrix 1100 the same time selectively applying data voltage to the remaining columns of the control matrix 1100. 在所有的像素都达到其预计状态(步骤1214)后,控制矩阵1100对该选取的扫描线互连重新施加Vb并且选择一个后续的扫描线互连(步骤1216)。 After all pixels have reached their expected state (step 1214), the control matrix 1100 Vb is applied to the re-selected scan-line interconnect and selects a subsequent scan line interconnect (step 1216). 在寻址了所有的扫描线以后,再次开始该过程。 Addressing all the scan lines after the process begins again. 如同关于前面说明的控制矩阵的情况,可以把一个附设的背光的活动与寻址每个帧同步。 As in the case previously described for the control matrix may be attached to a backlight and the address of each frame synchronization activities.

[0203] 图13是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于包括在显示装置100中的另一个控制矩阵1300的图解。 [0203] FIG. 13 is a diagram of a display adapted to include another control matrix 1300 device 100 according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. 控制矩阵1300类似于控制矩阵1100,不过控制矩阵1300中的像素1302包括与充电触发开关晶体管1114不同的充电二极管1304,并且控制矩阵1300 没有充电触发互连1112。 Control matrix 1300 is similar to the control matrix 1100, however, the control matrix 1300 and a pixel 1302 includes charge trigger switch transistor 1114 different from charging diode 1304, the control matrix 1300 and no charge trigger interconnect 1112. 更加具体地,控制矩阵1300包括对控制矩阵1300中的每列的一个数据互连1306和对控制矩阵1300中的每行的一个扫描线互连1308以及一个放电晶体管1309。 More specifically, the control matrix 1300 includes a data interconnect 1306 for each column of the control matrix 1300 and a scanning line 1300 in the control matrix each row interconnect 1308 and a discharge transistor 1309. 控制矩阵1300还包括一个类似于包括进控制矩阵1100中的充电互连的充电互连1310(也标记为V(at))。 The control matrix 1300 also includes a similar control includes an intake charge interconnect 1310 in matrix 1100 of interconnected charge (also labeled as V (at)).

[0204] 控制矩阵1300包括一个电连接到充电互连1310的作动电压源。 [0204] The control matrix 1300 includes a charge interconnect electrically connected to the actuation voltage source 1310. 该作动电压源在每个帧寻址周期的开始提供电压脉冲,使得电流能够流入控制矩阵1300中的像素1302的快门组件1314中,从而激励快门组件1314中的任何未被激励的作动器。 The actuation voltage source supplies a voltage pulse at the beginning of each frame addressing cycle, so that the current can flow controlling shutter assembly 1314 1300 pixel matrix 1302 to excite any unexcited actuator shutter assembly 1314 . 结果,在提供该电压脉冲以后,控制矩阵1300中的所有像素1302都处于相同的状态,打开的或关闭的。 As a result, after providing the voltage pulse, the control matrix 1300 in all pixels 1302 are in the same state, open or closed. 在提供该电压脉冲以后,当已经把充电互连1310的电位复位到零时,充电二极管1304阻止储存在快门组件1314中的电压经充电互连1310消耗。 After providing the pulse voltage, when the charge interconnect 1310 has been reset to zero potential, the charge diode 1304 prevents the voltage stored in the shutter assembly 1314 through 1310 interconnected charge consumption. 可以用与像素寻址方法1200类似的方法控制控制矩阵1300。 Pixel addressing method can be used with a method similar to 1200 control matrix 1300. 取代在步骤1202向充电触发互连1112施加一个电压,该作动电压源提供一个具有足以打开任何关闭的快门组件的脉宽和幅度的电压脉冲。 In step 1112 the interconnect substituted applying a voltage, the actuation voltage to provide a source of sufficient to open any closed shutter assemblies pulse width and amplitude of a voltage pulse to the charging trigger 1202.

[0205] 优选的是,快门组件1108和1314的较高电容电极连接到扫描线互连1104和1308,而较低电容电极经晶体管1114或者经二极管1304连接到充电互连1112或者1310。 [0205] Preferably, the higher capacitance electrode of shutter assembly 1108, and 1314 are connected to the scan-line interconnect 1104 and 1308, while the lower electrode of the capacitor via the transistor 1114 or 1304 via the diode connected to the charge interconnect 1112 or 1310. 经该充电互连传送到该快门电极上的电压改变一般在幅度上高于经该扫描线互连经受的那些电压改变。 The charge transferred through the interconnection to the voltage change the generally higher than those of the shutter electrode voltage is changed through the scan-line interconnect subjected in magnitude.

[0206] 图14是一个适于包括进显示装置100中的一个控制矩阵1400的图解。 [0206] FIG. 14 is an illustration of a control matrix suitable for inclusion in the display apparatus 100 into 1400. 控制矩阵1400包括控制矩阵1300的部件,即扫描线互连1402、数据互连1404和一个充电互连1406。 Control matrix 1400 includes a control section 1300 of the matrix, i.e., scan-line interconnect 1402, a charge data interconnects 1404 and 1406 are interconnected. 控制矩阵1400中的像素1408包括一个充电二极管1410、一个快门组件1412和一个放电晶体管1414。 Control matrix 1400 includes a charging diode 1408 pixels 1410, a shutter assembly 1412 and a discharge transistor 1414. 控制矩阵1400还包括一个全局作动互连1416,用于使用与参照图9和图10 The control matrix 1400 also includes a global actuation interconnect 1416, for use with reference to FIGS. 9 and 10

29所说明的方法类似的方法提供控制矩阵1400中的像素1408的全局作动。 Similar procedure as described in Method 29 to provide a global control matrix 1400 1408 pixel actuation. 该控制矩阵还包括一个可选的电容器1418,该电容器与放电晶体管1414的源极和漏级并联连接。 The control matrix also includes an optional capacitor 1418, the source and drain connected in parallel with the capacitor discharge transistor 1414 is connected. 该电容器帮助保持快门组件1412的一个电极处的一个稳定的电压,而不管有可能经全局作动互连1416施加在另一个电极上的电压改变。 The capacitor helps to maintain a stable voltage at the one electrode of the shutter assembly 1412, regardless of the possible global actuation interconnect 1416 by the voltage change applied to the other electrode. 互连1416在该阵列中的多个行和多个列中的像素1408之间共用。 Common interconnect 1408 between more than 1416 lines in the array and the plurality of columns of pixels.

[0207] 如果将该全局作动互连用在一个类似于表1中的极性反转方法2的模式中,该全局作动互连除了用于提供一个作动阈值电压外,还可以用于确保一种OVDC平均值工作模式。 [0207] If the global actuation interconnect for use in a method similar to the polarity inversion mode 1 of Table 2, in addition to the global actuation interconnect for providing an actuation threshold voltage, but also can be used to ensure that one kind OVDC the average working mode. 为了达到OV DC平均,该控制矩阵在不同控制逻辑之间交替。 In order to achieve an average OV DC, the control matrix alternates between different control logic. 按第一控制逻辑,类似于在像素寻址方法1000和1200中所采用的控制逻辑,在一个帧寻址周期的开始,控制矩阵1400通过在快门组件1412作动器的电极上储存Vat打开控制矩阵1400中的所有像素的快门组件1412。 In a first control logic, similar to the control logic 1000 and the pixel addressing method adopted in 1200, at the beginning of a frame addressing cycle, the control matrix 1400 by storing Vat on the electrode assembly shutter open actuator 1412 controls All shutter assemblies 1412 of the pixels 1400 in the matrix. 然后控制矩阵1400施加一个偏置电压以把快门组件1412锁定在该打开状态。 The control matrix 1400 then applies a bias voltage to the shutter assembly 1412 is locked in the open state. 控制矩阵1400经全局作动互连1416施加一个大于Vm的偏置电压,例如l/2Vat。 Control matrix 1400 via the global actuation interconnect bias voltage Vm is greater than 1416, for example, l / 2Vat. 然后, 为了改变一个快门组件1412的状态,当写赋能该快门组件1412所在的行的像素1408时, 控制矩阵1400使储存在该快门组件1412中的Vat放电。 Then, in order to change the state of a shutter assembly 1412, when writing the pixel 1408 forming the shutter assembly 1412 is located in line, so that the control matrix 1400 Vat stored in the shutter assembly 1412 is discharged. 保持电压使该快门组件1412保持打开直到全局作动互连1416被接地为止。 The voltage holding shutter assembly 1412 remains open until global actuation interconnect 1416 is grounded so far.

[0208] 按类似于表1中的极性反转方法2的第二控制逻辑,该控制矩阵不是把施加到全局作动互连1416上的电压从l/2Vat改变到接地,相反该控制矩阵把施加到全局作动互连1416上的电压从l/2Vat改变到Vat。 [0208] The method according to polarity inversion is similar to Table 1 in a second control logic 2, the control voltage applied to the matrix is ​​not the global actuation interconnect 1416 is changed from l / 2Vat to ground, instead, the control matrix the operating voltage is applied to the global actuation interconnect 1416 is changed from l / 2Vat to Vat. 从而为了把一个快门组件1412中的一个快门释放到其松驰的状态,必须保持经充电二极管1410施加的电压,而不是使该电压放电。 Whereby a shutter assembly 1412 in order to in a shutter release to its relaxed state, the charging voltage must be maintained via the diode 1410 is applied, rather than the discharge voltage. 因此以该第二控制逻辑,控制矩阵1400从要保持打开的快门组件使储存的Vat放电,与从那些关闭的快门组件放电相反。 Therefore the second control logic, the control matrix 1400 to be held open the shutter assembly so that the stored Vat discharge, the discharge from the opposite of those closed shutter assemblies. 控制矩阵1400可以每帧或者在某种其他周期性基础上在这些控制逻辑之间交替。 The control matrix 1400 can alternate between the control logic in each frame, or on some other periodic basis. 随着时间的推移,通过充电互连1406和全局作动互连1416在快门组件1048的作动器上施加的净电位平均至0V。 Over time, by the charge interconnect 1406 and the global actuation interconnect 1416 is applied to the net electric potential on the shutter actuator assembly 1048 to an average of 0V.

[0209] 图15是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于包括进显示装置100中的又一个合适的控制矩阵1500的图解。 [0209] FIG. 15 is applied to a suitable further comprises means 100 in the control matrix 1500 into a display illustrating the present invention in accordance with one exemplary embodiment. 控制矩阵1500类似于图11中的控制矩阵1100。 Control matrix 1500 is similar to the control matrix 1100 of FIG. 11. 控制矩阵1500包括对控制矩阵1500中的每列像素1504的一个数据互连1502和对控制矩阵1500中的每行像素1504的一个扫描线互连1506。 Comprising each column of pixels 1500 in the control matrix 1500 a data interconnect 1504 of the control matrix 1502 and 1500 of each row of pixels in a scan line interconnect 1504 of the control matrix 1506. 控制矩阵1500包括一个公共的充电触发互连1508和一个公共的充电互连1510。 Control matrix 1500 includes a common charge trigger interconnect 1508 and a common charge interconnect 1510. 控制矩阵1500中的像素1504每个都包括一个弹性快门组件1511、一个充电触发开关晶体管1512和一个放电开关晶体管1514,如在图11 中所描述的。 1500 pixels each control matrix 1504 includes an elastic shutter assembly 1511, a charge trigger switch transistor 1512 and a discharge switch transistor 1514, as depicted in FIG. 11. 控制矩阵1500还引入一个全局作动互连1516和在图9中相对于控制矩阵900说明的其对应的功能性(functionality)。 The control matrix 1500 also introduced a global actuation interconnect 1516 in FIG. 9 and the control matrix 900 described with respect to the corresponding functionality (functionality). 控制矩阵1500还包括一个可选的稳压电容器1517,该稳压电容器与放电开关晶体管1514的源极和漏极并联连接。 The control matrix 1500 also includes an optional capacitor voltage regulator 1517, a source and drain connected in parallel with the capacitor of the regulator transistor 1514 is connected to the discharge switch.

[0210] 控制矩阵1500的每个像素1504还包括一个第三晶体管、一个写赋能晶体管1518 和一个数据储存电容器1520。 [0210] Each pixel 1504 control matrix 1500 further includes a third transistor, a write-enable transistor 1518 and a data store capacitor 1520. 一行像素1504的扫描线互连1506连接到包括进该行中的每个像素1504中的写赋能晶体管1518的栅极。 Scan line row of pixels 1504 connected to the gate interconnect 1506 includes writing into each of the pixels 1504 in the row forming the transistor 1518. 控制矩阵1500的列的数据互连1502电连接到该列中的像素1504的写赋能晶体管1518的源极端子。 The control matrix 1500 column data interconnect 1502 electrically connected to the column write pixel 1504 forming the source terminal of the transistor 1518. 每个像素1504中的写赋能晶体管1518的漏极并联地电连接到对应像素1504的数据储存电容器1520和放电触发晶体管1514的栅极端子。 Writing each pixel 1504 forming the drain of the transistor 1518 are electrically connected in parallel to the corresponding pixel data storage capacitor 1504 and 1520 of the discharge inducing gate terminal of the transistor 1514.

[0211] 控制矩阵1500的工作包括与方法1000和1200都共同的要素。 [0211] Method 1000 includes a control matrix 1200 and 1500 are common elements of the work. 在一个帧寻址周期 In a frame address period

30的开始,一个电压被施加到控制矩阵1500的充电触发互连1508和充电互连1510,以在控制矩阵1500中的每个像素1504的一个快门组件1511作动器电极上建立一个电位,即Vat,以打开任何关闭的快门组件1511。 30 is started, a voltage is applied to the charge trigger interconnect 1500. The control matrix 1508 and the charge interconnect 1510 to 1500 based on each pixel of a shutter assembly 1504 actuator 1511 a potential of the control electrode matrix, i.e., Vat, to open any closed shutter assemblies 1511. 这些步骤与在图12中的步骤1202和1204中进行的那些步骤相似。 These steps are those steps performed at step 12 in FIG. 1202 and 1204 is similar. 然后顺次写赋能每个行,只是不是进行如参照图11、13和14进行的、将写赋能执行为把对应的扫描线互连接地,相反控制矩阵1500向对应于每个行的扫描线互连1506 施加一个写赋能电压Vwe。 Then write-enabled in sequence for each row, but not be performed as described with reference to FIG. 14 and 11, 13, the execution of the write-enabled scan-line interconnect corresponding ground, contrary to the control matrix 1500 corresponding to each row scan-line interconnect 1506 is applied to a write-enabling voltage Vwe. 在写赋能一个特定行的像素1504的同时,控制矩阵1500向控制矩阵1500的每个对应于包括该被写赋能了的行中的要关闭的一个像素1502的一个列的数据互连1508施加一个数据电压。 A write data interconnect while forming a particular row of pixels 1504, the control matrix to the control matrix 1500 includes a pixel corresponding to each of the write-enabled a row of a column to be shut down 1502 1500 1508 applying a data voltage. 对该被写赋能了的行的扫描线互连1506施加Vwe会导通对应的扫描线中的像素1504的写赋能晶体管1518。 Is the write-enabled scan line 1506 is applied to the write lines interconnect will Vwe corresponding scan line pixels are turned on transistor 1518 1504 energized. 因此使得施加到数据互连1502上的电压能够储存在相应像素1504的数据储存电容器1520上。 Thus the voltage on the data interconnect 1502 is applied to the data can be stored on a respective storage capacitor 1520 in the pixel 1504.

[0212] 如果储存在一个像素1504的数据储存电容器1520上的电压相比接地足够地大, 例如为5V,就启动放电开关晶体管1514,使得经充电触发开关晶体管1514施加到对应的快门组件1511上的电荷能够放电。 [0212] If the voltage on a pixel data storage capacitor 15201504 storage of sufficiently large compared to the ground, for example, 5V, activates the discharge switch transistor 1514, so that the charged trigger the switching transistor 1514 is applied to the corresponding shutter assembly 1511 the charge can be discharged. 然而,储存在快门组件1511中的较大的电压即Vat的放电可能要花比在数据储存电容器1520上储存相对小的数据电压所需的时间多的时间。 However, a larger voltage is stored in the shutter assembly 1511, i.e., the discharge time may take more time than that required to store the data in a relatively small storage capacitor 1520 of the data voltage Vat. 通过在数据储存电容器1520上储存该数据电压,即使在控制矩阵1500把扫描线互连1506接地从而把储存在电容器1520上的电荷与其对应的数据互连1502隔离开以后,该放电和机械作动过程也能够继续。 By storing the data voltage on a data storage capacitor 1520, even when the control matrix 1500 scan-line interconnect 1506 is grounded so that the electric charge corresponding to the data interconnect 1502 is stored on the capacitor 1520 is isolated after the discharge, and mechanical actuating the process can continue. 因此,与图11、13和14中所示的控制矩阵所表现的放电过程相反, 控制矩阵1500借助于储存在电容器1520上的数据电压控制放电开关1514(用于控制在快门组件1511上施加作动电压Vat),而不是要求与数据互连1502上的信号进行实时传递。 Thus, contrary to the process of FIGS. 11, 13 and the discharge control matrix shown in the expression 14, the control matrix 1500 by means of data stored on the capacitor voltage controls the discharge switch 1520 1514 (for controlling the application on the shutter assembly 1511 as actuation voltage Vat), rather than requiring real-time transmission of the signal on the data interconnect 1502.

[0213] 在可供选择的替代实现方式中,储存电容器1520和写赋能晶体管1518可以用其他数据存储电路替代,譬如所属技术领域内已知的DRAM电路或者SRAM电路。 [0213] In an alternative alternative implementations, the storage capacitor 1520 and a write-enable transistor 1518 can be replaced with another data storage circuit, such as known in the art or the art DRAM circuit SRAM circuit.

[0214] 与图11、13和14中所示的电路相反,在快门组件1511的电极上的电荷在放电时不借助于对应于像素1504的扫描线互连流向地。 [0214] with the circuit shown in FIG 11, 13 and 14 opposite to the charge on the shutter assembly 1511 of the electrode during discharge without the assistance of pixels corresponding to the scan line interconnect 1504 to ground. 而是放电开关晶体管1514的源极连接到其下方的行中的像素的扫描线互连1522。 But the discharge switching transistor 1514 is connected to the scan line of pixels in the row below the interconnect 1522. 控制矩阵1500中的扫描线互连1522在未被写赋能时,被保持在或者接近于地电位;因此它们可以起用于相邻行中的放电电流的有效接收器(sink)的作用。 Scan line interconnect 1522 of the control matrix 1500 write when not energized, is maintained at or near ground potential; thus they may serve as an effective receiver for discharge current in the adjacent rows (sink) of.

[0215] 控制矩阵1500还包括全局作动的能力,其过程和方法类似于在图10中所描述的过程和方法。 [0215] The control matrix 1500 also includes a global actuation capability, and a method similar to the process in the processes and methods described in Figure 10. 由于对全局作动互连1516施加一个保持电压Vm,例如l/2Vat,放电了的像素1504中的快门被保持在合适的位置。 Since actuation interconnect 1516 is applied to the pixel 1504 a hold voltage Vm, for example, l / 2Vat, the discharge of the shutter is held in position as global. 在寻址了所有的行以后,控制矩阵1500把全局作动互连1516接地,从而基本上一致地释放所有放电了的快门组件1511的快门。 Addressing all the rows after the control matrix 1500 the global actuation interconnect 1516 is grounded, so that substantially uniform release of all the discharge shutter of the shutter assembly 1511.

[0216] 图16是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适用于包括进显示装置100中的又一个合适的控制矩阵1600的图解。 [0216] FIG. 16 is suitable for use in illustrating a further comprise suitable means 100 controls the display into a matrix of 1600 in accordance with one exemplary embodiment of the present invention embodiment. 控制矩阵1600类似于图15中的控制矩阵1500。 Control matrix 1500 of control matrix 1600 is similar to FIG. 15. 对于控制矩阵1600中的每列像素1604,控制矩阵1600包括一个数据互连1602,对于控制矩阵1600中的每行像素1604,控制矩阵1600包括一个扫描线互连1606。 The control matrix 1600 each column of pixels 1604 in the control matrix 1600 includes a data interconnect 1602 for each row of the pixel matrix 1600 to control 1604, the control matrix 1600 includes a scan-line interconnect 1606. 控制矩阵1600包括一个公共的充电触发互连1608、一个公共的充电互连1610和一个全局作动互连1612。 Control matrix 1600 includes a common charge trigger interconnect 1608, a common charge interconnect 1610 and a global actuation interconnect 1612. 控制矩阵1600中的像素1604每个都包括一个弹性快门组件1614、一个充电触发开关晶体管1616、一个放电开关晶体管1617、一个写赋能晶体管1618和一个数据储存电容器1620,如图15中所示的。 Control matrix 1600 each pixel 1604 includes an elastic shutter assembly 1614, a charge trigger switch transistor 1616, a discharge switch transistor 1617, a write-enable transistor 1618 and a data storage capacitor 1620, shown in FIG. 15 . 控制矩阵1600还包括一个与全局作动互连1612截然不同的快门公共互连1622。 The control matrix 1600 also includes a distinct actuation interconnect 1612 and the global shutter common interconnect 1622. 这些互连1612和1622在该阵列中的多个行和多个列中的像素1604之间共用。 Sharing between the interconnects 1612 and 1604 more than 1622 lines in the array and the plurality of columns of pixels. [0217] 在工作中,控制矩阵1600执行与控制矩阵1500相同的功能,然而是通过不同的手段或者方法执行。 [0217] In operation, the control matrix 1600 performs the same functionality as the control matrix 1500, however, is performed by different means or methods. 更加具体地,在控制矩阵1600中完成全局作动的方法与在控制矩阵900、 1400或者1500中执行的方法是完全不同的。 More specifically, the method is completed with global actuation in control matrix 900, 1400 or 1500 performs processes are completely different in the control matrix 1600. 在以前所述的方法中,该全局作动互连连接到该快门组件的一个电极上,并且向该电极施加一个保持电压Vm以防止快门作动。 In the process previously described, the global actuation interconnect connected to one electrode of the shutter assembly, and the electrode is applied to the holding voltage Vm to prevent a shutter actuation. 然而在控制矩阵1600中,全局作动互连1612连接到放电开关晶体管1617的源极。 In control matrix 1600, however, the global actuation interconnect 1612 is connected to the source electrode of the discharge switch transistor 1617. 把全局作动互连1612保持在比快门公共互连1622的电位显著高的电位防止任何放电开关晶体管1617导通,而不论在电容器1620上存储的电荷如何。 The global actuation interconnect 1612 remains to prevent any discharge switch transistor 1617 is turned on significantly higher than the potential of the shutter common interconnect 1622 of the potential, and regardless of how the charge stored on the capacitor 1620. 在控制矩阵1600中的全局作动是这样实现的,即通过使全局作动互连1612上的电位与快门公共互连1622的电位相同,使得那些放电开关晶体管1617可以根据在电容器1620上是否存储了一个数据电压导通。 Global actuation in control matrix 1600 is achieved, i.e., by making the potential of the global actuation interconnect 1612 on the shutter common interconnect 1622 to the same potential, so that the discharge switch transistor 1617 may be stored on the capacitor depending on whether 1620 a data voltage is turned on. 因此控制矩阵1600不依靠快门组件1614的电双稳态实现全局作动。 Thus the control matrix 1600 does not depend on electrical bistable shutter assembly 1614 to achieve global actuation.

[0218] 在全局作动互连1612被带到其作动电位的时间中对数据储存电容器1620施加部分电压使得能够部分地导通放电开关晶体管1617。 [0218] In the global actuation interconnect 1612 is brought to its actuation potential time applying data voltage to the storage capacitor portion 1620 makes it possible to partially discharge switch transistor 1617 is turned on. 以此方式,在快门组件1614上产生一个模拟电压,以提供模拟灰度。 In this way, an analog voltage is generated on the shutter assembly 1614, to provide the analog gray scale.

[0219] 在控制矩阵1600中,与控制矩阵1500相反,快门组件1614中的作动器的较高电容电极电连接到快门公共互连1622,而不是连接到全局作动互连1612。 [0219] In control matrix 1600, the control matrix 1500 and the opposite, higher capacitance electrode of shutter assembly 1614 actuator is connected to the shutter common interconnect 1622, rather than to the global actuation interconnect 1612. 在工作中,该控制矩阵在如参照图14中的控制矩阵1400说明的两个控制逻辑之间交替。 In operation, the control matrix alternates between two control logic in the control matrix as described with reference to FIG 141,400 described. 然而,对于控制矩阵1600,当该控制矩阵在这些控制逻辑之间切换时,控制矩阵1600根据所选取的控制逻辑, 把施加到快门公共互连1622上的电压或切换到地或切换到Vat,而不是如控制矩阵1400所进行的切换施加到该全局作动互连上的全局作动电压。 However, the control matrix 1600, when the control matrix switching between the control logic, the control matrix 1600 in accordance with the selected control logic, the voltage applied to the shutter common interconnect 1622 or switch to switch or to Vat, instead handover control matrix 1400 to be applied to the global actuation interconnect on a global actuation voltage.

[0220] 如在图13中的控制矩阵1300中那样,一个简单的二极管和/或一个MIM 二极管可以代替充电触发晶体管1616进行该阵列中每个像素的切换功能或者电荷加载功能。 [0220] The control matrix 1300 in FIG. 13 as a simple diode and / or an MIM diode can be used instead of the charge trigger transistor 1616 for switching array or charge loading function for each pixel.

[0221] 图17是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的用于包括进显示装置100中的又一个合适的控制矩阵1700的图解。 [0221] FIG. 17 is an exemplary embodiment in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention comprises a further illustration of the apparatus 100 suitable control matrix 1700 into display. 控制矩阵1700控制包括弹性快门组件1704的像素1702 的一个阵列。 Control matrix 1700 controls an elastic shutter assembly 1704 includes a pixel array 1702 a. 控制矩阵1700优选地包括不是双稳态的快门组件,以便以一种模拟方式更好地控制快门组件1704。 The control matrix 1700 includes a shutter assembly preferably not bistable, in an analog manner so as to better control the shutter assembly 1704. 就是说,对快门组件1704之一的作动器施加一个特定的电压可导致一个已知的增量快门位移。 That is, a specific voltage is applied to the actuator of one of the shutter assembly 1704 can result in a known incremental displacement of the shutter.

[0222] 控制矩阵1700包括对控制矩阵1700中的每行像素1702的一个扫描线互连1706 和对控制矩阵1700中的每列像素1702的一个数据互连1708。 [0222] The control matrix 1700 for each row of pixels including the control matrix 1700 in a scan line interconnect 1706 and 1702 to a data interconnect each column of pixels 1700 in the control matrix 1702 1708. 控制矩阵1700还包括一个充电互连1710、一个充电触发互连1712和一个放电触发互连1714。 The control matrix 1700 also includes a charge interconnect 1710, a charge trigger interconnect 1712 and a discharge trigger interconnect 1714. 这些互连1710、1712 和1714在控制矩阵1700中的全部像素1702或者这些像素的一个子集之间共用。 Sharing between the interconnects 1710, 1712, 1702 and 1714 all the pixels or a subset of the pixels in the control matrix 1700. 控制矩阵1700中的每个像素1702都包括四个晶体管,即一个充电触发晶体管1716、一个灰度晶体管1718、一个放电晶体管1720和一个写赋能晶体管1722。 Control matrix 1700. Each pixel 1702 includes four transistors, i.e., a charge trigger transistor 1716, a grayscale transistor 1718, a discharge transistor 1720 and a write-enabling transistor 1722. 充电触发晶体管1716的栅极电连接到充电触发互连1712。 Charge trigger gate of the transistor 1716 is connected to the charge trigger interconnect 1712. 其漏极电连接到充电互连1710,并且其源极电连接到灰度晶体管1718。 Its drain is electrically connected to the charge interconnect 1710, and the source of the transistor 1718 is electrically connected to the gradation. 灰度晶体管1718的栅极并联地电连接到一个数据储存电容器17M和写赋能晶体管1722。 Gradation gate of the transistor 1718 is electrically connected in parallel to a data storage capacitor and a 17M write-enable transistor 1722. 灰度晶体管1718的源极电连接到放电晶体管1720。 Gradation transistor source electrically connected to a discharge transistor 1718 1720. 放电晶体管1720的栅极电连接到放电互连1714,并且其源极接地。 Gate of the discharge transistor 1720 is connected to a discharge interconnect 1714, and its source is grounded. 再次提到写赋能晶体管1722,其栅极电连接到其对应的扫描线互连1706,并且其漏极电连接到其对应的数据互连1708。 Again mentioned write-enabling transistor 1722, its gate electrically connected to its corresponding scan-line interconnect 1706, and its drain is electrically connected to its corresponding data interconnect 1708.

[0223] 控制矩阵1700可以用于对显示装置100提供模拟灰度。 [0223] The control matrix 1700 may be used to provide the analog gray scale display device 100. 在工作中,于一个帧寻址周期的开始,控制矩阵1700对放电触发互连1714施加一个电压,导通放电晶体管1720。 In operation, the start of a frame addressing period, the control matrix 1700 pairs of the discharge trigger interconnect 1714 a voltage is applied, the discharge transistor 1720 is turned on. 存储在像素1702中的快门组件1704的作动器中的任何电压都被放电,把快门组件1704中的快门释放到其静止位置。 Any voltage in the pixel memory 1702 of the shutter actuator assembly 1704 have been discharged, the shutter of the shutter release assembly 1704 to its rest position. 然后控制矩阵1700把放电触发互连1714接地。 The control matrix 1700 then discharge trigger interconnect 1714 is grounded. 接着,控制矩阵1700顺次地向每个扫描线互连1706施加一个写赋能电压Vwe,导通控制矩阵1700中每个对应的行中的像素1702的写赋能晶体管1722。 Next, the control matrix 1700 sequentially interconnecting each scan line 1706 is applied to a write-enabling voltage Vwe, conduction control matrix 1700 each of the corresponding pixels in the row write enabling transistor 1702 1722. 随着一个给定行的写赋能晶体管1722导通, 控制矩阵1700对每个数据互连1708施加电压脉冲,以指示在被写赋能了的行的像素1702 中的每个像素1702的所希望的亮度。 With the write-enable transistor 1722 is turned on a given row, the control matrix 1700 for each voltage pulse is applied to the data interconnect 1708, to indicate that each pixel in the pixel 1702 is write-enabled row in the 1702 desired brightness. 在该寻址序列完成以后,该控制矩阵然后向充电触发互连1712施加一个电压,后者导通充电触发晶体管1716,从而可以对所有的电极充电并且可以同时地作动所有像素。 After the completion of the addressing sequence, the control matrix and then applying a voltage to the charge trigger interconnect 1712, which is the charge trigger transistor 1716 is turned on, so that all of the electrodes can be charged and may be actuated simultaneously to all pixels.

[0224] 一个像素1702的亮度由施加到其对应的数据互连1708上的电压脉冲的脉宽或幅度决定。 [0224] luminance of a pixel 1702 is determined by the magnitude of the voltage applied to the pulse width or pulse on its corresponding data interconnect 1708. 在该电压脉冲被施加到该像素的数据互连1708上的同时,电流流经写赋能晶体管1722,在数据储存电容器17M上建立一个电位。 While the voltage pulse is applied to the data interconnect 1708 of the pixel, the current flowing through the write-enable transistor 1722, to establish a potential at the data storage capacitor 17M. 电容器17M上的该电压用于控制灰度晶体管1718中的导电沟道的开通。 The voltage on the capacitor for controlling the opening 17M conducting channel transistor 1718 in gray. 只要栅-源电压超过一定的阈值电压,该沟道就保持开通。 As long as the gate - source voltage exceeds a certain threshold voltage, the channel remains open. 最后,在充电周期期间,快门组件1704的电极上的电位将上升到和存储在电容器17M上的电位相差不大,在该时刻该灰度晶体管将截止。 Finally, during the charging period, the potential of the electrode on the shutter assembly 1704 will rise to the potential stored on the capacitor and a 17M or less, at the time of the grayscale transistor is turned off. 以此方式,可以使存储在该快门组件上的作动电压与存储在电容器17M上的该模拟电压成比例地改变。 In this manner, the actuation voltage stored on the shutter assembly stored in the analog voltage in proportion to the change in the capacitor 17M. 所得到的电极电压引起快门组件1704中的快门的一个与所得到的电压成比例的增量位移。 The electrode voltage causes a resulting incremental voltage proportional to the displacement of the shutter assembly 1704 obtained shutters. 该快门保持从其静止位置位移的状态直到在该帧寻址周期的末尾再次给放电触发互连1714加电为止。 The shutter remains at rest position to a displaced until discharged again at the end of the frame addressing period from 1714 until the trigger interconnect power.

[0225] 如在图13中的控制矩阵1300中那样,一个简单的二极管和/或一个MIM 二极管可以代替充电触发晶体管1716进行该阵列中每个像素的切换功能或者电荷加载功能。 [0225] The control matrix 1300 in FIG. 13 as a simple diode and / or an MIM diode can be performed instead of the charge trigger transistor 1716 in the array or charge loading function switching function for each pixel.

[0226] 图18是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的用于包括进显示装置100中的再一个合适的控制矩阵1800的图解。 [0226] FIG. 18 is an exemplary embodiment in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention comprises means 100 illustrated in a further suitable control matrix 1800 into the display. 控制矩阵1800控制一个包括双作动器快门组件1804(即既具有快门打开作动器又具有快门关闭作动器的快门组件)的像素1802的一个阵列。 Control matrix 1800 includes a control 1804 (i.e. with both shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close actuator having a shutter assembly) of pixels dual actuator shutter assemblies 1802 in an array. 在快门组件1804中的该作动器可以做成电双稳态的或者机械双稳态的。 The actuators in the shutter assemblies 1804 can be made electrically bi-stable or mechanically bi-stable.

[0227] 对于控制矩阵1800中的每行像素1802,控制矩阵1800包括一个扫描线互连1806。 [0227] For each row of the pixel matrix 1800 to control 1802, the control matrix 1800 includes a scan-line interconnect 1806. 对于控制矩阵1800中的每列像素1802,控制矩阵1800还包括两个数据互连,即一个快门打开互连1808a和一个快门关闭互连1808b。 The control matrix 1800 each column of pixels 1802 in the control matrix 1800 also includes two data interconnects, i.e., a shutter-open interconnect 1808a and a shutter-close interconnect 1808b. 控制矩阵1800还包括一个充电互连1810、一个充电触发互连1812和一个全局作动互连1814。 The control matrix 1800 also includes a charge interconnect 1810, a charge trigger interconnect 1812 and a global actuation interconnect 1814. 这些互连1810、1812和1814在该阵列中的多个行和多个列中的像素1802之间共用。 Sharing between the interconnects 1810, 1812 and 1802 more than 1814 lines in the array and the plurality of columns of pixels. 在一个实现(在下文将较详细说明的实现)中,互连1810、1812和1814在该控制矩阵1800中的所有像素1802之间共用。 In one implementation (described in more detail below in the implementation), the interconnection between 1810, 1812, 1802 and 1814 all the pixels in the control matrix 1800 in common.

[0228] 该控制矩阵中的每个像素1802都包括一个快门打开充电晶体管1816、一个快门打开放电晶体管1818、一个快门关闭充电晶体管1820和一个快门关闭放电晶体管1822。 [0228] The control matrix 1802 each pixel includes a shutter-open charge transistor 1816, a shutter-open discharge transistor 1818, a shutter-close charge transistor 1820, and a shutter-close discharge transistor 1822. 该控制矩阵还包括两个稳压电容器1824,该稳压电容器各与放电晶体管1818和1822的源极和漏极并联连接。 The control matrix 1824 also includes two capacitors regulator, the regulator connected to the capacitor of each discharge transistor and the drain electrode 1818 and source 1822 in parallel. 于每一个帧寻址周期的开始,控制矩阵1800对全局作动互连1814施加一个保持电压,Vm,例如是作动该快门组件所需要的电压Vat的1/2。 At the beginning of each frame addressing cycle the control matrix 1800 pairs of global actuation interconnect 1814 is applied to a hold voltage, Vm, for example, the shutter actuation voltage Vat assembly 1/2 needed. 该保持电压把快门组件1804锁定在其当前的状态,直到在该帧寻址周期结束时启动一个全局作动为止。 The holding voltage to the shutter assembly 1804 locked in its current state, a global start until the end of the frame addressing period for the stops. 然后控制矩阵1800向充电触发互连1821施加一个电压,导通控制矩阵1800中的像素1802的快门打开和快门关闭晶体管1816和1820。 The control matrix 1800 then applies a voltage to the charge trigger interconnect 1821, conduction control matrix 1800 and the pixel 1802 of the shutter-open and shutter-close transistors 1816 1820. 在一个实现方式中,充电互连1810承载一个等于或者大于Vat例如40V的DC电压。 In one implementation, carries a charge interconnect 1810, for example, equal to or greater Vat DC voltage of 40V.

[0229] 在寻址控制矩阵1800中的每行像素1802时,控制矩阵1800通过把一行像素1802对应的扫描线互连1806接地写赋能该行像素。 [0229] In the address control of each row of the pixel matrix 1800 in 1802, the control matrix 1800 by 1802 pixel row corresponding to scan-line interconnect 1806 is grounded to the write-enabled row of pixels. 然后控制矩阵1800向对应于控制矩阵1800 中的每列像素1802的或是快门打开互连1808a或是快门关闭互连1808b施加一个数据电压Vd,例如5V。 The control matrix 1800 then-open interconnect 1808a or the shutter-close interconnect 1808b applies a data voltage Vd to the shutter or the control corresponding to each column of the pixel matrix 1800 to 1802, for example, 5V. 如果对一个列的快门关闭互连1808b施加Vd,存储在对应的快门组件1804 的快门关闭作动器上的电压通过快门关闭放电晶体管1822放电。 If Vd-close interconnect 1808b applied to a column of the shutter, the shutter is stored in the corresponding shutter assembly 1804 is closed the voltage on the shutter actuator to close discharge transistor 1822 to discharge. 类似地,如果对一个列的快门打开互连1808a施加Vd,存储在对应的快门组件1804的快门打开作动器上的电压通过快门打开放电晶体管1818放电。 Similarly, if the shutter-open interconnect 1808a Vd is applied to a column, the voltage stored on the opening actuator in the corresponding shutter assembly 1804 of the shutter open discharge transistor 1818 is discharged through the shutter. 总体上,为了确保正确的作动,对于该阵列中的任何给定的快门组件,只允许该作动器中的一个,要么是快门关闭作动器要么是快门打开作动器,放H1^ ο In general, to ensure proper actuation, for any given shutter assembly in the array, allows only one of the actuator in either the shutter closed actuator or the shutter-open actuator, release H1 ^ ο

[0230] 在寻址了所有行的像素1802以后,控制矩阵1800通过把全局作动互连1814上的电位从Vm改变成接地全局地作动像素1802。 [0230] In addressing the rows of pixels 1802 after all, the control matrix 1800 by the potential on the global actuation interconnect 1814 is changed from Vm to the ground 1802 pixels globally actuation. 如果需要,该电压改变把该作动器从其锁定状态释放以切换到其下一个状态。 If desired, the voltage change to the actuator from its locked state is released to switch to its next state. 如果该全局作动互连要用一个恒定电压地或者公共互连代替,也就是说如果控制矩阵1800不使用该全局作动方法,那么稳压电容器1拟4可能不是必需的。 If the global actuation interconnect to use a constant voltage in place of or in common interconnect, i.e. if the control matrix 1800 does not use the global actuation methods, the proposed 4 regulators capacitor 1 may not be necessary.

[0231] 如在图14中的控制矩阵1400中那样,一个简单的二极管和/或一个MM 二极管可以代替快门打开充电晶体管1816和快门关闭充电晶体管1820。 [0231] The control matrix 1400 in FIG. 14 as in, a simple diode and / or a diode may be used instead MM shutter-open charge transistor 1816 and the shutter-close charge transistor 1820.

[0232] 替代地,可以利用快门组件1804的双稳态特性并且用一个电阻器代替快门打开充电晶体管1816和快门关闭充电晶体管1820。 [0232] Alternatively, characteristic bistable shutter assembly 1804 and 1816 instead of the shutter-open charge transistor 1820 and the shutter-close charge transistor by a resistor. 当用一个电阻器工作时,人们依靠与该电阻器和快门组件1804中的作动器的电容相关联的RC充电时间常数可以在大小上比或经快门打开放电晶体管1818或经快门关闭放电晶体管1822使该作动器放电所需的时间大得多的事实。 When working with a resistor, it can be compared to or through the shutter-open discharge transistor 1818, or by a shutter in size rely RC charging time constant and the capacitance associated with that resistor, and a shutter assembly 1804 actuator closing discharge transistor the actuator 1822 time required to discharge the fact that much. 在快门组件1804的作动器通过该放电晶体管之一放电与该作动器通过该电阻器和充电互连1810再充电之间的时间间隔中,可以在快门组件1804的作动器上建立正确的电压差,并且可以引起该快门组件作动。 Spacing actuator shutter assembly 1804 is discharged through one of the discharge transistor interconnected with the actuator between the time the recharge through the resistor 1810 and the charging can be established on the right shutter assembly 1804 actuator voltage difference, and it may cause actuation of the shutter assembly. 在已经经该电阻器对快门组件1804的打开和关闭作动器中的每个再充电以后,快门组件1804将不会再作动,因为不论是两个作动器中的任意一个还是全部现在都有效地保持适当的保持电压,即一个大于Vm的电压。 After having opened and closed for each shutter assembly 1804 actuator recharge through the resistor in the shutter assembly 1804 will not be actuated either because any two of the actuators are now all or a are effective to maintain the proper holding voltage, i.e., a voltage Vm is greater than.

[0233] 图19是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的适于包括进显示装置100中的又一个合适的控制矩阵1900的图解。 [0233] FIG. 19 is adapted to include a further illustration of the apparatus 100 suitable control matrix 1900 into a display device according to the present invention exemplary embodiments. 控制矩阵1900控制包括双作动器快门组件1904(即既具有快门打开作动器又具有快门关闭作动器的快门组件)的像素1902的一个阵列。 Control matrix 1900 includes a dual control actuator shutter assemblies 1904 (i.e. with both shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close actuator having a shutter assembly) of a pixel array of 1902. 在快门组件1904中的该作动器可以做成电双稳态的或机械双稳态的。 The actuators in the shutter assemblies 1904 can be made electrically bi-stable or mechanically bistable.

[0234] 对于控制矩阵1900中的每行像素1902,控制矩阵1900包括一个扫描线互连1906。 [0234] For the control matrix 1900 each row of pixels 1902, the control matrix 1900 includes a scan-line interconnect 1906. 对于控制矩阵1900中的每列像素1902,控制矩阵1900还包括两个数据互连,即一个快门打开互连1908a和一个快门关闭互连1908b。 The control matrix 1900 each column of pixels 1902, the control matrix 1900 also includes two data interconnects, i.e., a shutter-open interconnect 1908a and a shutter-close interconnect 1908b. 控制矩阵1900还包括一个充电互连1910、一个充电触发互连1912、一个全局作动互连1914和一个快门公共互连1915。 The control matrix 1900 also includes a charge interconnect 1910, a charge trigger interconnect 1912, a global actuation interconnect 1914 and a shutter common interconnect 1915. 这些互连1910、1912、1914和1915在该阵列中的多个行和多个列中的像素1902之间共用。 These interconnections 1910,1912,1914 and more than 1915 lines in the array between the pixel and common over 1902 columns. 在一个实现(该实现将在下文中更加详细地说明)中,互连1910、1912、1914和1915在控制矩阵1900中的所有像素1902之间共用。 In one implementation (the implementation will be described in more detail below), the common interconnection between all 1910,1912,1914 and 1915 pixels 1902 in the control matrix 1900.

[0235] 在该控制矩阵中的每个像素1902都包括一个快门打开充电晶体管1916、一个快门打开放电晶体管1918、一个快门打开写赋能晶体管1917和一个数据储存电容器1919,如在图16和18中所示的。 [0235] Each pixel 1902 in the control matrix includes a shutter-open charge transistor 1916, a shutter-open discharge transistor 1918, a shutter-open write-enable transistor 1917 and a data storage capacitor 1919, as in FIGS. 16 and 18 It is shown. 在该控制矩阵中的每个像素1902都包括一个快门关闭充电晶体管1920和一个快门关闭放电晶体管1922、一个快门关闭写赋能晶体管1927和一个数据储存电容器1拟9。 Each pixel 1902 in the control matrix includes a shutter-close charge transistor 1920, and a shutter-close discharge transistor 1922, a shutter-close write-enable transistor 1927 and a data storage capacitor 9 Quasi 1.

[0236] 于每一个帧寻址周期的开始,控制矩阵1900对充电触发互连1912施加一个电压, 导通控制矩阵1900中的像素1902的快门打开和快门关闭晶体管1916和1920。 [0236] at the beginning of each frame addressing cycle the control matrix 1900 applies a voltage to the charge trigger interconnect 1912, conduction control matrix 1900 1902 pixels shutter opening and shutter-close transistors 1916 and 1920. 在一个实现方式中,充电互连1910承载一个等于或者大于Vat例如40V的DC电压。 In one implementation, carries a charge interconnect 1910, for example, equal to or greater Vat DC voltage of 40V.

[0237] 然后,如参照图15中的控制矩阵1500所说明的,顺次地写赋能每一个行。 [0237] Then, the control matrix 15 as described with reference to FIG 1500, sequentially each of the write-enabled row. 在写赋能一个特定行的像素1902时,控制矩阵1900向对应于控制矩阵1900中的每列像素1902 的或快门打开互连1908a或快门关闭互连1908b施加一个数据电压。 When a particular write-enabled row of pixels 1902, the control matrix 1900-open interconnect 1908a or the shutter-close interconnect 1908b or applying a data voltage to the shutter corresponding to the control matrix 1900 each column of pixels 1902. 对被写赋能了的行的扫描线互连1906施加Vwe使对应的扫描线中的像素1902的两个写赋能晶体管1917和1927 都导通。 Applying Vwe interconnection of the two corresponding scan line of pixels in the write-enable transistors 1902 and 1927 are turned on 1917 for the write-enabled scan line a line 1906. 从而使得施加在数据互连1908a和1908b上的电压能够存储在相应像素1902的数据储存电容器1919和19¾上。 So that the voltage applied to the data interconnects 1908a and 1908b of the corresponding pixel data can be stored in the storage capacitor 1902 and 1919 19¾. 总体上,为确保正确的作动,对于该阵列中的任何给定的快门组件,只允许该作动器中的一个,或是快门关闭作动器或是快门打开作动器,放电。 In general, to ensure proper actuation, for any given shutter assembly in the array, allows only one of the actuator or the shutter closed actuator or the shutter-open actuator discharge.

[0238] 在控制矩阵1900中,全局作动互连1914连接到快门打开放电开关晶体管1918和快门关闭放电晶体管1922两者的源极。 [0238] In control matrix 1900, the global actuation interconnect 1914 is connected to the shutter-open discharge switch transistor 1918 and the shutter-close discharge transistor 1922 both the source electrode. 保持全局作动互连1914所处的电位显著高于快门公共互连1915的电位可防止导通任何放电开关晶体管1918或1922,而不论什么电荷存储在电容器1919和19¾上。 Potential holding global actuation interconnect 1914 which is significantly higher than the potential of the shutter common interconnect 1915 prevents any discharge switch transistor is turned on 1922 or 1918, regardless of what charge is stored on capacitor 1919 and 19¾. 控制矩阵1900中的全局作动的实现是通过使全局作动互连1914上的电位与快门公共互连1915的电位相同,使得放电开关晶体管1918或1922可以根据在或电容器1919或电容器1920上是否存储了一个数据电压导通。 To achieve global actuation in control matrix 1900 the same potential by bringing the global actuation interconnect 1914 on the shutter common interconnect 1915 of the potential, so that the discharge switch transistors 1918 or 1922 depending on whether the capacitor or capacitors 1919 or 1920 storing a data voltage is turned on. 因此,控制矩阵1900 不依赖快门组件1904中的电双稳态性实现全局作动。 Therefore, the control matrix 1900 does not depend on electrical bistability in the shutter assembly 1904 to achieve global actuation.

[0239] 向数据储存电容器1919和1921施加部分电压使得能够在把全局作动互连1914 带到其作动电位的时间中部分地导通放电开关晶体管1918和1922。 [0239] applying a voltage to the data storage section 1919 and the capacitor 1921 can be taken so that the time for which the zeta potential is turned partially discharge switch transistors 1922 and 1918 in the global actuation interconnect 1914. 以此方式,在快门组件1904上建立一个模拟电压,以提供模拟灰度。 In this manner, the establishment of an analog voltage on the shutter assembly 1904, to provide the analog gray scale.

[0240] 在工作中,该控制矩阵在两个控制逻辑之间交替,如参照图16中的控制矩阵1600 所说明的。 [0240] In operation, the control matrix alternates between two control logic, as described with reference to FIG. 16 described in the control matrix 1600.

[0241] 如在图13中的控制矩阵1300中那样,简单的MIM 二极管或变阻器可以代替充电触发晶体管1616进行该阵列中每个像素的切换功能或者电荷加载功能。 [0241] The control matrix 1300 in FIG. 13 as simple MIM diode or a varistor may be substituted for the charge trigger transistor 1616 to carry out the switching function of each pixel in the array or charge loading function. 还有,如在图18 中的控制矩阵1800中那样,可以用一个电阻器代替快门打开充电晶体管1916和快门关闭充电晶体管1920。 Also, as in the control matrix 1800 as in FIG. 18, the shutter-open charge transistor can replace the shutter-close charge transistor 1916, and 1920 with a resistor.

[0242] 总而言之,通过使用单作动的或者弹性的快门组件举例说明的任何控制矩阵1100、1300、1400、1500或1700都可以通过对每个打开和关闭作动器以镜像方式复制该控制电路而有利地适用于双作动的快门组件譬如1904。 [0242] In summary, by using a single actuator or elastic shutter assembly illustrated 1100,1300,1400,1500 or any control matrix 1700 can be opened and closed by each of the actuator in a mirror copy mode of the control circuit advantageously applicable to dual actuation of such shutter assemblies 1904. 如在图8的方法800中所示,提供给该数据打开互连和该数据关闭互连的数据往往会是互补的,即如果向该数据打开互连施加一个逻辑“1”,那么将典型地向该数据关闭互连提供一个逻辑“0”。 As shown in the method 800 of FIG. 8, the data supplied to the data-open interconnect and a data interconnect tend closed are complementary, i.e., applying a logic "1" if this data-open interconnect, it will typically Close to the data interconnects provide a logical "0." 在其他可供选择的替代实现方式中,可以改变该控制矩阵以用变阻器代替晶体管。 In other alternative alternative implementation, the control matrix can be changed in place of the transistor varistor.

[0243] 在可供选择的替代实现方式中,该控制矩阵记录每个像素的以前的位置,并且只在对于下一个图像帧一个像素的状态不同于以前的位置时才对对应于该像素的数据互连施加位置。 [0243] In an alternative implementation the alternative, the control matrix of the previous recording position of each pixel, and only for the next image frame when a pixel is different from the previous state of the position of the pixel corresponding to applying position data interconnect. 在另一个可供选择的替代实施方案中,该像素包括机械双稳态快门组件,取代仅电双稳态快门组件。 In another alternative embodiment an alternative embodiment, the pixel includes a mechanical bistable shutter assembly, the shutter assembly bistable electrical substituted only. 在这样一个实施方案中,可以用电阻器代替充电触发晶体管,并且可以从该控制矩阵中去掉该充电触发互连,如在上文参照图18所说明的。 In such an embodiment, the charge trigger transistor may be replaced with a resistor, and may be removed from the control of the charge trigger interconnect matrix, as described above with reference to FIG. 18. 控制矩阵1400使用的双控制逻辑还可以用于控制矩阵1800的其他实现方式中。 Control logic dual control matrix 1400 can also be used for the control matrix 1800 in other implementations. [0244] 灰度技术 [0244] grayscale technology

[0245] 场序制彩色 [0245] field sequential color

[0246] 显示装置100用相对低的功率提供高质量的视频图像。 [0246] providing high quality video image is displayed with a relatively low power devices 100. 一个基于快门的光阀的光学通过效率可以比液晶显示器能提供的具有更高的数量级,因为其产生该图像不需要偏振器或者彩色滤光器。 The optical efficiency by a shutter-based light valve may be greater than the liquid crystal display can provide a higher order of magnitude, because it does not require polarizers to generate the image or a color filter.

[0247] 在不使用彩色滤光器的情况下,在一个基于快门的显示器中产生视频图像的一个方法是使用场序制彩色。 [0247] Without using a color filter, a method of generating a video image in a shutter-based displays using field sequential color. 由于彩色滤光器中的吸收,该彩色滤光器将光学效率降低一> 60%的百分比。 Since the color filter absorbs the optical color filter efficiency decreases a percentage> 60%. 使用场序制彩色的显示器改为使用一个以有序序列产生纯红、绿和蓝光的背光。 A color display using a field sequential system to the production of pure red, green, and blue backlight in an ordered sequence. 为每种颜色产生一个单独的图像。 Generates a separate image for each color. 当以超过50Hz的频率交替这些单独的颜色图像时,人眼将均化这些图像,产生一个具有广而连续的颜色范围的单个图像的感觉。 When a frequency exceeding 50Hz alternating images of the individual colors, the human eye images homogenized, to produce a feeling of having a wide and continuous range of colors in a single image. 于是可以产生高效的背光,该背光使得能够从或发光二极管(LED)源或电致发光源产生的纯色之间快速地切换。 The backlight may then be generated efficiently, which enables the backlight or a light emitting diode (LED) or electroluminescent light source switch quickly between the solid generated.

[0248] 图5、6、7、9、11、13_19中所示的控制矩阵提供以准确的灰色调产生特定颜色的图像(彩色子帧图像)的手段和以快速的方式在颜色图像之间切换的手段。 The control matrix shown in [0248] FIG 5,6,7,9,11,13_19 provide means for producing an image of a specific color (a color sub-frame images) in a precise gray tone and a rapid manner between the color image means switching.

[0249] 用场序制彩色形成准确的图像可以通过在背光与像素寻址处理之间的同步改进, 特别是因为在每个彩色子帧的所要求的状态之间切换或者重置每个像素需要一个有限的时间段。 [0249] handy sequential color images can be formed accurately by improved synchronization between the backlight and the pixel addressing process, especially since the switching or resetting each pixel needs to be between the required state of each of the color subframes a limited period of time. 取决于用于寻址和作动像素的控制矩阵,如果不采用全局作动的选项,那么图像控制器可能需要在显示器的每个行或者扫描线暂停长得足够在每个行中完成机械切换或者作动的时间。 Depending matrix addressing and for controlling actuation of pixels, if the option is not used in the global actuation, the image controller may require each row or scan line of the display to pause long enough to complete the mechanical switch in each row or actuation time. 如果该背光要用一个单个的颜色广泛地照明整个显示器而同时显示控制器正在逐行地在2个颜色图像之间切换状态,会干扰所得到的对比度。 If the backlight is widely use a single color to illuminate the whole display while the display controller is row by row between two switching states color image, the contrast of the interference will be obtained.

[0250] 考虑说明在于一个同步的显示中在各颜色之间重置一个图像的过程中可供背光使用的消隐时间的两个例子。 [0250] Consider two examples illustrate that the Reset of an image between the color process for a backlight used in a synchronous blanking time display. 如果该快门作动或者在打开与关闭状态之间运动需要20微秒,如果以一种逐行的方式作动该快门,并且如果有100个行,完成寻址需要2毫秒。 If the shutter actuation or movement between open and closed state requires 20 microseconds, in a progressive manner if the actuation of the shutter, and if there are 100 rows, addressing requires 2 ms to complete. 于是该同步了的背光会在这些个2毫秒中被关断。 Whereupon the synchronized backlight will be turned off in one of these 2 milliseconds. 注意到,如果该显示器以60Hz的帧率按每帧3个颜色运行,则每个彩色子帧只允许有5. 6毫秒的时间,并且在该例子中,背光在36%的该时间内被关断。 It noted that, if the display frame rate for each frame of 60Hz three color operation, each color sub-frame allows only 5.6 milliseconds, and in this example, the backlight is within 36% of the time shutdown.

[0251] 替代地,当采用一种全局作动方案在彩色子帧之间切换时,对于在图像之间同时运动所有快门,同样的重置该图像将只需要20微秒。 [0251] Alternatively, when the global actuation scheme uses a switch between the color subframes, while for all the shutter movement between images, the same image will only need to reset the 20 microseconds. 这实质上放松了对快门速度的要求。 This substantially relax the requirements on the shutter speed. 在颜色重置的过程中,如果该背光要关断100微秒那么长的时间,按60Hz的频率照明时间的百分比于是好于98%。 Color reset process, if the backlight is turned off for 100 microseconds such a long time, the percentage frequency of 60Hz lighting time is then better than 98%. 假定一个100微秒的图像刷新时间,于是可能把该帧率增加到120Hz而照明时间没有显著的损失。 Assuming a 100 microsecond image refresh time, so that the frame rate may be increased to 120Hz and the illumination time without significant loss. 使用120Hz的帧率会显著减少由场序制彩色引起的图像假象,譬如在快速运动的视频图像中的颜色分层。 Using the frame rate of 120Hz significantly reduce image artifacts caused by the field sequential color, such as color video images partitioned in fast motion.

[0252] 灰度 [0252] gradation

[0253] 显示器中可得到的单值颜色的数量部分地取决于在该三个颜色图像的每个内可得到的灰度级。 [0253] The number of display colors available in a single value depends in part within each of the three colors of the image gray levels can be obtained. 产生灰度的四个原理方法以及其组合可以用于横向快门显示器。 Four principle methods of producing gradation and combinations thereof may be used to monitor lateral shutter.

[0254] 模拟灰度 [0254] analog gradation

[0255] 产生灰度的第一方法是一种模拟方法,通过该方法使快门与施加的部分作动电压成比例地仅部分地遮挡一个孔径。 The first method [0255] generating an analog gray scale method, by which the shutter portion with the applied actuation voltage in proportion to an aperture only partially occluded. 可以把横向快门设计成使得,例如上文参照图2所说明地通过控制作动电极的形状,使透射光的百分比与一个作动电压成比例。 The shutter can be designed such that the transverse, for example, as described above with reference shape by actuating the control electrode of FIG. 2, so that the percentage of transmitted light with a voltage proportional to the actuation. [0256] 对于模拟灰度,显示装置装备有一个数模转换器,使得提供给像素的电压与预期的灰度级成比例。 [0256] For analog gradation display device equipped with a digital to analog converter, so that the gray level proportional to the voltage supplied to the intended pixel. 在一个图像帧的整个时间段内保持每个作动器上的比例电压,使得在整个照明时间段内保持该比例快门位置。 Holding the ratio of the voltage across each actuator in the whole period of one image frame, such that the ratio is maintained throughout the illumination period of the shutter position. 可选择地使用图2和图17中与作动器并联安置的一个电容器帮助确保,即使在照明时间中可能从像素泄露一些电荷,电压也不会明显地改变而在该照明时间段内改变快门位置。 Alternatively, FIG. 2 and a capacitor arranged in parallel with the actuator 17 to help ensure that some charge may leak, even when a voltage from the pixel illumination time does not significantly alter the change in the illumination period of the shutter position.

[0257] 该模拟灰度的优点是在每像素运动中只需要1个快门,并且在每个颜色照明时间段内只需要设置1个图像帧。 [0257] The advantage of this is that the analog gray scale per pixel motion requires only one shutter, and only need to set a color of the illumination of image frames in each time period. 因此在提供灰度的所有可供选择的方法中,模拟灰度的数据率和寻址速度是最不苛求的。 Thus in all gray scale alternative method, the analog gradation data rate and the addressing speed is not the most demanding.

[0258] 时分灰度 [0258] division gradation

[0259] 在适当设计横向快门的情况下,可以实现快速的低电压切换。 [0259] In the case of a suitable design of the transverse shutters, can achieve rapid low-voltage switching. 横向驱动的快门组件,譬如在例如图2中描述的快门组件,可以被构建得具有3微秒至100微秒范围内的作动时间。 Lateral drive shutter assembly, the shutter assembly such as for example, depicted in Figure 2, may be constructed to have the action time is 3 microseconds to 100 microseconds range. 这样快速的作动使得能够实施时分灰度,其中对比度通过控制被作动的快门的相对的接通时间或者占空比实现。 Such actuation makes it possible to quickly implement time division gray scale, wherein the contrast by controlling the actuation of the shutter opposite on time or duty cycle. 一种时分灰度可以使用数字灰度编码实施,在于包括双稳态快门组件的控制矩阵识别两个快门作动状态,即接通或者关断。 A time division gradation digital gray scale encoding embodiment may be used, in that the control matrix includes a shutter identifying two bistable shutter assembly actuated state, i.e. turned on or off. 灰度通过控制一个快门打开的时间长度实现。 The length of time a gray scale by controlling the shutter opening implement.

[0260] 切换时间可以通过假定采用场序制彩色且帧率为60Hz的情况理解。 [0260] by assuming switching time field sequential color for the case where the frame rate of 60Hz and understanding. 给每个彩色子帧分配5. 6毫秒的时间。 Allocated to each of the color subframes 5.6 milliseconds. 如果该可利用的时间间隔要被划分成63段(每色彩6位灰度), 那么每个图像的最短接通时间增量,称为最低有效位(LSB)时间,将会是88微秒。 If the available time interval to be divided into 63 segments (each 6-bit gray color), then the shortest ON time increment for each image, called the least significant bit (LSB) time will be 88 sec . 如果一个对应LSB时间位的图像要利用一个全局作动方案创建和显示,那么所有快门的作动将需要在显著小于88微秒的LSB时间内完成。 If a bit image corresponding to LSB time to be created and displayed using a global actuation scheme, the shutter actuator will all need to be completed in significantly less than the LSB time is 88 microseconds. 如果逐行地寻址显示器,那么可供用于在每行重置的时间少相当多。 If the addressed row display, the less is available for each row reset considerable time. 对于具有100行的一个显示器,可供使用的作动时间可能低于每行0. 5 微秒。 For a display having 100 rows, the available actuation time may be less than 0.5 microseconds per row. 尽管可以有多个控制器算法用于放松按一个逐行的方案寻址快门所需要的时间间隔(例如参见NA Clark等人的Ferroelectrics (铁电材料),第46卷第97页(2000)),但是无论如何,在该6位灰度例子中快门作动所要求的时间比20微秒少相当多。 Although there can be a plurality of algorithms for the controller relaxation time intervals a progressive shutter addressing scheme required (see, for example, NA Clark et al., Ferroelectrics (ferroelectric material), Vol. 46, 97 (2000)) , but in any case, the 6-bit gray case shutter actuation required considerable time less than 20 microseconds.

[0261] 通过使用时分复用实现多位灰度在寻址电路中需要大量功率,因为在该控制方案中在每次刷新或者寻址周期中每个像素在作动周期中的能量损耗是1/2CV2(C是该像素加控制电极的电容,V是作动电压)。 [0261] By using time-division multiplexing to achieve multi-bit gray scale requires a large amount of power in the addressing circuit, since the control scheme in each refresh period or the address of each pixel in the actuation cycle energy loss is 1 / 2CV2 (C is the capacitance of the pixel electrode uncontrolled, V is the actuation voltage). 图11和图13-19的电路图通过从作动电压(运动一个快门所要求的电压)退耦和降低寻址电压(在扫描线和数据线上所要求的电压)降低功率要求。 A circuit diagram of FIGS. 11 and 13-19 to reduce the power from the actuation voltage requirements (a shutter movement required voltage) and lower address voltage decoupling (in scan lines and data lines required voltage) through.

[0262] 面积划分灰度 [0262] Area division gradation

[0263] 可以降低时分灰度的寻址速度要求和功率要求的另一个方法是允许每像素有多个快门和作动器。 Another method [0263] can reduce the time division gray scale addressing speed requirements and power requirements per pixel is to allow a plurality of shutters and actuator. 通过在空间域或者面积域中添加一个附加的灰度位的可用性,可以把一个6位二进制时分方案(63个要求的时隙)转换成一个5位时间方案(31个要求的时隙)。 By adding an additional bit availability gradation area in the spatial domain or domain, it can be a 6-bit binary division scheme (63 required time slots) is converted into a 5-bit time scheme (31 required time slots). 该附加的空间位可以用每像素2个快门和孔径实现,特别是该快门/孔径具有不相等的面积时。 The additional space may be used bits per pixel and the aperture two shutter achieved, in particular the shutter / aperture area when unequal. 类似地,如果每像素可使用4个快门(具有不相等的面积),那么所要求的时间位的数量可以减少到3,结果仍然是每个颜色64个有效灰度级。 Similarly, if each pixel using four shutter (with unequal area), then the number of bits required time can be reduced to 3, the result is still effective 64 for each color gradation.

[0264] 照明灰度 [0264] Lighting gradation

[0265] 可以放松上述灰度技术的速度要求和/或不动产要求的另一个方法是使用一种照明灰度。 [0265] relax the speed requirements of the gradation techniques and / or another method is to use a real property required illumination gradation. 借助于改变背光发光强度,可以调节通过彩色图像的照明实现的对比度或者为该对比度提供较精细的灰度级。 By changing the light emission intensity of the backlight, you can adjust the contrast achieved by the illumination of the color image or provide a finer gradation for the contrast. 如果该背光能够快速响应(如在LED背光的情况下),那么可以通过或改变该背光的亮度或者改变其照明持续时间实现对比度。 If the backlight can respond quickly (e.g., in the case of an LED backlight), or you can change the brightness of the backlight illumination duration or change to achieve contrast.

[0266] 下面考虑一个例子,其中我们假定控制矩阵使用一种全局作动方案并且时分灰度通过构建和显示被照明不同长度的时间的不同时间位图像实现。 [0266] Consider an example in which we assume the use of a control matrix global actuation scheme and a time division gray-scale display is achieved by constructing and illumination time of different time lengths of different bit image. 以一个通过把彩色帧划分成15个时隙实现的4位二进制时间编码方案为例。 In the color by a 4-bit binary frame into 15 time slots to achieve encoding scheme as an example. 针对最短(LSB)时间构建的图像应当保持为可用帧时间的1/15的时间。 For the shortest (LSB) time to build an image should remain available frame time is 1/15 of the time. 为了扩展到一个5位编码方案,人们可以在时域中把该彩色帧划分成31个时隙,这要求将寻址速度加倍。 In order to expand a coding scheme 5, one can in the time domain to the color frame into 31 time slots, which requires doubling the addressing speed. 替代地,可以只分配16个时隙,并且给这些时隙之一分配一个只被以1/2的亮度照明的图像或者一个由一个只在为该帧时间的1/31的接通时间段内闪光的背光照明的图像。 Alternatively, only 16 time slots may be allocated and assigned to one of these time slots to a brightness of the illumination is only 1/2 of the image or only a 1/31 of a frame time for the ON-period the flash image of backlight. 通过加入这些短持续时间图像以及部分照明,可以在一个4位时分编码方案上添加多达3个的附加灰度位。 By adding these images and short duration partial illumination, can add up to an additional 3-bit gradation in a time-division 4 coding scheme. 如果该部分照明位被分配给这些时间片中的最小者,就可以得到平均投影亮度的一个可忽略的损失。 The smallest time slice if the bit is allocated to the partial illumination, you can get a negligible loss of the average luminance of the projection.

[0267] 混合灰度方案 [0267] Mixed solutions gradation

[0268] 灰度的四个原理手段是模拟灰度、时分灰度、面积划分灰度和照明灰度。 [0268] principle of four gradation means gradation analog, time division gray scale, gray and light gray area is divided. 应当理解可以通过结合上述任何方法,例如通过结合使用时分、面积划分和使用部分照明,构建可用的控制方案。 It should be understood in conjunction with any of the above methods, for example using a combination of time-division, and the division area using the partial illumination, can be used to build a control scheme. 通过内插技术一也称为抖动,也可以得到灰度的进一步划分。 By interpolation techniques are also known as a dither, it can be obtained further divided gradation. 时域抖动包括仅在一个交替的彩色帧系列中插入LSB时间位。 Time-domain jitter comprises inserting bits LSB time only a series of alternating color frame. 空间域抖动,也称为半色调,涉及控制或者打开相邻像素的一个规定部分以产生只具有部分亮度的局部区域。 Dithering the spatial domain, also referred to as halftoning, to a predetermined control or open portions of adjacent pixels to produce a localized region having only luminance portion.

[0269] 为了提供本发明的总体理解,下面将说明附加的示例性实施方案,包括便携手持装置及其制造方法。 [0269] To provide an overall understanding of the invention, will be described below an additional exemplary embodiment, it comprises a portable handheld device and manufacturing method. 然而所属领域技术人员应当理解,本文所说明的系统和方法可以适当地针对所针对的应用进行修改和改变,并且本文所说明的系统和方法可以用于其他适当的应用中,并且这样的其他添加和修改将不会偏离本发明的范围。 However skilled in the art will appreciate, the systems and methods described herein may be modified and changed for the application being addressed properly, and the systems and methods described herein may be used in other suitable applications, and such other additives and modifications without departing from the scope of the invention.

[0270] 更加具体地,本文所说明的系统和方法,主要包括便携手持装置和制造便携手持装置的方法,该便携手持装置包括具有足够的分辨率的低功率且明亮照明的显示板,以提供一个可视用户界面,能够在多个环境照明条件下观看视觉上截然不同的图像。 [0270] More specifically, the system and method described herein, including a portable handheld device and the method of manufacturing a portable handheld device, the portable handheld device comprises a low power sufficient resolution and bright illumination of the display panel, to provide a visual user interface can be viewed visually distinct images in a plurality of ambient lighting conditions. 更加具体地,在某些实施方案中,本文所说明的系统和方法包括便携手持装置,该便携手持装置包括含有一个MEMS显示板的显示器,该MEMS显示板具有一个光调制层。 More specifically, in certain embodiments, the systems and methods described herein include a portable handheld device, the portable handheld device comprises a MEMS display comprising a display panel, the MEMS display panel having a light modulation layer. 该光调制层包括被设置以为任何尺寸的屏幕提供工作观看分辨率的像素元件,上述任何尺寸的屏幕包括小至0. 25 英寸乘0. 25英寸的屏幕和更小的屏幕,取决于应用。 The light modulation layer is provided that comprises a screen of any size to provide work viewing resolution pixel elements, including any of the above screen size as small as 0.25 inches by 0.25 inches and a screen smaller screen, depending on the application. 具体而言,在一个实施方案中,该光调制层包括一个由一个具有排列成一个像素元件矩阵的多个可横向运动的快门的显示板形成的显示器。 Specifically, in one embodiment, the light modulation layer comprises an element having a matrix of pixels arranged in a plurality of transversely movable shutters by a display of the display panel is formed. 该矩阵大约是一英寸宽乘一英寸长,具有120列和120行,从而提供大致14, 400个均勻地分布在该一英寸乘一英寸的显示板内的像素。 The matrix is ​​about 1 inch wide by one inch long, having 120 columns and 120 rows, thereby providing substantially the pixel 14, 400 are uniformly distributed within the one inch by one inch display panel. 可选地,如将更加详细地说明的,可以提供一个背光,该背光提供一个光源,该光源使光穿过该光调制层,从而该横向运动的快门可以调制所产生的光以在该显示板上产生一个图像。 Alternatively, as will be described in more detail, may provide a backlight, the backlight provides a light source light passes through the light modulation layer, such that the lateral movement of the shutter can be modulated to light generated in the display panel produces an image. 一个MEMS显示控制器可以连接到该MEMS显示板以驱动该显示器以产生图像。 A MEMS display controller may be connected to the MEMS display panel to drive the display to produce an image. 可选地,该MEMS显示控制器提供多个工作模式,以用一个适应于应用和条件的模式驱动该MEMS显示器。 Optionally, the MEMS display controller provides a plurality of operating modes, adapted to the application and use conditions of a mode of driving the MEMS display. 该MEMS显示器的高光学功率效率可以通过该MEMS显示控制器影响,在一个实施方案中,该MEMS显示控制器动态地把该显示板的工作模式设置成随可得到的功率和应用要求改变。 The high power efficiency optical MEMS display controller may display through the MEMS affect, in one embodiment, the MEMS display controller dynamically the operating mode of the display panel provided with the power available and the application requirements change. 本文所说明的装置的高效功率利用和控制允许附加的功能性,譬如WI-FI和全色视频,该附加的功能性要不然可能会在任何实用的时间量上提取比机上电源所能提供的功率多的功率。 It described herein, and efficient use of power and the control means allows additional functionality, such as full color video and WI-FI, or else the additional functionality may be extracted in any practical amount of time than the power supply can provide the machine more power. 这些实施方案和其他实施方案将参照本文给出的附图更加详细地说明。 These embodiments and other embodiments will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings presented herein in more detail.

[0271] 更加具体地,图20示出根据本发明的一个系统的一个第一实施方案,并且示出一个便携手持装置A10,该便携手持装置包括一个显示器A12、一个可选的第二显示器A14、一个显示亮度控制A16、一个显示对比度控制A18、一个用户接口输入装置A20、一个照明水平检测器A21、一个音频输出A22、一个输入控制A24、一个第二输入控制A28、一个移动式存储装置A30、一个置于可选的显示器A14上方的可选的触摸屏A32、一个可选的触笔A34、一个主机壳A38、一个可选的照明水平检测器和一个显示器盖壳体A40。 Second display [0271] More specifically, FIG. 20 shows a first embodiment of a system in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, and shows a portable handheld device AlO, the portable handheld device comprises a display A12, an optional A14 , a display brightness control A16, a display contrast control A18, the A20 a user interface input device, a lighting level detector A21, an audio output A22, A24 a control input, a second input control A28, a removable memory device A30 , optionally one disposed above the display optional touch screen A14 A32, an optional stylus A34, the A38 a main housing, an optional illumination level detector and a display cover housing A40. 另外,该系统可以包括一个电源插头和对接接口(docking interface)以及通过例如一个音频插口或者USB总线或者相关装置连接到外围设备的接口。 Further, the system may comprise a power plug and the docking interface (docking interface) and an interface, for example, via a USB bus or the audio jack or associated apparatus connected to the peripheral device.

[0272] 一个便携手持装置可以是一个用户可以方便地手提的任何装置,并且具有一个内部电源使得能够把该装置从一个位置移动到另一个位置。 [0272] a portable hand held device may be any device that a user can easily portable, and having an internal power supply of the apparatus makes it possible to move from one location to another. 一个便携手持装置的尺寸可以根据其预定用途和特征改变,并且较大的装置可以具有把柄或者把手,而较小的装置可以具有腕带、臂带或者夹子,使得能够更容易地携带该装置。 Size of a portable hand held device may be characterized according to their intended use and change, and the larger device may have a handle or grip, while smaller devices may have wristband, clip or arm band, making it possible to more easily carry the device.

[0273] 显示器A12包括一个下文将更加详细说明的、装在盖壳体A40中的MEMS显示板。 [0273] The monitor comprises a A12 described in greater detail hereinafter, mounted in the cover housing A40 of the MEMS display panel. 显示器A12盖壳体A40的主体的上面是凹陷的,并且该显示器具有约长272”和宽17/8”的尺寸,包括一个约3”的对角屏幕尺寸。在所示实施方案中显示器A12在该盖壳体A40的范围内,并且盖壳体A40包括一个前板和一个背板,该前板具有一个被做成所需尺寸以提供到该显示器A12的视觉通路的开口,该背板覆盖显示器A12的整个后部。显示板A12可以处于围绕位于盖壳体A40的该背板内的该开口的周边边缘形成的一个框上。一个可选的密封件,典型地是一个橡胶垫圈或者塑料垫圈,可以围绕该周边边缘放置,使得该显示板A12 靠放在该垫圈上并且被密封就位,允许有一定量的弹性。如果该装置AlO被跌落或者以其他的方式被误操作,该密封件有助于吸收震动。典型地,盖壳体A40用塑料譬如聚苯乙烯或者聚氯乙烯或者某种其他适当的材料制造。替代地,壳体A40可以用金属 Above the cover housing A12 A40 of the display body is recessed, and the display has a "wide and 7/8" long dimension of about 272, about 3 comprises a "diagonal screen size. In the embodiment shown a display in A12 within this cover housing A40 and A40 and the cover housing comprises a front plate and a back plate, the front plate is made having a desired opening size to provide to the display of visual pathways A12, the back plate A12 covering the entire rear of the display. the display panel may be on a frame A12 of the opening in the backing plate located around the peripheral edge cover housing A40 formed. Alternatively a seal is typically a gasket of rubber or plastic washers may be disposed around the peripheral edge, so that the display panel is placed against the gasket A12 and is sealed in place, to allow a certain amount of elasticity. If the device is dropped or AlO misoperation in other ways, the seal help absorb shock member. typically, the cover housing A40 plastic such as polystyrene or polyvinyl chloride, or some other suitable material. Alternatively, the housing may be a metal A40 或者塑料和金属材料的任何组合制造。不论哪种情况,所选取的材料将会提供一种结实得足以保护显示板A12以便长期使用该显示板的一个壳体。该壳体A40典型地约长8英寸QOcm)且约宽4英寸(IOcm),盖壳体A40叠放在主壳体A38上。图20中所示的装置AlO具有一个适于在工作期间由使用者的一只手或者双手拿着该装置的形状因素。这使得该装置易于携带,并且在一些实施方案中,使得能够用一只手拿着该装置,而腾出另一只手以便,主要的是,使用可选的触笔A34以通过可选的触摸屏A32输入数据。 Or any combination of plastic and metal material is manufactured. In either case, the selected material will provide a strong enough for long term protection of the display panel A12 using a display panel of the housing. The housing typically Approximately A40 8 inches QOcm) and a width of about 4 inches (IOcm), the cover housing A40 superposed on the main housing A38. AlO apparatus shown in FIG. 20 has an adapted during operation by a user of one or both hands holding a form factor of the device. this makes the apparatus easy to carry, and in some embodiments, makes it possible to hold the device with one hand while freeing the other hand to the main thing is, with optional optional stylus A34 through A32 touchscreen input data.

[0274] 可选的显示器A14可以是结合进该便携手持装置AlO中的一个第二显示器,并且既可以用于显示信息,也可以,在所示的实施方案中,用于输入信息。 [0274] The optional display A14 may be incorporated into a second display in the portable handheld device AlO and may be used to display information, may be, in the embodiment illustrated, for inputting information. 为此目的,装置AlO可以包括一个放在显示板A14上的可选的触摸屏A32。 For this purpose, the device AlO may include a display on the optional touch screen A14 on the plate A32. 触摸屏A32可以是通常用于计算机系统中的触摸屏类型,使得一个用户能够通过使用触摸或者用力来识别触摸屏A32上的一个位置,该位置可以用于识别显示在显示器A14上的一个图符或者其他数据。 Touch screen A32 may be commonly used in a touch screen type computer system, such that a user can recognize a location on the touch screen A32 by using a touch or force, the location may be used to identify displaying an icon or other data on the display of the A14 .

[0275] 便携装置AlO还包括用户接口元件,譬如图20中所示的输入装置A20和输入装置AM和A28以及音频输出装置A22。 [0275] The portable device AlO further includes a user interface element, such as an input device and an input device AM A20 and A28, and the audio output device A22 shown in FIG. 20. 在图示的实施方案中,输入装置A20是一种可以用于玩游戏或者用于其他形式的数据输入的十字形的方向控制按钮。 In the illustrated embodiment, the input device A20 may be used to play a game or a cross direction of the other forms of data input from the control button. 输入装置AM和A^是可以用于向装置AlO输入数据的用户可压按钮。 And A ^ AM input device is a user input device to the data AlO may be a pushbutton. 图20中所示的音频输出装置A22可以是能够向用户提供音频信号以向该用户提供反馈的类型的扬声器,向用户提供的音频信号譬如是声音或者音乐。 The audio output device A22 shown in FIG. 20 may be capable of providing an audio signal to the user to provide feedback to the user type of a speaker, an audio signal is provided to the user such as voice or music. 不论在哪种情况下,包括十字形方向控制按钮A36和音频输出装置A22在内的该输入装置和输出装置可以用于便携装置A10,以使得一个用户可以输入数据和接收数据。 In either case, the cross-shaped directional control button comprising audio output device A36 and A22, including the input and output means can be for a portable device AlO, so that a user can enter data and receive data. 这些接口装置使得用户能够与出现在显示器A12或者A14的任何一个上的信息互动。 These interface means enable a user to interact with the information appears on a display of any of A12 or A14. 可选地,且传统地,十字形输入装置A20可以用于操纵一个会出现在显示器A12和A14之一或者两者上的光标。 Alternatively, and conventionally, the cross-shaped input device A20 may be used to manipulate a display will appear in one of A12 or A14, and both the cursor.

[0276] 该电源可以是一个电池、燃料电池、电容器或者任何提供一种电力源的其他装置。 [0276] The power supply may be a battery, a fuel cell, a capacitor or any other device that provides a power source. 典型地,该电源是一种可再充电的电池和一个连接到该电池以提供运行逻辑芯片、灯和显示板以及诸如WI-FI收发机、手机芯片组、调谐器、扬声器和其他附件的任何其他机上装置的电压电平的功率调整器。 Typically, the power supply is a rechargeable battery and a battery connected to the logic chip to provide a run, and a display panel and a lamp, such as a WI-FI transceivers, chipsets phone, a tuner, a speaker, and any other accessories power regulator the voltage level of the other devices on the machine. 本发明的一个实现结果如下:通过使用一个带有提供低的光功率损耗的横向快门的MEMS显示器,并且通过控制该显示器的工作模式,可以为这些附件分配更多的功率。 A result achieved the present invention is as follows: with a low loss of optical power to provide lateral MEMS display by using a shutter, and, more power can be allocated for these accessories by controlling the operating mode of the display.

[0277] 照明水平检测器A21可以是一个检测环境光的强度的光传感器。 [0277] A21 illumination level detector may be a light intensity sensor detecting ambient light. 照明水平检测器A21产生一个强度信号,该装置可以利用该强度信号调节该显示器的亮度。 A21 illumination level detector generates a signal intensity, the intensity with which the apparatus can adjust the brightness of the display signal. 从而,如果该照明水平检测器A21检测到环境光的低强度,譬如在一个暗照明的房间中的光的强度,装置AlO可以以低的亮度运行显示板A12和A14。 Thus, if the lighting level detector A21 detects low ambient light intensity, such intensity in a dark room illuminated light panel may display apparatus AlO and A14 A12 operation at low luminance. 另外,如果该照明水平检测器A21检测到环境光的高强度,譬如晴天在室外出现的光强度,装置AlO可以动态地把显示器A12和A14的工作模式改变到用户可以在此环境照明条件下看见的较高亮度设定。 Further, if the illumination level detector A21 detects the ambient light of high intensity, such as light intensity outdoors on a sunny appears, the device AlO may dynamically monitor to A12 and mode A14 is changed to the user can see Under ambient lighting conditions higher brightness setting.

[0278] 转到图21,图中较详细地示出了可以在两个显示器中任一个显示器A12上出现以向用户提供信息的图像类型。 [0278] Turning to Figure 21, shown in more detail in FIG be any of the two displays to provide information to the user's image appears on a display type A12. 具体地,图21示出在对角线上尺寸也可以是3”的显示器A12 或者A14。图21示出多种不同的数据类型,包括图像、文本和图形符号,并且显示对一个3” 对角线屏幕而言的一个基本量的文本信息。 In particular, FIG. 21 shows the diagonal dimension may be 3 "displays A12 or A14. FIG. 21 illustrates a plurality of different types of data, including images, text and graphic symbols, and displaying a 3 'to the a substantial amount of text information in terms of the diagonal screen. 具体地,图21示出显示器A12可以投影文本信息——譬如文本A48、图形符号——譬如图示的用户窗口小部件A52和AM和图像——譬如图示的图像A50。 In particular, FIG. 21 shows a display A12 may be projected text information - such as the A48 text, graphic symbols - for example, the illustrated user widgets and AM A52 and image - such as the illustrated image A50.

[0279] 在图示的实施方案中,显示器A12是一种高分辨率像素化的屏幕,宽约2. 5英寸并且长约1 7/8英寸,并且具有大约256行像素和192列像素,总共约49,152个像素。 [0279] In the illustrated embodiment, the display of the pixel A12 is a high-resolution screen, 2.5 inches wide and 1 7/8 inches long and has about 256 pixels and 192 rows of pixels, a total of approximately 49,152 pixels. 显示器A12可以是一种提供约沈2,144个色彩的彩色显示器,不过在其他的实施方案中该显示器可以具有或更多或更少的色彩,并且该屏幕提供的色彩的量可以如以下将说明的那样根据应用改变。 Display A12 may be a sink of about 2,144 to provide a color display color, but the display may have more or fewer colors or in other embodiments, the amount and color of the screen may be provided as will be explained change depending on the application. 如下文将参照某些可选实施方案描述的,本发明的显示器还可以是单色的,典型地是黑白的,或者具有一种产生单色图像的工作模式。 As will be described with reference to certain alternative embodiments, the display of the present invention may also be monochromatic, typically black and white, or have a mode of operation of generating a monochrome image. 在任何情况下,如在图21中所示, 该手持装置利用该显示器向用户展示信息,该信息可以包括文本信息,譬如联络信息、电话号码、数据和注解。 In any case, as shown in FIG. 21, the handheld device by using the display to show information to a user, the information may include text information, such as contact information, phone numbers, and annotation data. 另外,显示器A12可以展示图像数据,譬如图像A50,该图像数据可以是一个位图文件、一个jpeg文件或者任何其他适当的图像文件类型。 Further, the display can show the image data A12, the A50 such image, the image data may be a bitmap file, a jpeg file, or any other suitable type of image file. 另外,本文所说明的系统和方法可以显示视频数据,譬如mpeg和wmv文件。 Further, the systems and methods described herein may display video data, such as mpeg and wmv file.

[0280] 图形控制件A52和AM典型地是由手持装置AlO产生的图形图像,用于向用户提供可视地展现的用户接口控制件。 [0280] AM and graphic control member A52 is typically a graphic image produced by the handheld device AlO, for providing a visual presentation to a user to user interface controls. 例如,图形控制件A52被表现为表示该手持装置是否具有一种静音的音频输出功能的状态标记。 For example, the graphic control member indicates that the A52 is expressed as a handheld device has a state of the audio output mute flag. 使用者可以观看图形控制件A52以了解相关的音频输出装置的静音状态,并且在改变该静音状态时,该手持装置AlO可以把图形图像A52改变成一个表示该静音功能的改变状态的图形符号。 The user can view the graphic control member A52 for mute state associated audio output device, and change the silent state, the handheld device AlO graphic image A52 can be changed to a graphical symbol representing a change of state of the mute function. 类似地,图形控制件AM表示一个滑动控制件,该滑动控制件可以根据移动该控制件A54的方向引起展现在该显示器上的信息,或者该信息的至少一个部分,向上和/或向下滚动。 Similarly, the graphic control member AM represents a slip control member, the sliding member may cause the control information be presented on the display depending on the direction of movement of the control member A54, or at least a part of the information, scroll up and / or down . 显示器A12还展现包括内容信息的信息,该内容信息譬如存储在该装置的存储器中的用户数据。 A12 displays the presentation information further comprises the content information, the content information such as user data stored in the memory of the apparatus in.

[0281] 从而,显示器A12是便携装置AlO的用户接口的一个部分,并且它起一个用于可可视地感觉的数据的输出装置的作用并且起一个指导用户输入数据的装置的作用。 [0281] Thus, the display portion A12 is a portable device AlO a user interface, and it acts for a visually perceptible data output from a steering device and a user input device action data. 在图21 所示的实施方案中,手持装置显示器A12用于展现与一个联系数据库相关的数据。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 21, the handheld device display A12 for presentation data associated with a contact database. 然而,在其他的实施方案中,该手持装置可以是一个手机、一个智能电话、一个媒体播放器、一个游戏控制台、一个全球导航卫星系统(GNSS)接收机、一台电视机、一个数字照相机、一个手提录像机、一个膝上电脑或者其他装置。 However, in other embodiments, the handheld device may be a cellular phone, a smart phone, a media player, a game console, a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) receiver, a TV, a digital camera , a hand-held video recorder, a laptop computer or other apparatus. 在这些实施方案的每个中,该手持装置利用显示器A12向用户传达信息。 In each of these embodiments, the handheld device using the display conveys information to a user A12.

[0282] 显示器A12包括一个具有多个可横向运动的快门的显示板,该多个可横向运动的快门能够调制光以在该显示器上形成一个图像,譬如在图21中所示的图像。 [0282] A12 display includes a display panel having a plurality of shutter moving laterally, the plurality of transversely movable shutters capable of modulating light to form an image on the display, such as the image shown in FIG. 21.

[0283] 转到图22,图中显示出一个功能方框图,该功能方框图示出一个便携手持装置A60,该便携手持装置包括第一MEMS显示器A12和第二MEMS显示器A14、一个图形处理单元和MEMS显示控制器A70、一个图像RAM A68、一个中央处理器(CPU) A72、工作RAM A74、一个电源A76、一个外存接口A78、操作键A80、一个扬声器A82、一个触摸板A84和一个外围电路接口A88。 [0283] Turning to Figure 22, there is shown a functional block diagram of a functional block diagram illustrating a portable handheld device A60, the portable handheld device comprises a first and second MEMS display A12 MEMS display A14, and a graphics processing unit MEMS display controller A70, an image RAM A68, a central processing unit (CPU) A72, work RAM A74, a power supply A76, an external memory interfaces A78, operation keys A80, a speaker A82, a touch panel and a peripheral circuit interface A84 A88.

[0284] 另外,图22示出装置A60可以与可拆卸的盒式磁盘A90连接,该可拆卸的盒式磁盘可以包括一个程序ROM以及备份RAM,或者它可以是一个存储棒。 [0284] Further, FIG. 22 shows a device A60 may be connected to a removable disk cartridge A90, the removable disk cartridge may include a program ROM and a backup RAM, or it may be a memory stick.

[0285] MEMS显示板A12和A14连接到游戏处理单元和MEMS显示控制器A70 (MEMS显示控制器)。 [0285] MEMS display panels A12 and A14 are connected to the game processing unit and the MEMS display controller A70 (MEMS display controller). 图22中所示的MEMS显示控制器A70连接到CPUA72并且至少部分地在CPU A72的控制下工作。 MEMS 22 shown in FIG. CPUA72 display controller A70 is connected to and at least partially under the control of the CPU A72. MEMS显示控制器A70通过一个双向总线连接到图像RAM A68,该图像RAM存储可以或显示在MEMS显示器A12或者显示在MEMS显示器A14上的图像和/或视频数据。 MEMS display controller A70 is connected via a bidirectional bus to the image RAM A68, the image may be a RAM memory or display images and / or video data on a MEMS displays A14 or A12 is displayed in the MEMS display. 在图22中所示的实施方案中,CPU A72通过外围电路接口A88连接到多个用户接口装置。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 22, CPU A72 is connected to a plurality of user interface devices via a peripheral circuit interface A88. 外围电路接口A88连接到操作键A80,该操作键可以是图20中所示的接口装置A20、AM和 A peripheral circuit interface A88 connected to the operation key A80, the operation key may be an interface device A20 shown in FIG. 20, AM, and

外围设备接口A88还可以连接到一个扬声器,该扬声器可以与同样在图20中所示的音频输出装置A22相似。 Peripheral interface A88 may also be connected to a speaker which may be similar to the same in the audio output device A22 shown in FIG. 20. 一个可以是图20中所示的触摸板A32的可选的触摸板A84经外围设备接口A88连接到CPU A72。 A touch panel may be optional A32 shown in FIG. 20 connected to the touch panel CPU A72 through A84 peripheral interface A88. 在图示的实施方案中,该便携手持装置包括一个对一个外存储器装置A90的接口A78。 In the illustrated embodiment, the portable handheld device comprises a means A90 one external memory interface A78. 该外存储器装置可以包括用于指引该装置工作的程序指令并且可以包括存储器,譬如图示的程序ROM和备份RAM A94。 The external memory means may comprise program instructions for directing the operating means and may include a memory, such as the illustrated backup program ROM and RAM A94. 不论哪种情况,外存储器A90可以通过一个外存接口A78连接到该CPU。 In either case, an external memory to the CPU A90 may be connected via an interface to external memory A78. 可选地,该系统可以包括其他元件,譬如Wi-Fi收发机、蓝牙收发机、电视机和/或无线电调谐器和其他这样的元件。 Alternatively, the system may comprise other elements, such as Wi-Fi transceiver, a Bluetooth transceiver, a television and / or radio tuners, and other such elements. 这些元件可以集成在装置AlO中并且置于壳体A38之内,或者可以是通过接口A78连接到该装置或者通过被设置用于此目的的其他接口连接到该装置的外围装置。 These elements may be integrated in the apparatus and placed within the housing AlO of A38 or A78 may be connected to the apparatus through the interface or by other interfaces are provided for this purpose is connected to the peripheral device.

[0286] CPU A72可以是微处理器单元譬如ARM 7,在工作中该微处理器单元能够查询接口装置A78和A88以收集用户输入并且向用户提供反馈。 [0286] CPU A72 may be for example a microprocessor unit ARM 7, in operation the microprocessor unit is able to query the interface device A88 and A78 to collect user inputs and provides feedback to the user. CPU A72是一个执行程序指令的可编程的装置,该程序指令例如可以包括用于在该手持装置AlO上执行一个视频游戏的指令,用MEMS显示器A12作为视频信息的输出装置。 CPU A72 is a programmable device to execute program instructions, the program instructions may include instructions for performing a video game on the handheld device in an AlO, A12 with a MEMS display device as the output video information. 为此目的,CPU A72可以监视用户输入装置A80以收集关于用户游戏决定的信息并且使用该游戏信息判断通过MEMS显示器A12和A14中的任一个或者全部两个向用户展现什么图像。 For this purpose, CPU A72 A80 can monitor the user input device to gather information about the user and the game decisions using the game information is determined by any of a MEMS displays A12 and A14 two or all of the images presented to the user what. [0287] 为了向用户展现可视信息,CPU A72可以连接到MEMS显示控制器A70,在一个实施方案中,该MEMS显示控制器可以是用于提供可编程逻辑的类型的一个现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)。 [0287] In order to show the visual information to the user, CPU A72 may be connected to the MEMS display controller A70, in one embodiment, the MEMS display controller may be used to provide a type of programmable logic field programmable gate arrays (FPGA). 响应于来自CPU A72的一个指令,MEMS显示控制器A70采用RAM A68产生一个游戏图像以输出到第一MEMS显示器A12和第二MEMS显示器A14,并且引起所产生的游戏图像被显示在MEMS显示器A12和A14之一或者全部两个上。 In response to an instruction from the CPU A72, A70 using the MEMS display controller generates a game image RAM A68 to output to the first and second MEMS display A12 MEMS display A14, and causes the generated game image is displayed on the MEMS display A12, and one or both of the A14.

[0288] 在图示的实施方案中,MEMS显示控制器A70是集成到单个可编程的装置中的一个图形处理器和一个MEMS显示控制器,该单个可编程的装置典型地是一个现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)。 [0288] In the illustrated embodiment, the MEMS display controller A70 is integrated into a single programmable device a graphics processor and a MEMS display controller, the single programmable device is typically a field programmable gate array (FPGA). 该图形处理单元(GPU)可以是这样一类常规的GPU:该类型的GPU能够操作诸如鬼怪(sprite)之类的图形图像,并且能够组织或选择RAM A68内的或来自该RAM的图像数据,以便该图像数据由MEMS显示控制器A70显示在MEMS显示器A12和A14之一或者全部两个上。 The graphics processing unit (GPU) may be a class of conventional GPU: the type of GPU capable of operating a graphic image such as a ghost (the sprite was dropped) and the like, and can organize or selecting or image data from the RAM in the RAM A68, so that the image data is displayed by the MEMS display controller A70 on one of the MEMS display A12 and A14 or all of the two.

[0289] 图22中所示的MEMS显示控制器A70还,至少部分地,在FPGA A70内实现,然而所属领域技术人员会清楚,该GPU和MEMS显示控制器可以在单独的可编程装置内实现,并且另外可以使用任何适当类型的电路和控制器,并且FPGA只是一个用于在一个便携电子装置内实现复杂的逻辑的系统的一个普通的实施方案。 MEMS shown in [0289] FIG. 22 is also a display controller A70, at least partially implemented within the FPGA A70, however, will be apparent to those skilled in the art, the GPU and MEMS display controller may be implemented in a single programmable device and additionally may use any suitable type of circuit and a controller, and a common FPGA just an embodiment to implement complex logic in a system for a portable electronic device.

[0290] 图示的MEMS显示控制器A70具有多个工作模式用于控制每个MEMS显示器A12和A14。 MEMS [0290] The icon display controller A70 has a plurality of operating modes for controlling each of the MEMS displays A12 and A14. 如下文将详细地说明的,根据本发明的该便携手持装置包括被形成为具有包括多个可横向运动的快门的一个MEMS层的显示板。 As will be described in detail below, the portable handheld device according to the present invention comprises a display panel is formed as a layer having a MEMS shutter includes a plurality of laterally movable. 该可横向运动的快门能够调制光用以在该MEMS 显示器上产生一个图像。 The laterally movable shutters capable of modulating light to produce an image on the MEMS display. 用于该显示板中的可横向运动的快门有效地从至少一个第一位置运动至一个第二位置,以能够在任一该MEMS显示器上显示视频图像的速率进行该运动。 The shutter for the display panel may be efficiently lateral movement at least from a first position to a second position, to be able at any rate of the video image displayed on a display for the motion of the MEMS. 另夕卜,在某些实施方案中,该MEMS显示板能够显示单色的数据,典型地是黑白的,用于譬如手表、电子书、图形静止图像、文本之类的应用以及其他类似的应用。 Another Bu Xi, in certain embodiments, the MEMS display panel can display monochrome data, typically black and white, for example, watches, electronic books, still graphic images, text, applications, and other such similar applications . 图22中所示的MEMS显示控制器A70包括一种工作模式,用于有效地驱动MEMS显示板A12和A14,以使用一个由该MEMS显示控制器A70选取的工作模式展现一个图像以减少从手持装置AlO内的电源A76提取的功耗。 MEMS 22 shown in FIG display controller A70 includes a mode of operation for efficiently driving the MEMS display panels A12 and A14, using a selected operation mode controller A70 displayed by the MEMS exhibits a reduced image from the handheld A76 power within the power extraction apparatus AlO.

[0291 ] MEMS显示控制器A70可以提供对该MEMS显示板的动态控制,并且在一个实施方案中,可以通过根据应用和条件控制用于设置色彩的位数,譬如2位(单色)、4位、6位或者更多位,来提供对色彩深度的控制,包括自适应控制。 [0291] MEMS display controller A70 can provide dynamic control of the MEMS display panel, and in one embodiment, by controlling the application and conditions for setting the number of bits of color, such as two (monochrome), 4 bits, 6 bits or more bits to provide control of color depth, comprising adaptive control. 在这些实施方案中,MEMS显示控制器A70可以针对要提取的功率设置色彩分辨率,这可以导致大量的电力节省。 In these embodiments, the MEMS display controller A70 can be extracted for the color resolution of the power set, which can lead to substantial power savings. 例如,MEMS显示控制器A70可以针对一个特定的应用,譬如显示正在拨叫的电话号码的数字,确定需要进行单色的显示。 For example, the MEMS display controller A70 may be directed to a specific application, such as the digital display telephone number being dialed, to determine the need for a monochrome display. 在此模式下,MEMS显示控制器A70可以选择两位工作模式,该两位工作模式用单色图像显示正在拨叫的电话号码。 In this mode, the MEMS display controller A70 may select two operating modes, the display mode of the two telephone number being dialed monochrome image. 然而,如果该应用,譬如运行一个网页浏览器,要求彩色图像,MEMS显示控制器A70可以使用6位色彩显示该图像。 However, if the application, such as running a web browser, a color image is required, the MEMS display controller A70 may be the 6-bit color display image. 可选地,MEMS显示控制器A70可以处理存储在该图像存储器中的图像数据以判断所要求的色彩深度,并且根据该判断,调节用于产生该图像的位数。 Optionally, the MEMS display controller A70 may process the image data stored in the image memory to determine whether the required color depth, and according to the determination, the number of bits used to generate the image adjustment. MEMS显示控制器A70可以使用时间复用灰度,并且使用一个命令序列设置色彩位深度,动态和自适应地设置色彩位深度。 MEMS display controller A70 may be multiplexed using time gray scale, and the use of a command sequence to set the color bit depth, dynamically and adaptively set the color bit depth.

[0292] 图23是一个MEMS显示控制器的一个实施方案的一个方框图。 [0292] FIG. 23 is a block diagram of one embodiment of a MEMS display controller. 图示的MEMS显示控制器可以驱动和控制一个MEMS显示板,譬如板A12或者A14。 Illustrated MEMS display controller can drive and control a MEMS display panel, such as plate A12 or A14. 如前面所指出的,本文所说明的便携手持装置采用一个MEMS显示板,该MEMS显示板包括多个调制光以为用户产生一个图像的可横向运动的快门。 A portable handheld device as previously indicated herein described employs a MEMS display panel, the display panel includes a plurality of MEMS optical modulator that produces an image of the user shutter laterally movable. 这样的MEMS显示器的一个实施方案更加详细地示于图25C 中,该图给出一个示例性的MEMS显示板A600的一个分解图。 Such a MEMS display embodiment is shown in more detail in FIG. 25C, which depicts an exemplary MEMS display panel A600 is an exploded FIG.

[0293] 具体地,图25C示出一个MEMS显示板A600,该MEMS显示板包括一个盖板A602、一个黑基质(matrix) A608、多个排列成一个具有行和列的矩阵的快门组件A616、一个透明的基片A630、一个加强膜A622、一个扩散层A6M、一个光传导介质、一个散射和反射层A620和多个支承柱A640。 [0293] In particular, FIG. 25C shows a MEMS display panel A600, the MEMS display panel comprises a cover plate the A602, a black matrix (matrix) A608, a shutter assembly arranged in a plurality of rows and columns of a matrix having A616, the A630 of one transparent substrate, a reinforcing film of A622, A6M a diffusion layer, a light conducting medium, and a scattering reflection layer and a plurality of support posts A620 A640.

[0294] 图示的快门组件A616包括一个可横向运动的快门和一个静电驱动构件。 [0294] The shutter assembly A616 illustrated comprises a transversely movable shutter member and an electrostatic drive. 快门组件A616形成在图示的MEMS层上,该MEMS层形成在该透明的基片A630上。 Shutter assemblies A616 are formed in the illustrated MEMS layer, the MEMS layer formed on the transparent substrate A630. 多个导电元件也形成到该MEMS层中以提供一个可以把快门A616与MEMS显示控制器A70连接的控制矩阵。 A plurality of conductive elements of the MEMS layer to be formed to provide a shutter can control matrix A616 and MEMS display controller A70 connection. 一个控制矩阵的一个例子示于图24A中,然而该MEMS显示控制器可以利用任何适当的控制矩阵工作。 An example of a control matrix shown in FIG. 24A, however, the MEMS display controller may use any suitable control matrix work.

[0295] 在图25C中所示的实施方案中,该快门优选地在一个平面中横向运动,使得该快门在其相应的孔径A638或者在孔径A638的至少一部分的上方运动,以调制由灯(光源) A612产生的光,由该灯A612产生的光至少部分地由反射/散射表面A620向上引导穿过孔径A638。 [0295] In the embodiment shown in FIG. 25C, the shutter is preferably in a plane transverse movement, so that the shutter aperture in its respective upward movement of the A638 or at least a portion of the aperture A638 to modulate the light ( light source) produced A612, A612 light generated by the lamp at least partly guided by the reflecting / scattering surface upwardly through the aperture A620 A638. 这由经过盖板A602向上传播的光线A614示出。 This is illustrated by the light passing through the cover plate A602 A614 propagating upward. 在该实施方案中,参照图MB 详细说明的横向运动的快门通过在平面中于孔径A638上方横向运动调制光,有效地切过任何包围该快门的流体。 In this embodiment, the shutter described in detail with reference to FIG MB lateral movement by the lateral movement of modulated light in a plane above the aperture A638, the effective cut any fluid surrounding the shutter. 这种切开运动被理解为高效率的并且提供视颜速率的切换速度。 Such movement is understood to be cut and provide a high-efficiency switching speeds depending on the rate of color. 本文中说明的MEMS显示器是说明可以用于本发明的便携手持装置的MEMS显示板类型的。 MEMS display described herein is a portable handheld MEMS device of the present invention may be used in a display panel type. 然而,这些示出的实施方案不是穷举的,该MEMS显示板可以适当地针对预定的用途进行修改,并且例如可以包括正面光、彩色滤光器、调制反射的环境光以提供反射或者透射/反射MEMS显示板的快门。 However, these illustrated embodiments are not exhaustive, of the MEMS display panel can be modified appropriately for the intended use, and may include a front light, a color filter, modulation of the reflected ambient light to provide reflected or transmission / shutter reflective MEMS display panel. 这样一种反射显示器的一个例子示于图37中。 An example of such a reflective display 37 is shown in FIG. 具体地,图37示出一个反射MEMS显示板A1800,该反射MEMS显示板包括布置在一个快门组件A1810上的透镜阵列A1802,该快门组件具有一个在一个反射表面A1804上方横向运动以调制入射的环境光的快门A1808。 In particular, FIG. 37 shows a reflective MEMS display panel A1800, the reflective MEMS display panel comprising disposed on a shutter assembly A1810 lens array A1802, the shutter assembly having a one reflective surface above A1804 lateral movement to modulate incident ambient light shutter A1808. 从而,该显示器可以依据应用改变,它们可以具有不同的形状和尺寸,它们可以是QVGA或是某种其他尺寸的,该尺寸、像素数和像素密度可以根据应用改变。 Accordingly, the display may be changed depending on the application, they may have different shapes and sizes, which may be QVGA or some other size, the size, number of pixels and the pixel density may change depending on the application.

[0296] 连接到该MEMS层和快门组件A616的控制矩阵控制该快门的运动。 [0296] MEMS layer and connected to the shutter assemblies A616 in the control matrix controls the movement of the shutter. 该控制矩阵包括一系列电互连(图中未示出),包括每行像素的一个也称为“扫描线互连”的写赋能互连、 每列像素的一个数据互连和向显示板A600中的所有像素或者至少来自该显示板中的多个列和多个行两方面的像素提供一个公共电压的一个公共互连。 The control matrix includes a write-enable interconnect (not shown), each comprising a row of pixels are also referred to as "scan-line interconnect" series of electrical interconnects, each interconnect a row of pixel data to the display and the display panel in a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns of pixels of the two plates A600 in all pixels, or at least to provide a common voltage from a common interconnect. 响应于施加一个适当的电压(“写赋能电压,Vw/'),一个给定行的像素的写赋能互连使该行中的像素准备好从该MEMS 显示控制器接收新的快门运动指令。该数据互连以数据电压脉冲的形式传递该新的运动指令。在一些实现方式中,施加到该数据互连上的数据电压脉冲直接对快门的静电驱动的运动起作用。在其他的实现方式中,该数据电压脉冲控制开关,例如晶体管或者其他控制向快门组件A616施加分开的作动电压的非线性电路元件,该分开的作动电压一般在幅度上高于该数据电压。于是施加这些作动电压造成该快门的静电驱动的运动。为此目的,可以使用一个公共驱动器A155在施加了数据电压以后驱动该快门的运动。图示的公共驱动器A155 可以控制一个或者多个公共信号,该一个或者多个公共信号是电提供给所有该快门组件或者一组该快门组件的信号 In response to application of an appropriate voltage (the "write-enabling voltage, Vw / '), a given row of pixels in the write-enable interconnect so that the row of pixels is ready to receive a new shutter movement from the MEMS display controller instructions. the transfer of the data interconnect new movement instructions in the form of data voltage pulses. in some implementations, the data voltage pulses applied to the data interconnects directly on the shutter movement electrostatic drive functions. in other implementations, the data voltage pulses control switches, such as transistors or other non-linear circuit element is applied to the control of separate actuation voltages to the shutter assemblies A616, the separate actuation voltage is generally higher than the data voltage magnitude. Thus applied the actuation voltage caused by electrostatic driving the shutter movement. for this purpose, a common driver can be used in the A155 of the applied driving voltage data after the shutter movement illustrated A155 common driver may control one or more common signals, the one or more electrical signals are supplied to the common signal for all or a group of the shutter assembly of the shutter assembly 这此公共信号可以包括公共写赋能、用于快门作动的公共高电压、公共的地。可选地,该公共驱动器可以驱动多个线,譬如电连接到MEMS显示板A14的不 This may include a common signal common to this write-enabling, a shutter actuation of the high voltage common, common ground. Alternatively, the driver can drive a plurality of common lines, such is not electrically connected to the MEMS display panel of A14

43同区域的多个公共地线。 43 more common ground with the area. 应当理解,图23中的该驱动器被示为功能方框,但是在实践中,这些驱动器可以被实现为多个电路元件和分立部件,并且实际结构将会根据所针对的应用改变。 It should be appreciated that the drive is shown in FIG. 23 as functional blocks, but in practice, these drivers can be implemented as a plurality of circuit elements and discrete components, and changing the actual structure will be applied according to the targeted.

[0297] 图23中所示的MEMS显示控制器包括一个控制器A156、一个显示接口A158、帧缓冲器A159、定序器/定时控制A160、数据驱动器A154、扫描驱动器A152、灯驱动器A168、一个功率控制器A153,并且还示出了四个灯A157a-d,该四个灯在独立的控制下起MEMS显示板A12的光源的作用。 MEMS shown in [0297] Figure 23 shows a controller comprising a controller A156, a display interface A158, the frame buffer A159, the sequencer / timing control A160, the data driver A154, a scan driver A152, lamp drivers A168, a power controller A153, and also shows the four lamps A157a-d, which show the effect of four MEMS light from a light source A12 panel under independent control. 灯A157a-d具有不同的颜色(红、绿、蓝和白),用于提供彩色图像/ 视频和单色图像/视频。 Lamps A157a-d have different colors (red, green, blue, and white), to provide a color image / monochromatic image and video / videos. 图中示出灯A157a-d为分开的元件,然而通常地这些灯与该显示板的壳体结合成整体。 Lamp shown in FIG A157a-d as separate elements, however, generally these lamps in combination with the display panel housing integral. MEMS显示控制器A150可以由可编程的逻辑元件譬如FPGA和分立的电路元件组成。 A150 MEMS display controller may be formed such as discrete circuit elements and FPGA programmable logic elements. 在一个实施方案中,控制器A156是一个FPGA装置,该FPGA装置被编程以实现功率控制器A153、显示接口A158、帧缓冲器A159和定序器/定时控制A160。 In one embodiment, the controller means A156 is an FPGA, the FPGA device is programmed to implement a power controller A153, A158 display interface, and a frame buffer A159 sequencer / timing control A160. 扫描驱动器A152、数据驱动器AlM和灯驱动器A168可以是分立的电路部件,譬如定制集成电路、市售的驱动器和/或分立的晶体管。 A152 scan driver, a data driver AlM A168 and the lamp driver circuit can be a separate member, such as a custom integrated circuit, commercially available drivers and / or discrete transistors.

[0298] 该多个扫描驱动器A152(也称为“写赋能电压源”)和多个数据驱动器A154 (也称为“数据电压源”)电连接到显示器A12的控制矩阵。 [0298] The plurality of scan driver A152 (also called "write-enabling voltage source") and a plurality of data drivers A154 (also referred to as "source data voltage") is electrically connected to the control of the matrix display A12. 扫描驱动器A152向扫描线互连,譬如图24A中所示的扫描线互连A506,施加写赋能电压。 The scan driver to the scan line interconnect A152, such as shown in FIG. 24A scan line interconnect A506, write enabling voltage is applied. 数据驱动器AlM向数据互连A508施加数据电压。 AlM data driver applying data voltages to the data interconnects A508. 在该MEMS显示控制器的一些实施方案中,数据驱动器AlM被配置用于向快门组件提供模拟数据电压,尤其是在要以一种模拟的方式得到图像的灰度时。 In the MEMS display controller in some embodiments, AlM data driver configured to provide analog data voltages to the shutter assemblies, especially in an analog fashion to give gray-scale image at the time. 在模拟工作中,快门组件A616被设计为使得,当通过数据互连A508施加一个范围的居间电压时,在该快门中造成一个范围的居间打开状态,并且因此在该图像中造成一个范围的居间照明状态或者灰度。 In the simulation operation, the shutter assembly A616 is designed such that, when the intermediate voltage is applied through a data interconnect A508 range, resulting in a range of intervening in the shutter opened state, and thus resulting in a range of intervening in the image illumination state or gradation.

[0299] 在其他的情况下,数据驱动器AlM被配置用于向该控制矩阵只施加一个缩减组的2、3或者4个数字电压电平。 [0299] In other cases, the data driver AlM is configured to be applied only to a reduced control matrix 2, 3, or 4 digital voltage level group. 这些电压电平被设计用于,以数字的方式将这些快门中的每个设置为一个打开状态、或一个关闭状态或一个居间的状态。 These voltage levels are designed to digitally each of these shutters is provided an open state or a closed state or an intermediate state.

[0300] 扫描驱动器A152和数据驱动器AlM连接到数字控制器电路A156 (也称为“控制器A156”)。 [0300] The scan driver and the data driver A152 AlM circuit A156 is connected to the digital controller (also referred to as a "controller A156"). 该控制器包括一个显示接口A158,该显示接口把输入的图像信号处理成一种适于显示器A12的空间寻址和灰度容量以及操作模式的数字图像格式。 The controller includes a display interface A158, the display interface processing to the input image signal into a space adapted addressed display capacity and A12 and gradation digital image format mode of operation. 每个图像的像素位置和灰度数据存储在一个帧缓冲器A159中,从而可以根据需要把数据馈送出给数据驱动器A154。 Each pixel location and gray scale image data is stored in a frame buffer A159, the data can be fed out as needed to the data drivers A154. 该数据被以串行或者并行传输传送给数据驱动器A154,被以按行和按图像帧分组的预定序列组织。 The data is transmitted in serial or parallel transmission of the data driver A154, are in rows and the predetermined sequence of image frames according to the packet organization. 数据驱动器AlM可以包括串行-并行数据转换器、电平转换器,并且对于某些应用包括数模电压转换器。 AlM data driver may include a serial - parallel data converters, level shifters, and for some applications digital to analog voltage converters.

[0301] 用于不同显示功能的所有驱动器(例如扫描驱动器A152、数据驱动器A154、作动驱动器A153和全局作动驱动器A155 (未示出))由控制器A156中的一个定时控制A160时间同步。 All drives [0301] for different display functions (e.g., scan drivers A152, the data driver A154, the actuator drive A153 and global actuation driver A155 (not shown)), the timing controlled by the controller A156 is a A160 time synchronization. 定时命令协调红、绿、蓝和白灯A157a-d的独立的、非独立的或者同步的照明,并且通过灯驱动器A168协调该像素阵列的特定行的写赋能和顺序、电压从数据驱动器AlM的输出以及规定快门作动的电压的输出。 Timing commands coordinate of red, a separate green, blue and white lamps A157a-d of the non-independent or a lighting synchronization and coordination of writing the specific row of the pixel array energized and sequence voltages from the data driver AlM via lamp drivers A168 output and the output voltage of a predetermined shutter actuated.

[0302] 控制器A156可以包括实现一个彩色图像发生器的程序逻辑,该彩色图像发生器决定阵列中的每个快门可以适当地重新设置为一个新图像的排序方案或者寻址方案。 [0302] The controller may include an implementation A156 program logic of a color image generator, the image generator determines the color of each shutter array may be suitably re-set to a new image or ordering scheme addressing scheme. 可以以周期性的时间间隔设置新的图像。 New image may be spaced at periodic. 例如,对于视频显示,以10至1000赫兹范围内的频率刷新该视频的彩色图像或者帧,不过可以根据应用改变该频率。 For example, for a video display, at a frequency in the range of 10 to 1000 Hertz refresh color image or frame of the video, but this frequency may be changed according to the application. 在一些实施方案中,一个图像帧的设置与一个背光的照明同步,使得用交替的颜色譬如红、绿、蓝和白的系列照明交替的图像帧。 In some embodiments, a provided image frame is synchronized with a backlight lighting, such that with alternating colors such as red, green, blue and white illumination alternating series of image frames. 每个相应颜色的图像帧称为一个彩色子帧。 Each respective color image frame is called a color subframes. 该FPGA可以具有实现一个光控制器的程序逻辑,用于执行LED的顺序激励。 The program logic implemented FPGA may have a light controller for performing sequential LED excitation. 在称为场顺序混色法的这种方法中,如果以超过20Hz的频率并且优选的是180Hz的频率交替这些彩色子帧,用户会感觉到该交替的帧图像的平均效果并且看到一个具有广而连续的颜色范围的图像。 In this method, referred to as field sequential color mixing method, if the frequency of more than 20Hz and 180Hz frequency is preferably such alternate color subframes, the user may feel the averaging effect of alternating frame images having a wide and see the continuous range of colors of the image. 该彩色子帧的持续时间可以依据应用改变,并且通过改变该帧时间的长度可以控制图像参数,譬如亮度、色饱和度和颜色深度,也可以控制所使用的功率。 The duration of the color subframes may be changed depending upon the application, and may control the image of the frame length by changing the parameters of time, such as brightness, color saturation and color depth can also be used for power control. 例如,控制器A156可以调节所显示的图像的颜色深度以控制该显示器使用的功率,同时把颜色深度选择为随该被显示的图像改变。 For example, the controller A156 can adjust the color depth of the image displayed on the monitor to control the power used, while changing the image color depth is selected to be displayed with this. 在一个手机应用中,控制器A156可以识别一个输入到控制器A156的、表示文本的图像信号。 In a mobile phone application, the controller may identify one A156 A156 is input to the controller, image signals representing text. 例如当用户使用键盘接口时,程序逻辑可以判断一个电话号码正被输入并且将被显示成图像。 For example, when the user uses a keyboard interface, a program logic based on the phone number being entered and is displayed as an image. 在此状态下,控制器A156进入一个单色工作模式。 In this state, the controller A156 enters a monochrome mode of operation. 控制器A156启动该驱动器以促使快门显示该电话号码的单色图像并且以一低频率或者稳态模式激励光源,因为在单色模式下不要求不同颜色部件遍历多个交替的图像格式。 A156 starts the drive controller to cause the shutter monochrome image display of the telephone number and the excitation light source at a low frequency or steady-state mode, as in the monochrome mode does not require a plurality of different color components traversed alternate image formats. 这减少了功率使用,避免了在驱动快门以交替图像格式这方面耗费功率,并且避免了以开关速率或按帧定时驱动LED,而以开关速率或按帧定时驱动LED是使用功率的。 This reduces the power usage, the shutter drive avoids this regard alternate image format consumes power, and to avoid the switching rate or frame timing by driving an LED, and the switching rate or a frame timing by the use of power to drive the LED. 可能时可以通过降低颜色深度适应一种类似的工作模式,从而减少需要驱动快门以形成交替的图像的次数,并且允许有较长的时帧用于驱动该LED。 Possible, reducing the color depth can be accommodated by a similar operating mode, which reduces the need for driving the shutter to form alternating image, and allowing a longer time frame for driving the LED. 彩色图像发生可以由控制器A156进行,或者可以将单独的逻辑装置用于该彩色图像发生器,并且这两者都在本发明的范围内。 Color image generation A156 may be performed by a controller, or a separate logic devices may be used for the color image generator, and both are within the scope of the present invention.

[0303] 在一个可供选择的替代实施方案中,MEMS显示器A12包括至少一个彩色滤光器层,并且典型地该彩色滤光器层把滤色器置于由一组相应的快门调制的光的路径中。 [0303] In an alternative embodiment of an alternative embodiment, the MEMS display A12 comprises at least a color filter layer, and typically the color filter layer placed on the color filter by a set of respective light modulating shutter path. 所以, 该MEMS显示器可以具有一个彩色滤光器层,譬如在图25B中所示的彩色滤光器层,该图示出一个布置在盖板A602与快门A616之间的彩色滤光器层。 Therefore, the MEMS display may have a color filter layer, color filter layer such as shown in FIG. 25B, which illustrates a color filter layer disposed between the cover plate A602 and A616 of the shutter. 具体地,该彩色滤光器层集成在黑基质A608中并且在快门组件A616a上方提供一个红滤光器部分A617a,在快门组件A616b上方提供一个蓝滤光器部分A617b,并且在快门组件A616c上方提供一个绿滤光器部分A617c。 Specifically, the color filter layer integrated black matrix A608 and providing a red filter over the shutter assemblies A617a portion A616a, a blue filter over a portion A617b shutter assembly A616b, and A616c above the shutter assembly a green filter section A617c. 这三个快门组件A616a-A616c可以由MEMS显示控制器A70分开地操作,并且构成一个在该三个快门组件A616a-c上方建立图像的协调运动过程,该图像的每个颜色成分使用一个快门。 The three shutter assemblies A616a-A616c by the MEMS display controller A70 can be separately operated, and constitute a coordinated movement to establish the image of the three above A616a-c shutter assembly, each color component of the image using a shutter. 该三个快门组件一起工作以提供该显示器的一个像素。 The three shutter assemblies work together to provide one pixel of the display. 所以,MEMS显示控制器A70可以产生一个红图像、一个蓝图像和一个绿图像,它们中的每个都存储在帧缓冲器A159中并且被发送给扫描驱动器A152和数据驱动器AIM。 Therefore, the MEMS display controller A70 may generate a red image, a blue image and a green image, each of which are stored in the frame buffer A159 and transmitted to the scan driver and the data driver A152 AIM. 在此实施方案中,只需要白灯A157d,而色彩由该彩色滤光器层产生。 In this embodiment, only white light A157d, the color generated by the color filter layer. 在其他实施方案中,可以使用其他的滤光器颜色和滤光器布置。 In other embodiments, other color filter and the filter arrangement.

[0304] 如果该显示装置被设计用于在打开的状态与关闭的状态之间数字切换快门,控制器A156可以控制寻址顺序和/或图像帧之间的时间间隔,以产生具有适当的灰度的图像。 [0304] If the display device is designed between the open state and the closed state of the digital switch the shutter, the controller may control the time between A156 addressing sequence and / or image frame interval, to produce a suitable ash image degrees. 通过控制一个快门在一个特定的帧内打开的时间量产生可变的灰度级的处理称为时分灰度。 A shutter controlled by a variable amount generated in a specific time frame opening gradation processing is called time division gray scale. 在时分灰度的一个实施方案中,控制器A156根据对应像素希望的照度或者灰度,确定允许一个快门在每个帧内保持处于打开状态的时间段或者时间部分。 In one embodiment of time division gray scale, the pixels corresponding to the controller in accordance with A156 or grayscale desired illuminance, determining a shutter holding period allowed in the open state within each frame or time portion. 在时分灰度的另一个实施方案中,根据适于一个4位二进制灰度的照度,把帧时间分割成例如15个持续时间相等的子帧。 In another embodiment of time division gray scale in accordance with a 4-bit binary gray adapted illuminance, the frame time is divided into sub-frames 15, for example, equal duration. 然后控制器A156将一个清晰的图像安排到该15个子帧的每个中。 A156 The controller then arranged into a sharp image in each of the 15 sub-frames. 该图像的较 The image of a more

45亮的像素在这15个子帧的多数或者全部中维持在打开状态,而较暗的像素只在这些子帧的一部分被设置在打开状态。 Bright pixels 45 is maintained in an open state in which most or all of the subframes 15, whereas darker pixels only in these subframes is partially disposed in an open state. 在时分灰度的另一个实施方案中,控制器电路A156与代表一个照明值的一个编码灰度字的位级重要性成比例地改变一系列子帧的持续时间。 In another embodiment of time division gray scale, the bit-level controller circuit A156 importance illumination values ​​representing a gradation of a coded word is changed in proportion to the duration of a series of subframes. 就是说, 可以根据二进制系列1、2、4、8...改变这些子帧的持续时间。 That is, according to a binary series 1,2,4,8 ... can change the duration of the subframe. 然后,根据对应每个像素的预定灰度的二进制字内的、一个对应的位置处的位值,在一个特定的子帧内把该像素的快门A108设为或打开的状态或关闭的状态。 Then, according to a bit value at a position corresponding to the predetermined gradation corresponding to each pixel of the binary word in a particular sub-frame of the shutter A108 is set to the pixel or opened state or closed state.

[0305] 多个混合技术可用于形成灰度,这些技术把以上说明的时分技术与使用或每像素多个快门或背光强度的独立控制相结合。 [0305] a plurality of mixing technique may be used to form gradation, division technique and the use of these techniques described above, or independent control of each pixel or a plurality of shutters combined backlight intensity. 这些技术将在下文中进一步说明。 These techniques will be further described hereinafter.

[0306] 在一个实现方式中,寻址控制矩阵,即向像素阵列提供控制信息,通过顺序地寻址各个线完成,这些线有时称为该矩阵的扫描线或者行。 [0306] In one implementation, the control matrix addressing, namely the pixel array provides control information is completed by sequentially addressing the respective lines, which are sometimes referred to as a scan line or row of the matrix. 通过对一个给定的扫描线的写赋能互连施加Vwe并且选择性地对每个列的数据互连A508施加数据电压脉冲Vd,该控制矩阵可以控制该被写赋能了的行中的每个快门的运动。 By writing on a given scan line enable interconnect and selectively applying Vwe data interconnect A508 for each column of data voltage pulses applied to Vd, the control matrix can control the write-enabled row of a each shutter movement. 通过针对MEMS显示器A12中的每行像素重复这些步骤,该控制矩阵可以完成对MEMS显示器A12中的每个像素的运动指令的设置。 By repeating these steps for each row of pixels in the MEMS display A12, the control matrix can complete the set of movement instructions in the MEMS display A12 each pixel.

[0307] 在一个可供选择的替代实现方式中,例如该控制矩阵同时向多行像素的写赋能互连施加Vwe,以利用不同行的像素中的像素的运动指令之间的相似性,从而减少向MEMS显示器A12中的所有像素提供运动指令所需的时间量。 [0307] In an alternative embodiment of the alternative implementations, the control matrix, for example, while a plurality of rows of pixels to the write enable interconnect Vwe is applied, to take advantage of similarities between movement instructions in pixels of different pixel rows, thereby reducing the amount of time needed to provide movement instructions to all pixels in the MEMS display A12. 在另一个可供选择的替代实现方式中,以一种非顺序的次序,例如以一种伪随机的次序,寻址所述的行,以把有时会产生的视觉假象最小化,特别是结合使用一个编码的时分灰度时。 In another alternative alternative implementation, in a non-sequential order, for example, in a pseudo-random sequence, said addressing lines may produce visual artifacts to be minimized, particularly in combination with when using a coded time division gray scale.

[0308] 在可供选择的替代实施方案中,该像素阵列和控制包括进该阵列中的这些像素的控制矩阵可以按不同于矩形的行和列的构形排列。 [0308] In an alternative embodiment an alternative embodiment, the feed comprises a pixel array and control these pixels in the control matrix array may be arranged in configurations other than rectangular rows and columns. 例如该像素可以按六边形的阵列排列或者按曲线的行和列排列为图31B中所示的分段显示器。 For example, the pixels may be arranged in hexagonal arrays or rows and columns are arranged in a curve segment display shown in FIG. 31B. 总体上,术语扫描线当在本文中使用时,将指任何共享一个写赋能互连的多个像素。 In general, the term scan line when used herein, shall refer to any plurality of pixels that share a write-enabling interconnect. 控制矩阵及其操作方法 Its method of operation control matrix

[0309] 图24A是适于包括在显示板A12中用于寻址一个像素阵列的一个控制矩阵A500 的方案图。 [0309] FIG. 24A is adapted to include a control in the display of Figure addressing a matrix array of pixels A500 in a plate A12. 图24B是包括控制矩阵A500的一个像素阵列的一个部分的等距视图。 24B is an isometric view of a portion of a pixel array of the control matrix A500. 每个像素A501包括一个由一个作动器A503控制的弹性快门组件A502。 Each pixel includes an elastic shutter assembly A501 A502 A503 actuator of a control.

[0310] 控制矩阵A500被制造成位于其上形成该快门组件A502的基片A504的表面上的、 扩散的或者薄膜沉积的电路。 [0310] The control matrix A500 be fabricated thereon, diffusion or deposited film on the circuit surface of the shutter assembly A502 A504 substrate is formed. 对于控制矩阵A500中的每行像素A501,控制矩阵A500包括一个扫描线互连A506,对于控制矩阵A500中的每列像素A501,控制矩阵A500包括一个数据互连A508。 For each row of pixels control matrix A501 A500, the control matrix A500 includes a scan-line interconnect A506, A501 for each column of pixels the control matrix A500, the control matrix A500 includes a data interconnect A508. 每个扫描线互连A506把一个写赋能电压源A507电连接到一个对应行的像素A501中的像素A501。 Each scan-line interconnect A506 to a write-enabling voltage source electrically connected to the pixel A501 A507 A501 pixels in a corresponding row. 每个数据互连A508把一个数据电压源(“Vd源”)A509电连接到一个对应列的像素中的像素A501。 Each data interconnect A508 to a data voltage source ( "Vd source") A509 A501 is electrically connected to the pixel column corresponding to a pixel in. 在控制矩阵A500中,数据电压Vd提供作动所需要的能量的大部分。 In control matrix A500, the data voltage Vd provides the majority of the required actuation energy. 从而,该数据电压源A509还起一个作动电压源的作用。 Thus, the data voltage source A509 also acts as an actuation voltage source. 在一个可供选择的替代实施方案中,该作动电压,Vd,可以是连接到该显示器的单元的一个公共互连。 In an alternative embodiment an alternative embodiment, the actuation voltage, Vd, may be connected to a common interconnection unit of the display.

[0311] 对于该阵列中的每个像素A501或者每个快门组件,控制矩阵A500包括一个晶体管A510和一个可选的电容器A512。 [0311] For each pixel in the array or for each shutter assembly A501, A500 control matrix A510 includes a transistor and an optional capacitor A512. 每个晶体管的栅极电连接到该阵列中的像素A501所在的行的扫描线互连A506。 Gate of each transistor connected to the scanning lines of the pixel array where the A501 interconnect A506. 每个晶体管A510的源极电连接到其对应的数据互连A508。 The source of each transistor A510 is electrically connected to its corresponding data interconnect A508. 快门组件A502包括一个具有两个电极的作动器。 The shutter assembly A502 includes an actuator having two electrodes. 这两个电极相对于周围的事物具有显著地不同的电容。 The two electrodes with respect to the surrounding things have significantly different capacitances. 该晶体管把数据互连A508连接到具有较低的电容的作动器电极。 The transistor is connected to the data interconnect A508 having the lower capacitance electrode of the actuator. 更加具体地, 每个晶体管A510的漏极与对应的电容器A512的一个电极并联地电连接并且连接到该作动器的较低电容电极。 More specifically, the drain of the capacitor A512 corresponding to one electrode of each transistor A510 is electrically connected in parallel and connected to the actuator of the lower capacitor electrode. 电容器A512的另一个电极和快门组件A502中的作动器的较高电容电极连接到一个公共电位或者地电位。 Higher capacitance electrode and the other electrode of the capacitor shutter assembly A502 A512 in the actuator is connected to a common potential or ground potential. 在工作中,为了形成一个图像,MEMS控制器A70驱动控制矩阵A500通过依次向每个扫描线互连A506施加电压Vwe顺次地写赋能该阵列中的每个行。 In operation, to form an image, the MEMS matrix controller A70 controls the driving voltage is applied sequentially A500 Vwe to each scan-line interconnect A506 sequentially write-enable each row of the array through. 对于一个被写赋能了的行,对该行中的像素A501的晶体管A510的栅极施加Vwe使电流能够经过数据互连A508流过晶体管,以向快门组件A502的作动器施加一个电位。 For a write-enabled a row, the gate of the transistor A510 A501 pixel row Vwe applied current can pass through the data interconnects A508 through the transistors to apply a potential to the shutter assembly A502 of the actuator. 在写赋能该行的同时,数据电压Vd被选择性地施加到数据互连A508上。 In the write-enabled row, while the data voltage Vd are selectively applied to the data interconnects A508. 在提供模拟灰度的实现方式中,施加于每个数据互连A508的数据电压与位于该被写赋能的扫描线互连A506与该数据互连A508的交叉点处的像素A501的所希望的亮度相关联地进行改变。 In implementations providing analog gray scale is applied to each data interconnect A508 located at the data voltage and the write-enabled scan-line interconnect A501 at the pixel to the data interconnects A508 A506 intersection desired change the brightness of the association. 在提供数字控制方案的实现方式中,该数据电压被选择为或是相对低幅度的电压(即接近地的电压)或是达到或超过Vat (作动阈值电压)。 In implementations providing digital control schemes, the data voltage is selected to be either a relatively low magnitude voltage (i.e., a voltage near ground) or to meet or exceed Vat (the actuation threshold voltage). 响应于对一个数据互连A508施加电压Vat,对应的快门组件A502中的作动器作动,打开在该快门组件A502中的快门。 In response to an applied voltage Vat to a data interconnect A508, the shutter assembly A502 corresponding to the actuator actuated to open the shutter of shutter assembly A502. 施加于该数据互连A508 的电压即使在控制矩阵A500停止向一个行施加电压Vwe以后也仍然被存储在该像素的电容器A512中。 Voltage is applied to the data interconnects in the control matrix A508 A500 even after stopping application of a voltage Vwe to a row is still stored in the capacitor of the pixel A512. 因此,不需要等待和保持一个行上的电压Vwe长久到快门组件A502足以作动的时间;这样的作动可以在已经从该行去除该写赋能电压后开始进行。 Thus, no need to wait and hold the voltage Vwe on a row a long time to the shutter assembly A502 sufficient actuated; Such actuation may be already removed after the write-enabling voltage from the start line. 一个行中的电容器A510中的电压基本上一直被存储到写完整个视频帧为止,并且在一些实现中一直被存储到对该行写新的数据为止。 A capacitor line voltage substantially A510 has been stored until the entire video frame is written, and has been stored in some implementations, to write the new data to the line so far.

[0312] 控制矩阵A500可以通过使用以下顺序的加工步骤制造: [0312] The control matrix A500 can be produced by using the following sequential process steps:

[0313] 首先,在一个基片A504上形成一个孔径层A550,如果基片A504是不透明的,譬如是硅,则基片A504充当孔径层A550,并且通过蚀刻一个穿过基片A504的孔的阵列在基片A504中形成孔径孔A5M。 [0313] First, an aperture layer is formed on a substrate A550 A504, A504 if the substrate is opaque, such as silicon, the substrate acts as the aperture layer A504 A550, A504, and a hole through the substrate by means of etching A5M array is formed pore diameter of the substrate A504. 如果基片A504是透明的,譬如是玻璃,则通过在基片A504上沉积一个光遮断层并且把该光遮断层蚀刻成一个孔阵列来形成孔径层A550。 If the substrate A504 is transparent, such as glass, depositing a light shielding through the fault and the fault light shutter array of holes etched into an aperture formed in the substrate layer A550 A504. 孔径孔A5M在形状上可以是大体圆形的、椭圆形的、多边形的、螺旋形的或者不规则的。 A5M pore diameter may be in the shape of a generally circular, elliptical, polygonal, or irregular spiral. 如果该光遮断层还用一种反射材料制造,譬如用一种金属制造,则孔径层A550可以用作一个镜表面,该镜表面把非透射的光回收至一个附设的背光上,以提高光学效率。 If the light-shielding fault in a manufacturing further reflective material, such as in a metal, then the aperture layer A550 may serve as a mirror surface, the mirror surface of the non-transmissive to light on a recycling backlight attached, in order to improve the optical effectiveness. 适用于提供光回收的反射金属膜可以用多个汽相沉积方法形成,所述汽相沉积方法包括溅射、蒸发、离子镀、激光烧蚀或者化学汽相沉积。 Adapted to provide a light reflective metal film may be a plurality of recovered vapor deposition method, the vapor deposition methods include sputtering, evaporation, ion plating, laser ablation, or chemical vapor deposition. 可以用于这种反射应用的金属,包括,然而不限于,Al、Cr、AU、Ag、CU、 Ni、Ta、Ti、Nd、Nb、Si、Mo、Rh和/或其合金。 Metal may be used for such a reflective applications, including, but not limited to, Al, Cr, AU, Ag, CU, Ni, Ta, Ti, Nd, Nb, Si, Mo, Rh, and / or alloys thereof. 30nm至IOOOnm范围内的厚度是足够的。 Thickness in the range 30nm to IOOOnm is sufficient.

[0314] 第二,以覆层的方式在孔径层金属A550的顶部上沉积一个金属间介电层。 [0314] Second, as to a coating metal is deposited between the dielectric layer on top of the aperture layer A550 metal.

[0315] 第三,在该基片上沉积和构图一个第一导电层。 [0315] Third, depositing and patterning a first conductive layer on the substrate. 该导电层可以被构图成扫描线互连A506的导电迹线。 The conductive layer may be patterned into the conductive traces scan-line interconnect A506 in. 任何以上列举的金属,或者诸如氧化铟锡之类的导电氧化物对此应用可以具有足够低的电阻率。 Any of the above mentioned metals, or a conductive oxide such as indium tin oxide or the like for this application may have a sufficiently low resistivity. 把每个像素中的扫描线互连A506的一个部分布置为形成一个晶体管A510的栅极。 A part of the scanning line disposed in each of the pixels A506 are interconnected to form a gate electrode of the transistor A510.

[0316] 第四,以覆层的方式在包括形成晶体管A510的栅极的那个部分的该第一层导电互连的顶部上沉积另一个金属间介电层。 [0316] Fourth, in a manner forming coating comprising depositing another inter-metal dielectric layer on top of the first conductive interconnects that portion of the gate of the transistor A510. 足以用于此目的的金属间介电体包括Si02、Si304 和A1203,厚度在30nm至IOOOnm的范围内。 Inter-metal dielectric is sufficient for this purpose include the range of 30nm to IOOOnm Si02, Si304 and A1203, thickness.

[0317] 第五,一个非晶硅层被沉积在该金属间介电体的顶部上,然后被构图以形成一个薄膜晶体管有源层的源极、漏极和沟道区域。 [0317] Fifth, a layer of amorphous silicon is deposited on top of the intermetal dielectric and then patterned to form a source of a thin film transistor active layer, the source, drain and channel regions. 替代地,该半导体材料可以是多晶硅。 Alternatively, the semiconductor material may be polysilicon.

[0318] 第六,在该非晶硅的顶部上沉积和构图一个第二导电层。 [0318] Sixth, depositing and patterning a second conductive layer on top of the amorphous silicon. 该导电层可以被构图成数据互连A508的导电迹线。 The conductive layer may be patterned into the data interconnect A508 electrically conductive traces. 可以使用以上列举的相同的金属和/或导电氧化物。 Listed above may be used the same metal and / or a conductive oxide. 该第二导电层的不同部分还可以用于形成连接到晶体管A510的源极和漏极区域的接触件。 Different portions of the second conductive layer for forming a contact member may also be connected to the source and drain regions of the transistor A510.

[0319] 电容器结构譬如电容器A512可以被构建成在带有居间的介电材料的该第一和第二导电层中形成的极板。 [0319] Capacitor structures such as capacitor plates A512 can be constructed in the form of first and second conductive layers with intervening dielectric material of.

[0320] 第七,在该第二导电层的顶部上沉积一个钝化介电体。 [0320] Seventh, a passivating dielectric is deposited on top of the second conductive layer.

[0321] 第八,在该钝化层的顶部上沉积一个牺牲机械层。 [0321] Eighth, deposited on top of the passivation layer, a sacrificial mechanical layer. 开设通孔使其进入到该牺牲层和该钝化层中,使得后续的MEMS快门层可以与下面的导电层进行电接触和机械连接。 It defines the through-hole into the sacrificial layer and the passivation layer such that subsequent MEMS shutter layers can make electrical contact and mechanical connection with the underlying conductive layer.

[0322] 第九,在该牺牲层的顶部上沉积和构图一个MEMS快门层。 [0322] Ninth, a shutter layer is deposited and patterned on top of the MEMS sacrificial layer. 该MEMS快门层被构图为具有快门A502以及作动器A503,并且通过被构图进该牺牲层中的通孔锚固到基片A504 上。 The MEMS shutter layer is patterned with a shutter actuator A502 and A503, and the through-hole through the sacrificial layer is patterned into anchored to the substrate A504. 快门A502的图案对准已经形成在第一孔径层A550中的孔径孔A5M的图案。 The pattern alignment shutter A502 A5M pore diameter of the first aperture pattern layer has been formed in A550. 该MEMS 快门层可以由一个沉积的金属譬如Au、Cr或者Ni构成,或者由一种沉积的半导体譬如多晶硅或者非晶硅构成,厚度在300纳米至10微米的范围内。 The MEMS shutter layer may be for example Au, Cr or Ni formed by a metal deposition, or deposited from a semiconductor such as polycrystalline silicon or amorphous silicon, a thickness in the range of 300 nm to 10 microns. 可选地,该快门可以是一个包括在两个其他的层譬如两个非晶硅层之间的一种金属构成的一个层的复合快门。 Alternatively, the shutter may be a composite shutter comprise such a layer of amorphous silicon between two metal layers composed of the other two layers.

[0323] 第十,去除该牺牲层使得该MEMS快门层的部件可以响应施加在作动器A503上的电压自由地运动。 [0323] Tenth, the sacrificial layer is removed such that components of the MEMS shutter layer may be responsive to a voltage applied to the actuator A503 is free to move.

[0324] 第十一,作动器A503电极的侧壁涂覆以一种介电材料以防止带有相反的电压的电极之间短路。 [0324] Eleventh, the sidewalls of the actuator A503 coated electrodes in a dielectric material to prevent shorting between electrodes with opposing voltages.

[0325] 对以上的方法可以有许多变体。 [0325] There may be many variations of the above method. 例如,步骤1的反射孔径层A550可以结合进该第一导电层中。 For example, the step of the reflective aperture layer A550 1 can be incorporated into the first conductive layer. 间隙被构图进该导电层中以规定该层内的导电迹线,而大部分像素区域仍然用一种反射金属覆盖。 Gap is patterned into the conductive layer to a predetermined conductive traces within the layer, while most of the pixel area remains covered in a reflective metal. 在另一个实施方案中,晶体管A510的源极和漏极端子可以被置于该第一导电层上,而栅极端子被形成在该第二导电层中。 In another embodiment, the source and the drain terminal of the transistor A510 may be disposed on the first conductive layer, and the gate terminals are formed in the second conductive layer. 在另一个实施方案中,该半导体非晶硅或者多晶硅被直接置于该第一和第二导电层中的每一个的下方。 In another embodiment, the amorphous silicon semiconductor or polycrystalline silicon is placed directly below the first and second conductive layers each. 在该实施方案中,通孔可以被构图进该金属间介电体中,使得可以形成连接到下面的半导体层的金属接触件。 In this embodiment, the through holes may be patterned into the intermetal dielectric so that metal contacts can be formed connected to the underlying semiconductor layer. 而且,在此说明的装置可以利用包括有源和/或无源矩阵在内的多个不同的控制矩阵工作。 Further, in the apparatus described herein may utilize a plurality of different work control matrix comprises an active and / or passive matrix including.

[0326] 如参照图24B所说明的,包括在该快门组件中的作动器可以被设计成机械双稳态的。 [0326] As described with reference to FIG. 24B, the actuator comprises a shutter assembly may be designed to be mechanically bistable. 替代地,该作动器可以被设计成只有一个稳定位置。 Alternatively, the actuator may be designed to be in a stable position. 就是说,在不施加某种形式的作动力的情况下,这样的作动器返回一个预定的位置,要么是打开的,要么是关闭的。 That is, without the application of some form of powered, such actuators return to a predetermined position, either open or closed. 在这样的实现中,该快门组件包括一个单个的作动电极,该作动电极当通电时,引起该作动器把该快门推出或者拉出其稳定位置。 In such implementations, the shutter assembly comprises a single actuation electrode, actuation electrode which, when energized, causes the actuator to the shutter Release its stable position in or pulled out. MEMS显示控制器A70可以各别地、分组地或者普遍地驱动各快门。 MEMS display controller A70 may be individually, in groups or commonly drives the shutter. 所以,在一个实施方案中,MEMS显示控制器A70包括提供一个同步控制器的程序逻辑,该同步控制器产生一个同步脉冲以把显示器中的所有快门或者至少一组快门运动到一个选取的条件或者状态。 Therefore, in one embodiment, the MEMS display controller A70 includes providing a synchronization program logic controller, the synchronization controller generates a sync pulse to condition the shutter displays all or at least a set of the shutter is moved to a selected or status. 在FPGA中实现的一个计时器可以设定定时间隔,用于驱动该同步脉冲,并且用于驱动其他定时操作,譬如,但是不限于,用于场序制彩色操作的时帧,这可以产生用于驱动灯和快门的信号。 A timer implemented in FPGA timing interval can be set, for driving the sync pulse, and the timing for driving the other operations, such as, but not limited to, a field sequential color time frame operation, which can be produced in in the lamp and the shutter driving signal. 另外,该FPGA定时器可以监测用户输入装置,以在自用户启动一个输入装置后已经经过了一个预定的时间间隔譬如30秒时,改变显示状态,典型地是改变到一种较低功率状态。 Further, the FPGA timer can monitor the user input device to start when a user input since the unit has elapsed a predetermined time interval such as 30 seconds, to change the display state, typically to alter one lower-power state. 显示板 display board

[0327] 图25A是适用于本文说明的便携手持装置的一个基于快门的光调制板A600的一个实施方案的一个横截面图。 [0327] FIG. 25A is applied to a portable handheld devices described herein, a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a shutter-based light modulation panel A600. 显示板A600包括一个置于光调制层A618之下的光学腔、一个光源A612、一个光调制层A618和一个盖板A602。 The display panel A600 includes a cavity disposed below the optical light modulation layer A618, a light source A612, a light modulation layer A618, and a cover plate A602. 该光学腔包括一个在光调制阵列A618 中的面向后方的反射表面、一个光导、一个面向前方的后反射表面A614、一个散射体A624和一个亮度增强膜A622。 The optical cavity includes a reflective surface facing rearward in the light modulation array A618, a light guide, a reflective surface facing the rear of the front A614, A624 a scatterer and a brightness enhancement film A622.

[0328] 在光调制阵列A618与盖板A602之间的空间充以一种润滑剂A632。 [0328] In the space between the light modulation array A618 and the cover plate A602 is filled with a lubricant A632. 盖板A602 用一种环氧树脂A625,譬如由Epoxy Technology, Inc.(环氧技术公司)销售的ΕΡ0-ΤΕΚ B9021-1,固附到快门组件上。 Cover with an epoxy resin A602 A625, for example, sold by Epoxy Technology, Inc. (Epoxy Technology Inc.) ΕΡ0-ΤΕΚ B9021-1, fixed attached to the shutter assembly. 该环氧树脂还起在润滑剂A6M中密封的作用。 The epoxy resin also acts as a sealing lubricant in A6M role.

[0329] 一个金属片或者模制的塑料组件支架把盖板A602、光调制层A618和该光学腔绕边缘保持在一起。 [0329] A sheet metal or molded plastic assembly bracket cover plate A602, A618 and the light modulation layer around the edge of the optical cavity are held together. 组件支架用螺钉或者楔接片(indent tab)紧固以增加该组合的装置的刚性。 Bracket assembly with screws or wedge tab (indent tab) is fastened to increase the rigidity of the combination apparatus. 在一些实现方式中,由一种环氧灌注复合物将光源A612形成就位。 In some implementations, the epoxy composite from a light source A612 reperfusion forming position.

[0330] 显示板A600可以安置进一个壳体中,典型地抵靠该壳体内的一个或者多个板支承件安置该塑料组件支架。 [0330] The display panel A600 may be disposed into a housing, typically one or more plates against the support member disposed within the housing assembly of the plastic bracket. 在一个实施方案中,该板支承件可以是一个被加工成所需尺寸以支承显示板A600的周边边缘的模制塑料侧壁。 In one embodiment, the plate support member may be processed into a molded plastic side walls dimensioned to support the peripheral edge of the display panel A600. 一个弹性的垫圈可以置于该模制的侧壁上以提供震动防护,并且该板可以粘接到该垫圈上。 A resilient gasket may be disposed on sidewalls of the molded to provide shock protection, and the plate may be adhered to the gasket.

[0331] 图沈是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的一个基于快门的空间光调制器A700 的一个横截面图。 [0331] FIG sink is a cross-sectional view of a shutter-based spatial light modulator A700, according to an exemplary embodiment of an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. 基于快门的空间光调制器A700包括一个光调制阵列A702、一个光学腔A704和一个光源A706。 Shutter-based spatial light modulator A700 includes a light modulation array A702, A704 an optical cavity and a light source A706. 另外,该空间光调制器包括一个盖板A708。 Further, the spatial light modulator includes a cover plate A708.

[0332] 盖板A708起几个作用,包括保护光调制阵列A702免受机械和环境损伤。 [0332] A708 cover serve several functions, including protecting the light modulation array A702 from mechanical and environmental damage. 盖板A708 是一种薄的透明塑料,譬如聚碳酸酯,或者玻璃片。 The cover plate A708 is a thin transparent plastic, such as polycarbonate, or glass. 该盖板可以用光吸收材料涂覆和构图, 该光吸收材料也称为黑基质A710。 The cover plate can be coated with a light absorbing material and patterning the light-absorbing material is also called a black matrix A710. 该黑基质可以在该盖板上沉积为一种含有光吸收色料的厚膜丙烯酸类树脂或者乙烯基树脂。 The black matrix can be deposited as a thick acrylic resin containing a light-absorbing colorant on the vinyl resin or the cover plate. 可选地,可以提供一个单独的层。 Alternatively, a separate layer may be provided.

[0333] 黑基质A710基本上吸收所有的入射环境光A712,该环境光是源于空间光调制器A700之外的光,发自观看者的附近,但是充分地接近被形成于光学腔A704中的光透射区A716布置的、被构图的光透射区A714中的除外。 [0333] Black matrix A710 absorbing substantially all of the incident ambient light A712, the ambient light other than light from the spatial light modulator A700, near the bottom of the viewer, but is sufficiently close to the optical cavity formed in A704 the arrangement of the light transmission area A716, except patterned in the light transmission region A714. 因此黑基质A710提高由空间光调制器A700形成的一个图像的对比度。 Thus a black matrix A710 improve the contrast of the image by the spatial light modulator A700 formed. 黑基质A710还可以起吸收从光学腔A704逸出的光的作用,该逸出的光可能以一种泄露的方式或时间连续的方式发出。 Black matrix A710 can also function as absorption of light escaping from the optical cavity A704, the escaping light may leak in a time manner or a continuous manner issued.

[0334] 在一个实现方式中,在盖板A708上沉积例如丙烯酸类树脂或者乙烯基树脂形式的彩色滤光器。 [0334] In one implementation, for example, depositing an acrylic resin, or vinyl resin in the form of color filters on the cover plate A708. 该滤光器可以以一种与用于形成黑基质A710的方式类似的方式沉积,然而不同的是,该滤光器被构图在该光学腔A704的打开孔径光透射区A176的上方。 The filter may be used to form in a similar manner as a black matrix A710 deposition, but the difference is, the filter is patterned over the open aperture of the light transmissive optical cavity region A704 of the A176. 该树脂可以交替地掺杂红、绿、蓝色料或者其他色料。 The resin may alternatively be doped with red, green, blue or other colorant material.

[0335] 光调制阵列A702与盖板A708之间的间隔不到100微米,并且可以小到10微米或者以下。 [0335] spacing between the light modulation array A702 and the cover plate A708 of less than 100 microns, and may be as small as 10 microns or less. 除在某些情况下于预定的点以外,光调制阵列A702和盖板A708优选地不接触,因为这可能干扰光调制阵列A702的工作。 In addition, in some cases at a predetermined point, the light modulation array A702 and the cover plate A708 is preferably not in contact, as this may interfere with the operation of the light modulation array A702. 该间隔可以借助于高2至20微米的以平版印刷方式限定的定距件或者柱保持,该定距件或者柱置于光调制器阵列A702中的各个合适的调制器之间,或者该间隔可以通过围绕该组合的装置的边缘插入的金属片定距件保持。 The interval may be 2 to 20 microns by means of a high lithographically defined spacers or posts holding the spacer member interposed between each column or suitable optical modulator in the modulator array A702, or the spacer the edge device may be inserted through the sheet metal surrounding the combination of spacer holder.

[0336] 图27是根据本发明的一个示例性实施方案的一个基于快门的空间光调制器A800 的一个横截面图。 [0336] FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view of a shutter-based spatial light modulator A800, according to an exemplary of the present invention embodiment. 基于快门的空间光调制器A800包括一个光学腔A802、一个光源A804和一个光调制层A806。 Shutter-based spatial light modulator A800 includes an optical cavity A802, A804 one light source and a light modulation layer A806. 另外,该基于快门的空间光调制器A804包括一个盖板A807,譬如参照图沈说明的盖板A708。 Further, the shutter-based spatial light modulator A804 includes a cover plate A807, for example, with reference to FIG sink cover illustrated A708.

[0337] 在基于快门的空间光调制器A800中,光学腔A802包括一个光导A808和光调制阵列A806的面向后方的部分。 [0337] The shutter-based spatial light modulator A800, the optical cavity comprises a light guide A802 and A808 light modulation array A806 of rearward facing portion. 光调制阵列A806形成在其自己的基片A810上。 Light modulation array A806 is formed on its own substrate A810. 光导A808 和基片A810两者都各有前侧和后侧。 Both the light guide A808 and the substrate A810 have their front and rear sides. 光调制阵列A806形成在基片A810的前侧上。 Light modulation array A806 is formed on the front side of the substrate A810. 一个第二金属层形式的、面向前方的后反射表面A812沉积在光导A808的后侧上以形成光学腔A802的第二反射表面。 A second metal layer forms the front surface of the back reflector facing the second reflecting surface A812 is deposited on the rear side of the light guide A808 to A802 to form an optical cavity. 替代地,光学腔A802包括一个位于光导A808后面并且基本上面对该光导的后侧的第三表面。 Alternatively, the optical cavity comprises one of the light guide A802 A808 behind and substantially facing the rear side of the third surface of the light guide. 在这样一些实现方式中,面向前方的后反射表面A812沉积在面对空间光调制器A800的前方的第三表面上,而不是直接沉积在光导A808的后侧上。 In some such implementations, the front-facing rear reflective surface A812 is deposited on the facing surface of the third spatial light modulator A800 forward instead deposited directly on the rear side of the light guide A808. 光导A808包括多个以一种预定的图案分布在光导A808的面向后方侧上的光散射元件A809,以产生光在整个该光学腔内的较均勻的分布。 The light guide A808 A809 includes a plurality of light scattering elements in a predetermined distribution pattern on the facing side of the light guide A808 to produce a more uniform distribution of light throughout the optical cavity.

[0338] 在一个实现方式中,保持光导A808与基片A810相互紧密接触。 [0338] In one implementation, holding the light guide A808 and the substrate A810 into close contact with each other. 它们优选地用具有相似的折射率的材料形成,从而避免在其界面处发生反射。 They are preferably a material having a similar refractive index is formed, so as to avoid reflection occurs at the interface thereof. 在另一个实现方式中,小的隔开或者定距装置保持光导A808与基片A810隔开一个预定的距离,从而把光导A808与基片A810相互从彼此光退耦。 In another implementation, a small or spaced spacer means holding the light guide A808 and the substrate A810 spaced apart a predetermined distance, thereby the light guide A808 and the substrate A810 from another light outcoupling each other. 该把光导A808与基片A810间隔开造成一个形成在光导A808与基片A810之间的气隙A813。 The light guide A808 and the substrate A810 spaced apart causing a gap is formed between the light guide A813 and the substrate A808 A810. 该气隙促进在光导A808内部于其面向前方的表面上的全内反射,从而在光散射元件A809之一引起光A814被向光调制器阵列A806快门组件引导之前促进光A814在该光导内部的分布。 The air gap inside the light guide A808 promoting thereon forwardly facing surface of total internal reflection, thereby causing one of the light scattering elements A809 A814 is promoted to the light before the light modulator array shutter assemblies A806 A814 direct light inside the light guide distributed. 替代地,光导A808与基片A810之间的间隙可以用一种真空、一种或者多种选取的气体或者液体填充。 Alternatively, the gap between the light guide A808 and the substrate A810 may be in a vacuum, one or more selected gas or liquid filled.

[0339] 图观示出本发明的一个实施方案,其中该便携手持装置包括一个媒体播放器,该媒体播放器具有一个位于该媒体播放器内并且能够向用户展示图形信息和文本信息的显示器。 [0339] FIG Views showing one embodiment of the present invention, wherein the portable handheld device comprises a media player, the media player having a positioned and capable of information to a user display graphic information and text display within the media player. 更加具体地,图观的实施方案示出通常用于听存储在数字媒体上的音乐的类型的一个MP3播放器。 More specifically, the embodiment shown in FIG concept commonly used in the type of music to listen to an MP3 player stored on digital media. 在所示的实施方案中,该壳体适于放在用户的手内或者夹在用户的衣服上以使得可以不用手携带该装置。 In the embodiment shown, the housing is adapted to be placed within the user's hand or caught in the user's clothing so that the device may not be carried by hand. 该用户接口包括多个位于该壳体和该显示板的外部上的按钮。 The user interface includes a plurality of buttons on the exterior of the housing and the display panel is located. 图观中所示的MP3播放器可以包括一个与图23中所示的显示控制器类似的显示控制器。 MP3 player shown in FIG concept may include a display controller similar to the one shown in the display controller 23 of FIG. 该显示控制器可以具有能够减少用于在该显示器上显示图像的功率提取量的工作模式,从而延长机上电源的使用寿命。 The display controller may have a display capable of reducing the amount of power extraction mode of operation of the image on the display, thereby extending the life of the power machine.

[0340] 图四示出本文说明的系统和方法的另一种应用。 [0340] Figure IV shows another application of the systems and methods described herein. 具体地,图四示出一个智能电话便携手持装置A1000,该智能电话便携手持装置具有一个壳体A1008、一个显示板A1002和一个示出为键盘A1004的用户接口。 In particular, Figure IV shows a portable handheld device A1000 smart phone, a smart phone that has a portable handheld housing means A1008, A1002 a display panel and a keyboard is shown as a user interface of A1004. 智能电话便携手持装置A1000包括一个可以与前文说明的MEMS显示板相差不大的MEMS显示板,和一个可以与上文参照图20中所示的装置AlO 说明的控制器相差不大的MEMS显示控制器。 A1000 smart phone comprises a portable handheld device with the foregoing instructions may MEMS display panel little difference MEMS display panel, and can be a little difference between the MEMS and the controller AlO described above with reference to apparatus 20 shown in FIG display control device. 可选地,系统A1000的该MEMS显示控制器可以包括一个可选的功率保留模式,其中MEMS显示控制器A150的功率控制器A153确定电源正运行在低水平或者已经降低到一个预定的阈值以下。 Alternatively, the system A1000 MEMS display controller may include an optional power reserve mode, wherein the MEMS display controller A150 A153 power controller determines the power supply is running low or has been reduced to a predetermined threshold value. 在这样一种可由用户可选地进行选择的工作模式下,MEMS显示控制器A150以一种低功率模式工作,以为智能电话装置A1000 的主要功能保存电力,该主要功能典型地是蜂窝式通信。 In such a mode of operation performed by a user optionally selected, the MEMS display controller A150 operates in a low-power mode, the main function of a smart phone means that the A1000 conserve power, the main function is typically a cellular communication. 为此目的,MEMS显示控制器A150 可以在显示器A1002上把图像信号显示成单色的静态静止信号(static still signal),典型地是黑白的静态静止信号。 To this end, MEMS display controller A150 can be displayed on the display A1002 static image signal into a monochromatic still signal (static still signal), typically black and white static still signal. 以此方式,该显示控制器将退出场序制彩色操作,并且使用白LED A157d照明显示器A1002。 In this manner, the display controller will exit the field sequential color operations, and the use of white LED A157d illuminating the display A1002. 功率控制器A153可以调节驱动白LED A157b的幅度,选择一种用一个足以照明该显示器的恒定的DC电压驱动白LED A157d的低功率工作模式。 A153 power controller may adjust the magnitude of driving white LED A157b, select one with a constant DC voltage sufficient to illuminate the display driving white LED A157d low power operating mode. 市售的白LED装置在10至30毫瓦的范围内工作,提供来自电源A76的最少提取量。 Commercially available white LED device operates in the range of 10 to 30 mW, there is provided a minimum amount of power extracted from the A76.

[0341] 所示的智能电话还可以具有一个如前文说明的触摸屏。 [0341] FIG smart phone may also have an as previously described touch screen. 该触摸屏是放在MEMS显示板上或者该显示板的至少一部分上的市售触摸屏。 The touch screen is a touch screen on a commercial MEMS display on board or at least a portion of the display panel. 在该实施方案中,该MEMS显示板的盖板可以具有一个被选择得在用户用一个手指或者触笔向下按压时防止该显示板向内挠曲的厚度。 In this embodiment, the MEMS display panel may have a cover plate is selected to prevent the inward deflection of the display panel when the user presses down with a finger or stylus thickness. 该厚度可以根据材料而不同,并且可以在2mm至500mm的范围内。 The thickness may vary depending on the material, and may be within the range of 2mm to 500mm. 另外,一个支承件,譬如柱A640,可以置于可运动的快门与该盖板之间以保持该盖板与该快门间隔开。 Further, a support member, such as column A640, may be placed between the moveable shutter plate to hold the cover plate and the shutter interval apart. 可选的液体润滑剂还提供一种液压支承,该液压支承减少该盖板朝向该可运动的快门的向内挠曲。 Optional further provided a hydraulic liquid lubricant supported by a hydraulic bearing that reduces the shutter flexed inwardly towards the movable plate. 该MEMS显示板可以避免该触敏LCD屏幕遭受的纹波效应并且在数据输入过程中提供更好的分辨率。 The ripple effect can be avoided MEMS display panel of the touch-sensitive LCD screen and provide better sustained resolution data entry process.

[0342] 现在转到图30,图中示出本发明的另一个可选的实施方案。 [0342] Turning now to FIG. 30, there is shown another alternative embodiment of the present invention embodiment. 具体地,示出一个电子书应用,在图30A中示出该电子书装置处于一个关闭的位置,而在图30B中示出该电子书装置处于一个打开的位置。 Specifically, an e-book application is shown, illustrating the position of the electronic book in a closed apparatus in FIG. 30A, and FIG 30B shows the electronic book device in an open position. 一个电子书装置一般地被理解为能够通过读取一种存储文本的数字媒体装置在一个显示器上向一个用户展示该文本的一种电子显示装置,该文本可以是小说、报纸或者其他的信息。 An electronic book apparatus generally understood to be able to display by reading a digital media device storing a text on a display to a user of an electronic display device of the text, the text may be novel, newspapers or other information. 在图30A和30B中所示的实施方案中,电子书AllOO包括一个壳体A1102,该壳体具有一个铰链A1106,以使得该壳体的一半能够在该壳体的第二半上关闭。 In FIGS. 30A and 30B in the embodiment shown, the electronic book includes a housing AllOO A1102, the housing having a hinge A1106, so that the half of the housing can be closed in the second half of the housing. 如在图30B中进一步所示的,电子书AllOO可以具有一个第一板A1104和一个第二板AllOS0 一个键盘AlllO可以提供一系列的用户输入装置,用户可以使用该输入装置操纵哪些图像出现在屏幕A1104或者A1108上。 For example, electronic book AllOO further shown in FIG. 30B may have a first plate and a second plate A1104 AllOS0 AlllO a keyboard can provide a range of user input device, the user can use the input device to manipulate an image which appears on the screen A1104 or the A1108.

[0343] 在图30A和图30B中所示的实施方案中,该电子书便携手持装置可以具有一个与以上所讨论的MEMS显示板相差不大的MEMS显示板,并且可以具有一个与同样在以上说明的MEMS显示控制器相差不大的MEMS显示控制器。 [0343] In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 30A and 30B are in the electronic book may have a portable handheld device to the MEMS display panels discussed above, the less the MEMS display panel, and may have a similar or more DESCRIPTION MEMS display controller or less of the MEMS display controller. 电子书A1100典型地以一种单色模式工作,在该单色模式下,该MEMS显示控制器使用一个白LED驱动文本信息的静态黑白图像。 EBook A1100 typically work in a monochromatic mode, in the monochrome mode, the MEMS display controller uses a white LED driver static text information monochrome image. 在某些实施方案中,彩色图像,譬如一个书的封面或者该书中的一个图像,可以作为存储在该数字媒体上的内容的部分被向用户显示,并且在这些情况下,该MEMS显示控制器可以使用场序制彩色发生技术,譬如以上所说明的那些场序制彩色发生技术,在显示板A1104和A1108中的任一个上产生一个彩色图像。 In certain embodiments, the color image, such as a picture book or the cover of a book may be displayed to the user as part of the digital content on a storage medium, and in these cases, the MEMS display control You may use field sequential color generation technique, such as those field sequential color generation technique described above, any of the display panel A1104 and A1108 are one of a color image is generated. 该MEMS显示控制器可以具有一种单色工作模式, 用于产生用户通过使用用户接口装置AlllO翻阅的静态静止图像。 The MEMS display controller may have one of a monochromatic mode of operation, for generating a still image by using a static user interface means AlllO read the user. 该MEMS显示控制器可以具有一种通过控制器A156运行的单色工作模式,其在帧缓冲器中生成图像供显示。 The MEMS display controller may have a monochromatic mode of operation by the controller for operating A156, which generates an image in the frame buffer for display. 该MEMS显示控制器可以把该MEMS装置的快门设置成适于描绘要向用户显示的文本信息的配置。 The MEMS display controller may set the shutter of the MEMS device is adapted to the configuration depicted in the text information displayed to the user. 可选地,该工作模式可以采用黑白设定,或者采用某种其他的使用低功率LED譬如白LED的单色设定,该白LED由一个稳态电压驱动,或者由一个以一个足以显现图形静态图像的相对低的频率开关的光源驱动。 Alternatively, the operation mode can be set to black and white, or with some other low-power white LED such as LED monochrome setting, the white LED is driven by a steady state voltage, or by one to show a sufficient pattern the light source driving a relatively low frequency switching of the still image.

[0344] 图31A和31B示出本文所说明的便携手持装置的另一个实施方案。 Another embodiment of a portable handheld device [0344] FIGS. 31A and 31B show herein described. 具体地,图31A 示出一个手表A1200,该手表具有一个表带A1202,该表带把手表A1200的主体附着到用户的臂上。 In particular, FIG. 31A shows a wristwatch A1200, A1202 The watch having a watch band, the watch band to the watch body A1200 attached to the user's arm. 手表A1200包括一个壳体A1204,该壳体包括一个显示板A1208。 Watch comprising a housing A1200 A1204, the housing comprising a display panel A1208. 该显示板是一个可以与前文所说明的MEMS显示板相差不大的MEMS显示板。 The display panel may be a previously described MEMS display panel little difference MEMS display panel. 该MEMS显示板在一个手表壳体的范围内,该手表壳体具有一种适于将该手表佩带在用户的手腕上的形状因素。 The MEMS display panel in the range of a wristwatch case of the wristwatch The wristwatch housing to have a form factor worn on the user's wrist is adapted.

[0345] 在图31A中所示的实施方案中,MEMS显示板A1208可以包括一个分段的显示部分, 譬如前文所讨论的分段的显示部分。 [0345] In the embodiment shown in FIG. 31A, the MEMS display panel may include a display portion A1208 of a segment, such as segment display portion previously discussed. 具体地,显示板A1208可以由一个显示板构成或者包括该显示板,该显示板具有一个具有一个分段的部分的显示板,该分段的部分譬如在图31B 中所示的分段的部分。 Specifically, the display panel A1208 may be constituted by a display panel or the display panel including the display panel having a display panel having a portion of a segment, the segment portion in such segment portion 31B shown in FIG. . 图31B示出一种分段的显示器的一个例子,该分段的显示器包括被安排成一个8字形状的七个段。 FIG 31B illustrates an example of a segmented display, the display comprising a segmented into seven segments arranged in a 8 shape. 这些段中的每个都可以包括多个与前文说明的包括能够调制光的可横向运动的快门的那些快门组件相差不大的快门组件。 Each of these segments may include a plurality of shutter assemblies described hereinbefore and include the ability to modulate the light transversely movable shutters shutter assemblies that little difference. 这些段中的每个都具有 Each of these segments have

51一组快门组件,该组快门组件用导线连接在一起,因此将一起响应包含于手表A1200内的MEMS显示控制器发出的命令。 51 a set of shutter assembly, the shutter assembly set is wired together, and therefore included in the response with the MEMS wristwatch A1200 display commands issued by the controller. 所示的段可以形成在一个玻璃基片上,该玻璃基片可选地布置在一个光源的上方。 Section shown may be formed on a glass substrate, the glass substrate is optionally disposed above a light source. 然而,在图31B中所示的实施方案中,该光源可以是一个前光源,或者可选地,该显示器可以是能够反射的用于进行反射显示,该可横向运动的快门可以是能够反射的,或者可以在一个反射表面上方滑动。 However, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 31B, the light source may be a front light source, or alternatively, the display may be capable of reflecting for performing reflective display, the shutter may be capable of lateral movement may be reflective , or may slide over a reflective surface. 不论是哪种方式,该横向快门将调制光使得在该七段显示器中的相应段可以被适当地设于开的状态或者关的状态。 Either way, the lateral modulated light such that the respective shutter segments in the segment display may be suitably provided in the ON state or the OFF state. 如前文所讨论的, 这些段可以是单色的或者可以是彩色的,所以,该MEMS段显示控制器可以使用场序制彩色控制,或者可以将彩色滤光器用于该显示器,也如以上所讨论的那样。 As previously discussed, the segments may be monochromatic or may be colored, so that segments of the MEMS display controller may use field sequential color control or color filter may be used for the display, as also above as discussed.

[0346] 在图31B中所示的实施方案中,该分段的显示器被示出为一个独立的显示器。 [0346] In the embodiment shown in FIG. 31B, the segmented display is shown as a separate display. 然而在本发明的一个可供选择的替代实施方案中,图31B的分段的显示器可以是按直线布置的多个分段的显示器之一,从而可以在该多个分段的显示器上显示日期、时间或者其他的信息。 However, in an alternative embodiment of the invention in an alternative, segmented display of Figure 31B may be one of a plurality of display segments arranged in a straight line, so that the date can be displayed on a display of the plurality of segments , time, or other information. 另外,该分段的显示器可以形成在一个还包括一个可横向运动的快门的矩阵的基片上,从而提供一个其上既集成了一个分段的显示部分又集成了一个像素化的显示部分的显示器。 Further, the display segment can be formed on a substrate further comprises a matrix of a transversely movable shutter so as to provide an integrated on both the display portion and a segment of an integrated display of a pixel portion of the display . 例如,在该手表应用中,手表A1200可以具有一个为像素化的显示器的上部,该像素化的显示器允许展现一个图像,譬如一个表盘、罗盘或者其他图像。 For example, application in the wristwatch, a wristwatch A1200 may have an upper portion of the display pixel, the pixel of a display that allows to display a picture, such as a dial, a compass or other image. 在该像素化的矩阵下方可以有该分段的显示器——该分段的显示器可以用于展现时间、日期、跑表功能的读取,还可以有用于展现图符的分段的显示部分,所述图符譬如是否设置报警、时间是上午还是下午以及指示日期——譬如用WE代表星期三。 Below the pixel of the matrix may have a segmented display - the segment display may be used to show the time, date and stopwatch function to read, but also a display section for presenting icons of the segment, the alarm icon is set for example, the morning or afternoon time indicating the date - for example with the representative WE Wednesday.

[0347] 为此目的,该MEMS显示控制器可以包括一种能够在该控制器的程序控制下驱动一个分段的显示器的段显示驱动器。 [0347] purpose, that end of the MEMS display controller may include one capable of driving under program control of the controller displays a segmentation of a segment display driver.

[0348] 图32示出一个具有一个与前文说明的MEMS显示板相差不大的显示板的媒体播放器。 [0348] FIG. 32 shows a display having a MEMS phase difference plate described hereinbefore media player display panel small. 图33示出一个具有一个也与前文讨论的显示板相似的显示板的GNSS接收机。 FIG 33 illustrates a GNSS receiver having a display panel also discussed hereinbefore similar display panel. 图34 示出一个具有一个也与前文讨论的显示板相差不大的显示板的膝上电脑。 FIG laptop display panel 34 is shown having a display panel also discussed hereinbefore with a little difference. 该膝上电脑可以采用MEMS显示控制器以具有响应于由一个照明水平检测器测量的环境光条件并且响应于用户控制和电源电平而保存功率的功率模式。 The laptop computer may be employed to have a MEMS display controller in response to ambient light conditions measured by a detector and illumination level in response to the user control and the power level and the power mode to conserve power. 例如,本文所说明的系统和方法可以检测可利用的功率或者用户输入,以保存功率,并且把工作模式改为一种单色模式,或者选择一个提供有限的一组颜色并节省功率的位深度,譬如4位颜色。 For example, the systems and methods described herein may detect a user input or the power available, to conserve power, and the operating mode to one of a monochromatic mode, or select a limited set of color bit depth and power saving , for example, four colors.

[0349] 本发明可以用其他特定的形式体现而不偏离本发明的实质或者基本特征。 [0349] The present invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics of the invention. 例如, 图35和图36示出MEMS显示板的可供选择的替代实施方案。 For example, FIG. 35 and FIG. 36 shows an alternative embodiment of the MEMS display panel alternative embodiment.

[0350] 图35是一个包括快门组件A1602的显示组件A1600的一个横截面图。 [0350] FIG. 35 is a cross sectional view of a shutter assembly A1602 in display assembly comprising A1600. 快门组件A1602布置在一个玻璃基片A1604上。 The shutter assembly A1602 is disposed on a glass substrate A1604. 一个布置在基片A1604上的反射膜A1606限定多个位于快门组件A1602的快门A1610的关闭位置下方的表面孔径A1608。 Disposed on the substrate a reflective film A1604 A1606 A1602 defines a plurality of shutter assembly located beneath the closed position of the surface of the aperture shutter A1610 A1608. 反射膜A1606把不穿过表面孔径A1608的光向显示组件A1600的后方反射回。 A1606 to reflection film to the surface of the light does not pass through the aperture of the rear of the display assembly A1600 A1608 reflected back. 一个可选的散射体A1612和一个可选的亮度增强膜A1614可以把该基片A1604与一个背光A1616分开。 An optional scatterer A1612 and an optional brightness enhancing film A1614 can be separated from the substrate a backlight A1604 and A1616. 背光A1616由一个或者多个光源A1618照明。 Backlit by one or more light sources A1616 A1618 illumination. 光源1618可以是,但是不限于,例如白炽灯、荧光灯、激光或者发光二极管。 The light source 1618 may be, but is not limited to, e.g. incandescent, fluorescent, light emitting diode or a laser. 一个反射膜A1620布置在背光A1616后面,向快门组件A1602反射光。 A reflective film A1620 disposed behind the backlight A1616, reflecting light towards the shutter assemblies A1602. 从该背光发出的不穿过该快门组件A1602之一的光线将返回该背光并且再从膜A1620反射出。 From the shutter assembly without passing through the backlight A1602 emitted light will return one of the backlight and reflected again from the film A1620. 以此方式,在第一次通过时没能使显示器形成一个图像的光可以被回收并且使该光可用于经快门组件A1602的该阵列中的其他打开的孔径透射。 In this manner, in the first pass can not form an image of the display light may be recovered and so that the light can be used for other array via the open aperture shutter assembly A1602 in the transmission. 事实表明这样的光回收提高了显示器的照明效率。 Such facts indicate that the illumination light recycling improves the efficiency of the display. 一个盖板A1622形成显示组件A1600的前面。 A cover plate A1622 A1600 is formed in front of the display assembly. 盖板A1622的后侧可以覆以一种黑基质A1624以提高对比度。 A1622 rear cover may be coated in a black matrix to improve contrast A1624. 盖板A1622被支承得与快门组件A1602隔开一个预定的距离,形成一个缝隙A1626。 A1622 is supported so as to cover the shutter assembly A1602 spaced apart a predetermined distance to form a gap A1626. 该缝隙A1626由机械支承件和/或一种把盖板A1622固附到基片A1604上的环氧密封件保持。 The slit A1626 held by mechanical support, and / or one solid is attached to the cover plate A1622 A1604 substrate epoxy seal. 环氧树脂应当具有优选地低于约200°C的固化温度,并且应当具有优选地低于约每摄氏度50ppm的热膨胀系数,并且应当是耐湿的。 Epoxy should have a curing temperature preferably below about to 200 ° C, and should preferably have less than about 50ppm per degree C. The coefficient of thermal expansion, and should be moisture resistant. 环氧树脂的一个例子是由Epoxy Technology, Inc.销售的EPO-TEK B9016-1。 An example of an epoxy resin sold by Epoxy Technology, Inc. of EPO-TEK B9016-1.

[0351] 环氧密封件密封在一种工作流体A1630中。 [0351] In one epoxy seal sealing the working fluid A1630. 工作流体A1630被设计为具有优选地低于约10厘泊的粘度并且具有优选地高于约2. O的相对介电常数以及高于约IO4V/ cm的介电击穿强度。 A1630 working fluid is designed to have a viscosity preferably below about 10 centipoise and with relative dielectric constant preferably above about 2. O and greater than about IO4V / cm, the dielectric breakdown strength. 工作流体A1630还起一种润滑剂的作用。 The working fluid A1630 also serve the role of a lubricant. 其机械特性和电气特性还对降低在打开和关闭的位置之间运动快门所需要的电压有效。 Mechanical and electrical properties of the further lowering movement of the shutter need thereof an effective voltage between open and closed positions. 在一个实现方式中,工作流体A1630优选地具有一个低的折射率,优选的是低于约1.5。 In one implementation, the working fluid A1630 preferably has a low refractive index, preferably less than about 1.5. 在另一个实现方式中,工作流体A1630具有与基片A1604的折射率相匹配的折射率。 In another implementation the working fluid A1630 A1604 substrate having a refractive index that matches the refractive index. 适用的工作流体A1630包括,但是不限于,去离子水、甲醇、乙醇、硅油、氟化硅油、二甲基硅氧烷、聚二甲基硅氧烷、六甲基二硅醚和二乙基苯。 Suitable working fluid A1630 include, but are not limited to, deionized water, methanol, ethanol, silicone oils, fluorinated silicone oils, dimethylsiloxane, polydimethylsiloxane, hexamethyldisiloxane and diethyl ether benzene.

[0352] 一个金属片或者模制的塑料组件支架A1632把盖板A1622、快门组件A1602、基片1604、背光A1616和其他的部件绕边缘保持在一起。 [0352] A sheet metal or molded plastic assembly bracket A1632 cover plate A1622, shutter assemblies A 1602, the substrate 1604, the backlight A1616 and the other components are held together around the edges. 组件支架A1632用螺钉或者榫接片紧固以增加组合的显示组件A1600的刚性。 A1632 rigid assembly bracket with screws or fastening tenon tabs to increase the combined display assembly A1600. 在一些实现方式中,用一种环氧灌注复合物将光源A1618模制就位。 In some implementations, the light sources A1618 molded with an epoxy filling compound will be in place.

[0353] 图36是一个包括快门组件A1702的显示组件A1700的一个横截面图。 [0353] FIG. 36 is a cross sectional view of a shutter assembly A1702 in display assembly comprising A1700. 快门组件A1702布置在一个玻璃基片A1704上。 The shutter assembly A1702 is disposed on a glass substrate A1704.

[0354] 显示组件A1700包括一个由一个或者多个光源A1718照明的背光A1766。 [0354] The display module includes a backlight A1766 A1700 by one or a plurality of illuminating light sources A1718. 光源A1718可以是,但是不限于,例如白炽灯、荧光灯、激光或者发光二极管。 A1718 source may be, but is not limited to, e.g. incandescent, fluorescent, light emitting diode or a laser. 一个反射膜A1720 布置在背光A1716后面,向快门组件A1702反射光。 A reflective film A1720 disposed behind the backlight A1716, reflecting light towards the shutter assemblies A1702.

[0355] 基片A1704的取向是这样的,即使得快门组件A1702面向该背光。 [0355] A1704 orienting substrate is such that, even when the shutter assembly A1702 facing obtain the backlight.

[0356] 插入在背光A1716与快门组件A1702之间的有一个可选的散射体A1712和一个可选的亮度增强膜A1714。 [0356] interposed between the backlight A1716 and the shutter assemblies A1702 has an optional scatterer A1712 and an optional brightness enhancing film A1714. 插入在背光A1716与快门组件A1702之间的还有一个孔径板A1722。 Interposed between the backlight A1716 and the shutter assemblies A1702 there is a aperture plate A1722. 布置在孔径板A1722上并且面对该快门组件的是一个反射膜A1724。 Arranged on the aperture plate of the shutter assembly A1722 and the face is a reflective film A1724. 该反射膜A1724 限定多个位于快门组件A1702的快门A1710的关闭位置下方的表面孔径A1708。 The reflective film A1724 A1702 defining a plurality of shutter assemblies located beneath the closed position of the surface of the aperture shutter A1710 A1708. 孔径板A1722被支承得与快门组件A1702隔开一个预定的距离,形成一个缝隙A1726。 Aperture plate is supported so A1722 and the shutter assemblies A1702 spaced apart a predetermined distance to form a gap A1726. 缝隙A1726 由机械支承件和/或一种把孔径板A1722固附到基片A1704上的环氧密封件保持。 A1726 slit mechanical support and / or one holding the fixed aperture plate A1722 A1704 is attached to the substrate an epoxy seal.

[0357] 反射膜A17M把不穿过表面孔径A1708的光向显示组件A1700的后方反射回去。 [0357] A17M reflection film does not pass through the aperture of the light to the surface of the rear of the display assembly A1700 A1708 is reflected back. 从该背光发出的不穿过该快门组件A1702之一的光线将返回该背光并且再从膜A1720反射出。 From the shutter assembly without passing through the backlight A1702 emitted light will return one of the backlight and reflected again from the film A1720. 以此方式,在第一次通过时没能使显示器形成一个图像的光可以被回收并且使该光可用于经快门组件A1702的该阵列中其他打开的孔径透射。 In this manner, in the first pass can not form an image of the display light may be recovered and may be used so that the light through the shutter assembly A1702 array of other open aperture transmission. 事实表明这样的光回收提高了显示器的照明效率。 Such facts indicate that the illumination light recycling improves the efficiency of the display.

[0358] 基片A1704形成显示组件A1700的前面。 [0358] A1704 substrate is formed in front of the display assembly A1700. 一个布置在基片A1704上的吸收膜A1706 限定多个位于快门组件A1702与基片A1704之间的表面孔径A1730。 A substrate disposed on the absorbing film A1704 A1706 A1730 aperture defining a plurality of surfaces of the substrate between the A1702 and the shutter assemblies A1704 located. 膜1706被设计用于吸收环境光并且因此提高显示器的对比度。 Film 1706 is designed to absorb ambient light and thus improve the contrast of the display.

[0359] 环氧树脂应当具有优选地低于约200°C的固化温度,并且应当具有优选地低于约每摄氏度50ppm的热膨胀系数,并且应当是耐湿的。 [0359] an epoxy resin should have a curing temperature preferably below about to 200 ° C, and should preferably have less than about 50ppm per degree C. The coefficient of thermal expansion, and should be moisture resistant. 环氧树脂A1728的一个例子是由Epoxy Technology, Inc.销售的EPO-TEK B9022-1。 A1728 is an example of the epoxy sold by Epoxy Technology, Inc. of EPO-TEK B9022-1.

[0360] 环氧密封件密封在一种工作流体A1732中。 [0360] In one epoxy seal sealing the working fluid A1732. 工作流体A1732被设计为具有优选地低于约10厘泊的粘度并且具有优选地高于约2. 0的相对介电常数以及高于约IO4V/ cm的介电击穿强度。 A1732 working fluid is designed to have a viscosity preferably below about 10 centipoise and with relative dielectric constant preferably above about 2.0 and greater than about dielectric IO4V / cm breakdown strength. 工作流体A1732还可以起一种润滑剂的作用。 The working fluid A1732 may also play a role of a lubricant. 其机械特性和电气特性还对降低在打开和关闭的位置之间运动快门所需要的电压有效。 Mechanical and electrical properties of the further lowering movement of the shutter need thereof an effective voltage between open and closed positions. 在一个实现中,工作流体A1732优选地具有一个低的折射率,优选的是低于约1. 5。 In one implementation, the working fluid A1732 preferably has a low refractive index, preferably less than about 1.5. 在另一个实现中,工作流体A1732 具有与基片A1704的折射率相匹配的折射率。 In another implementation, the working fluid A1732 A1704 substrate having a refractive index that matches the refractive index. 适用的工作流体A1730包括,但是不限于,去离子水、甲醇、乙醇、硅油、氟化硅油、二甲基硅氧烷、聚二甲基硅氧烷、六甲基二硅醚和二乙基苯。 Suitable working fluid A1730 include, but are not limited to, deionized water, methanol, ethanol, silicone oils, fluorinated silicone oils, dimethylsiloxane, polydimethylsiloxane, hexamethyldisiloxane and diethyl ether benzene.

[0361] 一个金属片或者模制的塑料组件支架A1734把孔径板A1722、快门组件A1702、基片1704、背光A1716和其他的部件绕边缘保持在一起。 [0361] A sheet metal or molded plastic assembly bracket A1734 the aperture plate A1722, shutter assemblies A1702, the substrate 1704, the backlight A1716 and the other components are held together around the edges. 组件支架A1732用螺钉或者榫接片紧固以增加组合的显示组件A1700的刚性。 A1732 rigid assembly bracket with screws or fastening tenon tabs to increase the combined display assembly A1700. 在一些实现中,用一种环氧灌注复合物将光源A1718模制就位。 In some implementations, the light source A1718 molded with an epoxy filling compound will be in place.

[0362] 因此,上文中的这些实施方案在所有方面都应被认为是说明本发明的,而不是限制本发明的。 [0362] Thus, the above embodiments are to be considered in all respects as illustrative of the invention and not to limit the present invention. 本发明可以由其他特定的形式体现而不偏离本发明的实质或者基本特征。 By the present invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics of the invention. 因此,上文中的实施方案在所有方面都应被认为是说明本发明的,而不是限制本发明的。 Thus, the above embodiments should be considered in all respects as illustrative of the invention and not to limit the present invention.

Claims (40)

1. 一种显示装置,包括:一个像素阵列,包括一个基片,该基片具有多个孔径,和对应于该多个孔径的多个快门,其中该像素阵列中的一个像素包括该多个孔径中的至少一个孔径和该多个快门中的与其对应的快门;以及一个连接到该基片的控制矩阵,对于该像素,该控制矩阵包括一个开关、一个快门打开电极和一个快门关闭电极,用于选择性地横向于该基片运动对应的快门,以调制射向该像素的光以形成一个图像。 1. A display device, comprising: a pixel array including a substrate, the substrate having a plurality of apertures, and a plurality of shutters corresponding to the plurality of apertures, wherein one pixel of the pixel array comprises a plurality of the at least one aperture in the aperture and a plurality of shutters of the shutter corresponding thereto; and a control matrix connected to the substrate, for the pixel, the control matrix includes a switch, a shutter-open electrode and a shutter-close electrode, for selectively moving the substrate transverse to the shutter corresponding to the pixel modulating light directed to form an image.
2.如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其中该开关包括一个晶体管。 2. The display device according to claim 1, wherein the switch comprises a transistor.
3.如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其中该开关包括一个二极管。 The display device according to claim 1, wherein the switch comprises a diode.
4.如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其中该开关包括一个变阻器。 The display device according to claim 1, wherein the switch comprises a varistor.
5.如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其中该开关被配置用于调整一个施加到该快门打开电极上的电位。 The display device according to claim 1, wherein the switch is configured to adjust a voltage applied to the shutter-open upper electrode.
6.如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其中该开关被配置用于调整一个施加到该快门关闭电极上的电位。 The display apparatus as claimed in claim 1, wherein the switch is configured to adjust a voltage applied to the shutters closed on the electrode.
7.如权利要求5所述的显示装置,其中,对于该像素,该控制矩阵包括一个第二开关, 该第二开关被配置为用于调整一个施加到该快门关闭电极上的电位。 The display device according to claim 5, wherein, for the pixel, the control matrix includes a second switch, the second switch is configured to adjust a voltage applied to the shutters closed on the electrode.
8.如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其中,对于该像素,该控制矩阵包括一个快门打开互连、一个快门关闭互连、一个写赋能互连和一个作动电压互连。 The display device according to claim 1, wherein, for the pixel, the control matrix includes a shutter-open interconnect, a shutter-close interconnect, an interconnect and a write-enable actuation voltage interconnect.
9.如权利要求8所述的显示装置,其中该写赋能互连用于接收一个写赋能电压。 The display device as claimed in claim 8, wherein the write-enable interconnect for receiving a write-enabling voltage.
10.如权利要求8所述的显示装置,其中,该像素包括一个对应于该快门打开互连的第一电容器和对应于该快门关闭互连的第二电容器。 10. The display apparatus according to claim 8, wherein the pixel includes a corresponding to the shutter-open interconnect the first capacitor and the second capacitor corresponding to the shutter-close interconnect.
11.如权利要求8所述的显示装置,其中该像素包括一个对应于该快门打开互连的第一电阻器和对应于该快门关闭互连的第二电阻器。 The display device according to claim 8, wherein the pixel includes a respective first opening and a resistor interconnecting the shutter corresponding to the second resistor to the shutter-close interconnect.
12.如权利要求10所述的显示装置,其中该开关电连接到该快门打开互连、第一电容器和该作动电压线,并且对于该像素,该控制矩阵包括一个第二开关,该第二开关与该快门关闭互连、该第二电容器和该作动电压互连电耦合。 The display device according to the first claim 10, wherein the switch is electrically connected to the shutter-open interconnect, the first capacitor, and the actuation voltage line, and for the pixel, the control matrix includes a second switch, the shutter is closed and the second switch are interconnected, and the second capacitor coupled to the actuation voltage interconnect.
13.如权利要求12所述的显示装置,其中响应于通过该快门打开互连向该开关施加一个电压,该开关促进该第一电容器放电,从而作动对应的快门。 13. The display device of claim 12, wherein in response to a voltage applied to the switch through the interconnected open the shutter, the promotion of the switch discharging the first capacitor, thereby actuating the corresponding shutter.
14.如权利要求12所述的显示装置,其中响应于通过该快门关闭互连向该第二开关施加一个电压,该第二开关促进该第二电容器放电,从而作动对应的快门。 14. The display apparatus of claim 12, wherein in response to the shutter-close interconnect through a second switch to a voltage is applied, the second switch facilitate this second capacitor is discharged, thereby actuating the corresponding shutter.
15.如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其中,该控制矩阵包括一个全局作动电路,用于启动该多个快门中的多个的同时的作动。 15. The display device according to claim 1, wherein the control matrix comprises a global actuation circuit for actuating the plurality of start plurality of shutters simultaneously.
16.如权利要求12所述的显示装置,其中响应于通过该快门打开互连向该开关施加一个电压,该开关促进该第一电容器充电,从而作动对应的快门。 16. The display apparatus of claim 12, wherein in response to a voltage applied to the switching interconnected open the shutter by the switching of the first capacitor is charged to promote, thereby actuating the corresponding shutter.
17.如权利要求12所述的显示装置,其中响应于通过该快门关闭互连向该第二开关施加一个电压,该第二开关促进该第二电容器充电,从而作动对应的快门。 17. The display device of claim 12, wherein in response to the shutter-close interconnect through a second switch to a voltage is applied, the second switch the second capacitor is charged to promote, thereby actuating the corresponding shutter.
18.如权利要求8所述的显示装置,包括一个电连接到该作动电压互连的作动电压源和一个电连接到该快门打开互连和该快门关闭互连至少之一的数据电压源,其中该作动电压源输出一个幅度高于该数据电压源输出的电压的幅度的电压。 18. The display apparatus according to claim 8, comprising an electrically coupled to the actuation of actuation voltage interconnect and a voltage source electrically connected to the shutter-open interconnect at least one of the data voltage and the shutter-close interconnect source, wherein the actuation voltage source outputs a data rate higher than the source voltage of the output voltage of the voltage amplitude.
19.如权利要求18所述的显示装置,其中该作动电压源输出一个幅度为该数据电压源输出的电压的幅度的至少5倍的电压。 19. The display apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the actuation voltage source outputs a voltage amplitude for at least 5 times the magnitude of the data voltage output from the voltage source.
20.如权利要求8所述的显示装置,其中:该像素阵列中的多个像素被安排成一个扫描线,并且在该扫描线中的像素共享一个公共的写赋能互连。 20. The display apparatus according to claim 8, wherein: the plurality of pixels of the pixel array are arranged in a scan line, and the pixel in the scan line share a common write-enabling interconnect.
21.如权利要求8所述的显示装置,其中该像素阵列中的像素被安排成像素列,并且该像素列中的一个特定的列中的像素共享一个公共的快门打开互连和一个快门关闭互连中的至少一个。 21. The display apparatus according to claim 8, wherein the pixels of the pixel array are arranged in columns of pixels, and the pixel columns in a particular column of pixels share a common shutter-open interconnect and a shutter-close at least one interconnect.
22.如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其中该像素包括一个存储元件,用于存储一个快门运动指令。 22. The display device according to claim 1, wherein the pixel includes a storage element for storing a shutter movement instruction.
23.如权利要求22所述的显示装置,其中该存储元件包括一个电容器。 23. The display device according to claim 22, wherein the storage element comprises a capacitor.
24.如权利要求22所述的显示装置,其中该存储元件包括一个SRAM电路和一个DRAM 电路之一。 24. The display device according to claim 22, wherein the memory element comprises one of a SRAM circuit and a DRAM circuit.
25.如权利要求22所述的显示装置,其中向该写赋能互连施加一个写赋能电压使该存储元件准备好存储该快门运动指令。 25. The display device according to claim 22, wherein the write-enable interconnect to a write-enabling voltage is applied so that the storage element is ready to store the shutter movement instructions.
26.如权利要求25所述的显示装置,其中该矩阵包括一个全局作动互连,该全局作动互连用于启动在该像素阵列中的多个像素的存储元件中存储的快门运动指令的几乎同时的执行。 26. The display apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the matrix comprises a global actuation interconnect, the global actuation interconnect element for storing a plurality of pixels of the starting pixel array stored in the shutter movement instructions the nearly simultaneous execution.
27. —种显示装置,包括:一个像素阵列,该像素阵列包括一个基片,该基片具有多个孔径,和多个各对应于该多个孔径中的相应一个的快门,其中一个快门具有至少一个将该快门的运动范围限制到一个与由该基片限定的平面平行的运动平面的机械支承件,其中,该像素阵列中的一个像素包括该多个孔径中的至少一个孔径和该多个快门中的与其相应的快门;和一个控制矩阵,该控制矩阵连接到该基片,用于调制射向该基片的光以形成一个图像, 其中,对于该像素,该控制矩阵包括,一个快门打开电极,一个快门关闭电极,和一个开关,该开关用于选择性地控制向该快门打开电极和该快门关闭电极中的一个施加一个电压以在对应于该像素的快门与该快门打开电极和该快门关闭电极中的该一个之间产生一个电场,从而横向于该基片在该运动平面内静电 27. - kind of display device, comprising: a pixel array, the pixel array comprises a substrate, the substrate having a plurality of apertures, and a plurality of respective shutter corresponding to the respective plurality of apertures, wherein a shutter having the limit range of motion of at least one shutter and a mechanical support to the plane defined by the substrate is parallel to the plane of motion, wherein a pixel in the pixel array includes at least one aperture of the plurality of apertures and the plurality of a shutter of a shutter corresponding thereto; and a control matrix, the control matrix connected to the substrate for modulating light toward the substrate to form an image, wherein, for the pixel, the control matrix includes, a shutter-open electrode, a shutter-close electrode, and a switch which is used to selectively control the shutter-open electrode and a shutter-close electrode applying a voltage to the pixel corresponding to the shutter-open electrode and the shutter and generating an electric field that a closing of the shutter between the electrodes, whereby electrostatic transverse to the substrate in the plane of motion 驱动该对应的快门。 Driving the corresponding shutter.
28.在一个显示器上形成一个图像的方法,包括:选择该显示器的一个扫描线,其中该扫描线包括多个像素;对于所选取的扫描线中的该多个像素中的至少一个,选择性地调整一个快门打开作动器和一个快门关闭作动器中的一个上的一个电压,从而使该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器中的一个能够在一个限定于一个基片中的孔径的附近在一个横向于该基片的运动平面内运动一个对应的快门;向该多个像素导引光以形成一个图像。 28. A method of forming an image on a display, comprising: selecting one scan line of the display, wherein the scan line includes a plurality of pixels; a plurality of pixels for the selected scan line in at least one selective adjusting a shutter-open actuator and a voltage on a shutter-close actuator of one, so that the shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close actuator of a substrate to one capable of defining a motion near the aperture of a corresponding shutter in a plane transverse to the movement of the substrate; a plurality of pixels to a guide light to form an image.
29.如权利要求观所述的方法,其中调整该电压包括对一个电容器充电。 Concept 29. The method according to claim, wherein the adjusting comprises a voltage charging the capacitor.
30.如权利要求观所述的方法,其中调整该电压包括使一个电容器放电。 Concept 30. The method according to claim, wherein adjusting the discharge voltage includes a capacitor.
31.如权利要求观所述的方法,其中调整该电压包括向一个开关施加一个具有第一幅度的第一电位,以调整向该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器中的该一个施加一个具有显著较大幅度的第二电位,其中该第二电位的幅度大得足以作动该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器中的该一个。 Concept 31. The method of claim, wherein adjusting the voltage comprises applying a first potential to a switch having a first amplitude, to adjust to the shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close actuator of the a applying a significantly more substantial second potential, wherein the magnitude of the second electric potential is large enough to make the movable shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close actuator of the a.
32.如权利要求观所述的方法,其中调整该电压包括在一个对应于该像素的存储元件上存储一个快门运动指令。 Concept 32. The method according to claim, wherein adjusting the voltage comprises storing a shutter movement in a corresponding pixel storage element of the instructions.
33.如权利要求32所述的方法,其中,该存储元件包括一个电容器。 33. The method of claim 32, wherein the storage element comprises a capacitor.
34.如权利要求32所述的方法,其中,该存储元件包括一个SRAM电路和一个DRAM电路之一。 34. The method of claim 32, wherein the memory element comprises one of a SRAM circuit and a DRAM circuit.
35.如权利要求观所述的方法,其中使该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器中的该一个能够运动该对应的快门包括激励该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器中的该一个。 Concept 35. The method according to claim, in which the shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close actuator of the corresponding one of the movable shutter comprising energizing the shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close actuator the one vessel.
36.如权利要求观所述的方法,其中使该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器中的该一个能够运动该对应的快门包括显著地降低激励该快门打开作动器和该快门关闭作动器中的该一个所需要的一个附加的最小电压改变。 Concept 36. The method according to claim, in which the shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close actuator of the corresponding one of the movable shutter comprising excited significantly reduce the shutter-open actuator and the shutter Close actuator in the one required a minimum additional voltage change.
37.如权利要求36所述的方法,包括向该多个像素施加一个全局作动电压以提供该附加的最小电压改变以作动这些像素。 37. The method according to claim 36, comprising applying a global actuation voltage to the plurality of pixels to provide the additional minimum voltage change to the actuated pixels.
38.如权利要求30所述的方法,其中包括撤消选择所选取的扫描线并且对放电了的电容器再充电。 38. The method according to claim 30, wherein comprising a deselection of the selected scan line and a discharge capacitor recharging.
39.如权利要求38所述的方法,其中包括:选择安排成一个第二扫描线的一个第二系列像素,该第二系列像素具有对应的快门打开能量储存器和快门关闭能量储存器;对于在该第二扫描线中的像素中的至少一个,使一个第二快门打开作动器和一个第二快门关闭作动器中的一个能够在该基片中的一个第二孔径的附近在横向于该基片的运动平面内运动一个对应的第二快门;和施加一个全局作动电压,从而同时地启动该对应的快门和该第二对应的快门的横向运动。 39. The method according to claim 38, wherein comprising: selecting a second scan line arranged in a second series of pixels, the second series of pixels having a corresponding shutter-open and shutter-close energy reservoir energy reservoir; for in the second scan line of pixels in at least one of the a second shutter-open actuator and the shutter-close a possible to a second in a vicinity of the aperture of the second substrate actuator in the transverse direction a corresponding movement of the second shutter to the plane of motion of the substrate; and applying a global actuation voltage, thereby simultaneously activating the corresponding lateral movement of the shutter and the shutter corresponding to the second.
40.如权利要求观所述的方法,其中,选择该扫描线包括向在该扫描线中的像素之间共享的一个写赋能互连施加一个写赋能电压。 Concept 40. The method of claim, wherein the selected scan line comprises between the pixel in the scan line share a write-enabling interconnect applying a write-enabling voltage.
CN 200910203629 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display methods and apparatus CN101576656B (en)

Priority Applications (14)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US65582705P true 2005-02-23 2005-02-23
US60/655,827 2005-02-23
US67605305P true 2005-04-29 2005-04-29
US60/676,053 2005-04-29
US11/326,784 2006-01-06
US11/326,962 2006-01-06
US11/326,696 2006-01-06
US11/326,696 US9158106B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-01-06 Display methods and apparatus
US11/326,962 US7755582B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-01-06 Display methods and apparatus
US11/326,900 US8159428B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-01-06 Display methods and apparatus
US11/326,784 US7742016B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-01-06 Display methods and apparatus
US11/326,900 2006-01-06
CN200680005808.22006.02.23 2006-02-23
CN200680005808.2 2006-02-23

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN101576656A CN101576656A (en) 2009-11-11
CN101576656B true CN101576656B (en) 2012-05-30

Family

ID=39096060

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN 200910203629 CN101576656B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display methods and apparatus
CN 200680005823 CN101128766B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display apparatus and methods for manufacture thereof
CN 200680005842 CN101151207B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display device and method of image formation
CN 200810085750 CN101256279B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display method and apparatus
CN 200680005808 CN101128765B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display methods and apparatus
CN 200680005822 CN101151206B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Methods and apparatus for actuating displays

Family Applications After (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN 200680005823 CN101128766B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display apparatus and methods for manufacture thereof
CN 200680005842 CN101151207B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display device and method of image formation
CN 200810085750 CN101256279B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display method and apparatus
CN 200680005808 CN101128765B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Display methods and apparatus
CN 200680005822 CN101151206B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-23 Methods and apparatus for actuating displays

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (6) CN101576656B (en)

Families Citing this family (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8526096B2 (en) 2006-02-23 2013-09-03 Pixtronix, Inc. Mechanical light modulators with stressed beams
US9158106B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2015-10-13 Pixtronix, Inc. Display methods and apparatus
CN101467089B (en) 2006-04-10 2012-05-16 迈克罗拉布诊断有限公司 Imaging apparatus with a plurality of shutter elements
KR101570854B1 (en) * 2009-08-21 2015-11-23 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Display comprising micro-shutter, and it
KR20110032467A (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-30 삼성전자주식회사 Display device
CN102576163B (en) * 2009-10-28 2015-08-26 惠普发展公司,有限责任合伙企业 The use of single luminescent reflective display
KR101798312B1 (en) 2010-02-02 2017-11-15 스냅트랙, 인코포레이티드 Circuits for controlling display apparatus
KR101775745B1 (en) * 2010-03-11 2017-09-19 스냅트랙, 인코포레이티드 Reflective and transflective operation modes for a display device
KR20170077261A (en) * 2010-12-20 2017-07-05 스냅트랙, 인코포레이티드 Systems and methods for mems light modulator arrays with reduced acoustic emission
WO2012138577A1 (en) * 2011-04-04 2012-10-11 Qualcomm Mems Technologies, Inc. Pixel via and methods of forming the same
CN102236165B (en) 2011-04-18 2013-07-31 上海丽恒光微电子科技有限公司 Display device with micro-electro mechanical system (MEMS) light valve and forming method thereof
CN102236164B (en) * 2011-04-18 2013-02-13 上海丽恒光微电子科技有限公司 Display device based on micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) light valve and forming method thereof
CN102236163B (en) * 2011-04-18 2012-12-19 上海丽恒光微电子科技有限公司 Micro-electro mechanical system (MEMS) light valve based display device and forming method thereof
JP5801602B2 (en) * 2011-05-12 2015-10-28 ピクストロニクス,インコーポレイテッド Image display device
JP5856758B2 (en) * 2011-05-23 2016-02-10 ピクストロニクス,インコーポレイテッド Display device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2012242795A (en) * 2011-05-24 2012-12-10 Japan Display East Co Ltd Display device
JP2012252188A (en) * 2011-06-03 2012-12-20 Japan Display East Co Ltd Display device
JP5856760B2 (en) * 2011-06-03 2016-02-10 ピクストロニクス,インコーポレイテッド Method of manufacturing a display device and a display device
JP5856759B2 (en) * 2011-06-03 2016-02-10 ピクストロニクス,インコーポレイテッド Display device
US9239457B2 (en) * 2011-07-15 2016-01-19 Pixtronix, Inc. Circuits for controlling display apparatus
US9140900B2 (en) * 2011-07-20 2015-09-22 Pixtronix, Inc. Displays having self-aligned apertures and methods of making the same
US9134529B2 (en) * 2011-07-21 2015-09-15 Pixronix, Inc. Display device with tapered light reflecting layer and manufacturing method for same
JP2013068757A (en) 2011-09-22 2013-04-18 Japan Display East Co Ltd Display device
US20140168278A1 (en) * 2012-12-13 2014-06-19 Pixtronix, Inc. Display with light modulating pixels organized in off-axis arrangement
US9223128B2 (en) * 2012-12-18 2015-12-29 Pixtronix, Inc. Display apparatus with densely packed electromechanical systems display elements
US20140175909A1 (en) * 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 Pixtronix, Inc. Systems and Methods for Supporting a Movable Element of an Electromechanical Device
US9030723B2 (en) * 2013-01-18 2015-05-12 Pixtronix, Inc. Asymmetric travel for MEMS light modulator
JP2014178489A (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Pixtronix Inc Display device
US20140327948A1 (en) * 2013-05-06 2014-11-06 Pixtronix, Inc. Display elements incorporating asymmetric apertures
US9082340B2 (en) * 2013-07-11 2015-07-14 Pixtronix, Inc. Digital light modulator configured for analog control
CN104345578A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-02-11 上海微电子装备有限公司 Shutter blade of photo-etching machine
CN103698332A (en) * 2013-12-30 2014-04-02 电子科技大学 Array-type cultural relics preservation crack monitoring system based on MEMS (Micro-electromechanical Systems) technique
US9897796B2 (en) * 2014-04-18 2018-02-20 Snaptrack, Inc. Encapsulated spacers for electromechanical systems display apparatus
CN105161022B (en) * 2015-10-22 2018-02-06 厦门天马微电子有限公司 Display and manufacturing method thereof
CN106994689A (en) * 2016-01-23 2017-08-01 鸿富锦精密工业(武汉)有限公司 Intelligent robot system and method based on electroencephalogram control

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6034807A (en) 1998-10-28 2000-03-07 Memsolutions, Inc. Bistable paper white direct view display
US6650822B1 (en) 1996-10-29 2003-11-18 Xeotion Corp. Optical device utilizing optical waveguides and mechanical light-switches

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003007049A1 (en) 1999-10-05 2003-01-23 Iridigm Display Corporation Photonic mems and structures
EP0914626A4 (en) 1996-07-25 2002-02-20 Anvik Corp Seamless, maskless lithography system using spatial light modulator
JP2002525676A (en) 1998-09-24 2002-08-13 リフレクティヴィティー, インク. Dual substrate reflective spatial light modulator comprising a restraint type micromechanical element
US6288824B1 (en) 1998-11-03 2001-09-11 Alex Kastalsky Display device based on grating electromechanical shutter
US6498685B1 (en) 1999-01-11 2002-12-24 Kenneth C. Johnson Maskless, microlens EUV lithography system
US6275320B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2001-08-14 Jds Uniphase, Inc. MEMS variable optical attenuator
US6576887B2 (en) 2001-08-15 2003-06-10 3M Innovative Properties Company Light guide for use with backlit display
US6781208B2 (en) 2001-08-17 2004-08-24 Nec Corporation Functional device, method of manufacturing therefor and driver circuit
JP4150250B2 (en) 2002-12-02 2008-09-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Drawing heads, drawing device and drawing method
US6741384B1 (en) 2003-04-30 2004-05-25 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Control of MEMS and light modulator arrays

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6650822B1 (en) 1996-10-29 2003-11-18 Xeotion Corp. Optical device utilizing optical waveguides and mechanical light-switches
US6034807A (en) 1998-10-28 2000-03-07 Memsolutions, Inc. Bistable paper white direct view display
US6329967B1 (en) 1998-10-28 2001-12-11 Intel Corporation Bistable paper white direct view display

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101256279A (en) 2008-09-03
CN101128766B (en) 2011-01-12
CN101151206B (en) 2011-10-05
CN101151206A (en) 2008-03-26
CN101128765A (en) 2008-02-20
CN101128766A (en) 2008-02-20
CN101256279B (en) 2014-04-02
CN101576656A (en) 2009-11-11
CN101151207B (en) 2012-01-04
CN101128765B (en) 2010-12-01
CN101151207A (en) 2008-03-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7839356B2 (en) Display methods and apparatus
US6850216B2 (en) Image display apparatus and driving method thereof
US7804483B2 (en) Electrophoretic display with rapid drawing mode waveform
US9263468B2 (en) Display device and electronic device
US7389476B2 (en) Display including a plurality of display panels
US10319313B2 (en) Methods for driving video electro-optic displays
US7742016B2 (en) Display methods and apparatus
US7626581B2 (en) Device and method for display memory using manipulation of mechanical response
US7786974B2 (en) Driving a bi-stable matrix display device
JP5656942B2 (en) Direct view mems display apparatus and method for generating an image thereon
US20060066542A1 (en) Interferometric modulators having charge persistence
US8314784B2 (en) Methods for driving electro-optic displays
US20090256868A1 (en) Time-Overlapping Partial-Panel Updating Of A Bistable Electro-Optic Display
KR101222096B1 (en) Systems and methods of actuating mems display elements
JP4881301B2 (en) Improved scrolling the electrophoretic display device
US20090103164A1 (en) Spacers for maintaining display apparatus alignment
CN101419779B (en) Electrowetting display device
US8054288B2 (en) Electrophoresis display device
KR101358169B1 (en) Display Device and Method of Driving The Same
KR101162189B1 (en) System and method for addressing a mems display
US7038641B2 (en) Color/black-and-white switchable portable terminal and display unit
EP1859310B1 (en) Display methods and apparatus
US9336732B2 (en) Circuits for controlling display apparatus
US9177523B2 (en) Circuits for controlling display apparatus
US9087486B2 (en) Circuits for controlling display apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
C56 Change in the name or address of the patentee
C56 Change in the name or address of the patentee
C41 Transfer of patent application or patent right or utility model